p-%: •; :dJli-i The Voyage of the ^Fox^ in the Arctic Seas. A NARRATIYE OF THE DISCOVERY or THE EATE OP SIR JOHN FRANKLIN AND HIS COMPANIOlSrS. By captain M'CLINTO CK, E.N., LL.D. WITU MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS, BOSTON: TICK NOR AND FIELDS. M DCCC LX. author's EDITIOW. DEDICATION. My dear Lady Franklin, There is no one to whom I could with so much pro- priety or willingness dedicate my Journal as to you. For you it was originally written, and to please you it now appears in print. To our mutual friend, Sherard Osborn, I am greatly obliged for his kindness in seeing it through the press — a labor I could not have settled down to so soon after my return ; and also for pointing out some omissions and technicalities which would have rendered parts of it unintelligible to an ordinary reader. These kind hints have been but partially attended to, and, as time presses, it appears with the mass of its original imperfections, as when you read it in manuscript. Such as it is, however, it affords me this valued opportunity of assuring you of the real gratification I feel in having been instrumental in accomplishing an object so dear to you; To your devotion and self-sacrifice the world is indebted for the deeply interesting revelation unfolded by the voyage of the ' Fox.' Believe me to be, With sincere respect, most faithfully yours, F. L. M'CLINTOCK. London, 24th Nov., 1859., LIST OF OFFICERS AND SHIP'S COMPANY OF THE 'FOX/ F. L. M'Clintock, w. r. hobson, . Allen W. Young, David Walker, M.D., George Brands, . Carl Petersen, Thomas Blackwell, . Wm. Harvet, . Henry Toms, Alex. Thompson, John Simmonds, . George Edwards, EoBEKT Scott, Thomas Grinstead, . George Hobdat, . Egbert Hasipton, . John A. Haselton, George Carey, Ben. Pound, . Wm. Walters, . Wm. Jones, • James Pitcher, Thomas Flobancb, . Richard Shingleton, Anton Christian, . Samuel Emanuel, : Captain R. N. Lieutenant R. N. Captain, Mercantile Marine. Surgeon and Naturalist. Engineer, died 6tli Nov. 1858, (Apoplexy). Interpreter. Ship's Steward, died 14th June, 1859, (Scni'vy). Chief Quartermaster. Quartermaster. (( Boatswain's Mate. Carpenter's Mate. Leading Stoker, died 4th Dec. 1857, (in consequence of a fall). Sailmaker. Captain of Hold. A. B. Carpenter's Crew. Dog-driver. > Stokers. Officers' Steward. ) Greenland Esquimaux, discharged in Green- J land. OFFICIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF THE SERVICES OF THE YACHT 'FOX.' Admiralty, Londo:?, Sir, 24th Oct. 1859. I am commanded by my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty to acquaint you, that, in consideration of the im- portant services performed by you in bringing home the only authentic intelligence of the death of the late Sir John Frank- lin, and of the fate of the crews of the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror,' Her Majesty has been pleased, by her order in Council of the 22nd instant, to sanction the time during which you were ab- sent on these discoveries in the Arctic Regions, viz., from the 30th June, 1857, to the 21st September, 1859, to reckon as time served by a captain in command of one of Her Majesty's ships,^and my Lords have given the necessary directions ac- cordingly. I am. Sir, Your very humble servant, W. G. ROMAINE, Secretary to the Admiralty. Captain Francis L. M'Clintock, E.N. PEEFACE. The following narrative of the bold adventure which has successfully revealed the last discoveries and the fate of Franklin, is published at the request of the friends of that illustrious navigator. The gallant M'Clintock, when he penned his journal amid the Arctic ices, had no idea whatever of publishing it; and yet there can be no doubt that the reader will peruse with the deepest interest the simple tale of how, in a little vessel of 170 tons burthen, he and his well- chosen companions have cleared up this great mystery. To the honor of the British nation, and also let it be said to that of the United States of America, many have been the efforts made to discover the route fol- lowed by our missing explorers. The highly deserv- ing men who have so zealously searched the Arctic seas and lands in this cause must now rejoice, that after all their anxious toils, the merit of rescuing from the frozen North the record of the last days of Frank- lin, has fallen to the share of his noble-minded widow. Lady Franklin has, indeed, well shown what a der voted and true-hearted English woman can accom- plish. The moment that relics of the expedition com- vii Tui PREFACE. manded by her husband were brought home (in 1854) by Rae, and that she heard of the account given to him by the Esquimaux of a large party of EngUshmen having been seen struggling with difficulties on the ice near the mouth of the Back or Great Fish River, she resolved to expend all her available means (already much exhausted in four other independent expeditions) in an exploration of the limited area to which the search must thenceforward be necessarily restricted. Whilst the supporters of Lady Franklin's efforts were of opinion, that the Government ought to have undertaken a search, the extent of which was, for the first time, definitely limited, it is but rendering justice to the then Prime Minister* to state, that he had every desire to carry out the wishes of the men of science f who appealed to him, and that he was precluded from acceding to theu" petition, by nothing but the strongly expressed opinion of official authorities, that after so many failures the Government were no longer justi- fied in sending out more brave men to encounter fresh dangers in a cause which was viewed as hopeless. Hence it devolved on Lady Franklin and her friends * Viscount Palmcrston. tSee the Memorial (Appendix) addressed to the First Lord of the Treasury, headed by Admiral Sir F. Beaufort, General Sabine, and many other men of science, and which, as President of the Royal Geo- graphical Society, I presented to the Prime Minister ; and also tho speech of Lord Wrotteslcy, the President of tlio Royal Society, who, in the absence of tlio lamented Earl of EUesmere, brought tlio subject earnestly under the notice of the House of Lords on the 18th of July, 1856. PEEFACE. ix to be the sole means of endeavoring to bring to light the true history of her husband's voyage and fate. Looking to the list of Naval worthies, who, during the preceding years, had been exploring the Arctic Re- gions, La,dy Franklin was highly gratified when she obtained the willing services of Captain M'Clintock to command the yacht ' Fox,' which she had pur- chased ; for that officer had signally distinguished him- self in the voyages of Sir John Ross and Captain (now Admiral) Austin, and especially in his extensive journeys on the ice when associated with Captain Kellett. With such a leader she could not but en- tertain sanguine hopes of success when the fast and well-adapted little vessel sailed from Aberdeen on the 1st of July, 1857, upon this eventful enterprise. Deep, indeed, was the mortification experienced by every one who shared the feelings and anticipations of Lady Franklin when the untoward news came, in the summer of 1858, that, the preceding winter having set in earlier than usual, the 'Fox' had been beset in the ice ofi" Melville Bay, on the coast of Greenland, and after a dreary winter, various narrow escapes, and eight months of imprisonment, had been carried back by the floating ice nearly twelve hundred geographical miles — even to 63^° N. lat. in the Atlantic ! See the woodcut map. No. 1. But although the good little yacht had been most roughly handled among the ice-floes (see Frontispiece), we were cheered up by the information from Disco, X PREFACE. that, with the exception of the death of the engine- driver in consequence of a fall into the hold, the crew were in stout health and full of energy, and that provided with sufficient fuel and provisions, a good supply of sledging dogs, two tried Esquimaux, and the excellent interpreter Petersen the Dane,* ample grounds yet remained to lead us to hope for a suc- cessful issue. Above all, we were encouraged by the proofs of the self-possession and calm resolve of M'Clintock, who held steadily to the accomplishment of his original project; the more so as he had then tested and recognized the value of the services of Lieutenant (now Commander) Hobson, his able sec- ond in command ; of Captain Allen Young, his gen- erous volunteer associate ; f and of Dr. Walker, his accomplished Surgeon. Despite, however, of these re-assuring data, many an advocate of this search was anxiously alive to the chance of the failure of the venture of one unassisted yacht, which after sundry mishaps was again starting to cross Baffin's Bay, with the foreknowledge, that when she reached the opposite coast, the real difficul- ties of the enterprise were to commence. ^ Any such misgivings were happily illusory ; and * Since his return to Ccpenhagcn, Petersen has been worthily honored by bis Sovereign with the silver cross of Dannebrog. t Captain Allen Young of the merchant marine not only threw his scr-- vices into this cause, and subscribed £500 in furtherance of the expedi- tion, but, abandoning lucrative appointments in command, generously accepted a subordinate post. PREFACE. ad the reader who follows JVPClintock across the "middle ice " of Baffin's Bay to Pond Inlet, thence to Beechey Island, down a portion of Peel Strait, and then through the hitherto unnavigated waters of Bellot Strait in one summer season, may reasonably expect the success which foUowed. "Whilst the revelation obtained from the long-sought records, which were discovered by Lieutenant Hobson, is most satisfactory to those who speculated on the probability of Franklin having, in the first instance, tried to force his way northwards through Wellington Channel (as we now learn he did), those who held a different hypothesis, namely, that he followed his instructions, which directed him to the S. W., may be amply satisfied that in the following season the ships did pursue this southerly course till they were finally beset in N. lat. 70° 05'.* At the same time, the public should fully under- stand the motive which prompted the supporters of * Eor a r€sum^ of all the plans of researcli and the speculations of sea- men and geographers, see the interesting and most useful Tolume of Mr. John Brown, entitled, 'The North- West Passage and Search after Sir John Pranklin,' 1858. In an Appendix to this work we leam, that from the earliest Polar researches by John Cabot, at the end of the 15th century, to the voyage of M'Clintock, there have been about 130 expedi- tions, illustrated by 250 books and printed documents, of which 150 have been issued in England. Amidst the various recent publications, it is but rendering justice to Dr. King, the fonner companion of Sir George Back, to state that he suggested and always maintained the necessity of a search for the missing navigators at or near the mouth of the Back River, xii PREFACE. Lady Franklin in advocating the last search. Put- ting aside the hope which some of us entertained, that a few of the younger men of the missing expedition might still be found to be living among the Esqui- maux, we had every reason to expect, that if the ships were discovered, the scientific documents of the voy- age, including valuable magnetic observations, would be recovered. In the absence of such good fortune we may, how- ever, well be gladdened by the discovery of that one precious document which gives us a true outline of the voyage of the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror.' That the reader may comprehend the vast extent of sea traversed by Franklin in the two summers before his ships were beset, a small map (No. 2) is here introduced representing all the lands and seas of the Arctic regions to the west of Lancaster Sound which were known and laid down when he sailed. The dotted lines and arrows, which extend from the then known seas and lands into the unknown waters or blank spaces on this old map, indicate Frank- lin's route, the novelty, range, rapidity, and boldness of which, as thus delineated, may well surprise the geographer, and even the most enterprising Arctic sailor.* For, those who have not closely attended * The letter A in Baffin Bay (llg. 1) indicates tlie spot where Franklin was last seen. In fig. 2, B is the winter rendczvons at Bccchey Island ; C the greatest nortliing of the expedition, viz. 77° N. lat. ; Z the final beset of the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror ; ' tho extreme north and south points of their voyage being ropr«sented by two small ships. PEEFACE. :aii to the results of other Arctic voyages may be in- formed, that rarely has an expedition in the first year accomplished more by its ships, than the estab- lishing of good winter quarters, from whence the real researches began by sledge-work in the ensuing spring. Franklin, however, not only reached Beechey Island, but ascended "Wellington Channel, then an unknown sea, to 77° N. lat., a more northern latitude in this meridian than that attained long afterw'^ards in ships by Sir Edward Belcher, and much to the north of the points reached by Penny and De Haven. Next, though most scantily provided with steam-power, Franklin navigated round Cornwallis' Land, which he thus proved to be an island. The last discovery of a navigable channel throughout, between Corn- wallis and Bathurst Islands, though made in the very summer he left England, has remained even to this day unknown to other navigators ! Franklin then, in obedience to his orders, steered to the south-west. Passing, as M'Clintock believes, down Peel's Strait in 1846, and reaching as far as lat. 70° 05' N., and long. 98° 23' W., where the ships were beset, it is clear that he, who, with others, had previously ascertained the existence of a channel along the north coast of America, with which the sea wherein he was interred had a direct commu- nication, was the first real discoverer of the North- West Passage. This great fact must therefore be inscribed upon the monument of Franklin. 2 xiT PREFACE. The adventurous M'Clure, who has been worthily honored for working out another North- Western pas- sage, which we now know to have been of subsequent date,* as well as Collinson, who, taking the ' Enter- prise' along the north coast of America, and afterwards bringing her home, reached with sledges the western edge of the area recently laid open by M'Clintock, will I have no doubt unite with their Arctic associates, Richardson, Sherard Osborn, and M'Clintock, in affirm- ing, that " Franklin and his followers secured the honor for which they died — that of being the first discover- ers of the North- West Passage." f Again, when we turn from the discoveries of Frank- lin to those of M'Clintock, as mapped in red colors on the genera} map, on which is represented the amount of outline laid down by all other Arctic explorers from *Iii 1850. t See a most heart-stirring skctcli of the last voyage of Sir Jolin Frank- lin, by Captain Slierard Osborn, in the periodical Once a Week, of the 22d and 29tli October and 5th November last. Possessing a tliorongii ac- quaintance ■with tlie Arctic regions, the distinguished seaman lias sliown more than liis ordinary power of description, in placing before tlio public his conception of what may liavc been tlie' chief occurrences in tlie voyage of the ' Erebus ' and ' Ten'or,' and the last days of Franklin, as founded upon an acquaintance with the character of the chief and his associates, and the record and relics obtained by M'Clintock. This sketch is pref- aced by a spirited and graceful outline of all previous geographical dis- coveries, from the day when they were originated by the father of nil modern Arctic enterprise. Sir John Barrow, to wliom, and to many other eminent persons, from Sir Edward Parry downwards, I have in varioua Geographical Addresses offered the tribute of my admiration. PKEFACE. xr the days when these modern researches originated with Sir John Barrow, we perceive that, in addition to the discovery of the course followed by the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror,' some most important geographical data have been accumulated by the last expedition of Lady Franklin. Thus, M'Clintock has proved, that the strait named by Kenedy in an earlier private expedition of Lady Franklin after his companion the brave Lieutenant Bellot, and which has hitherto been regarded only as an impassable frozen channel, or ignored as a channel at all, is a navigable strait, the south shore of which is thus seen to be the northernmost land of the continent of America. M'Clintock has also laid down the hitherto unknown coast-line of Boothia, southwards from Bellot Strait to the Magnetic Pole, has delineated the whole of King William's Island, and opened a new and capacious, though ice-choked channel, suspected before, but not proved, to exist, extending from Victoria Strait in a north-west direction to Melville or Parry Sound. The latter discovery rewarded the individual exertions of Captain Allen Young, but will very properly, at Lady Franklin's request, bear the name of the leader of the ' Fox ' expedition, who had himself assigned to it the name of the widow of Franklin.* : * In his volume before cited, p. xii., Mr. John Brown gave strong rea- sons (which he had held for some time) for believing in the existence of the very channel which now bears the name of M'Clintock. It is, how- xvi PREFACE. Neither has the expedition been unproductive of scientific results. For, whilst many persons will be interested in the popular descriptions of the native Esquimaux, as well as of the lower animals, the man of science will hereafter be further gratified by having presented to him, in the form of an addi- tional Appendix,* most valuable details relating to the zoology, botany, meteorology, and especially to the terrestrial magnetism, of the region examined. Lastly, M'Clintock has convinced himself, that the best way of securing the passage of a ship from the Atlantic to the Pacific, is by following, as near as possible, the coast-line of North America : indeed, it is his opinion, founded upon a large experience, that no passage by a ship can ever be accomplished in a more northern direction. This it is well known was the favorite theory of Franklin, who had him- self, along with Richardson, Back, Beechey, Dease, Simpson, and R.ae, surveyed the whole of that same North American coast from the Back or Great Fish River to Behring Strait. Thus, when Franklin sailed in 1845, the discovery of a North- West Passage was reduced to the finding a link between the latter sur- vey and the discoveries of Parry, who had already, ever, the opinion both of that officer and his associates, as also of Captain Sherard Osborn, that Franklin could not have reached the spot where his ships were beset by proceeding down that ice-choked channel, but that ho must have sailed down Peel Sound. * Mach of this Appendix will bo prepared by Dr. David Walker. PREFACE. xvii to his great renown, opened the first half of a more northern course from east to west, when he was areested by the impenetrable ice-barrier at Melville Island. And here it is to be remembered, that the tract in which the record and the relics have been found, is just that to which Lady Franklin herself specially directed Kenedy, the commander of the ' Prince Al- bert,' in her second private expedition in 1852; and had that intrepid explorer not been induced to search northwards of Bellot Strait, but had felt himself able to follow the course indicated by his sagacious em- ployer, there can be no doubt, that much more 'satis- factory results would have been obtained than those which, after a lapse of seven years, have now been realized by the undaunted perseverance of Lady Frank- lin, and the skill and courage of M'Clintock. The natural modesty of this commander has, I am bound to say, prevented his doing common justice, in the following journal, to his own conduct — con- duct which can be estimated by those only who have listened to the testimony of the officers serving with and under the man, whose great qualities in moments of extreme peril elicited their heartiest admiration and ensured their perfect confidence. In writing this Preface (which I do at the request of the promoters of the last search), I may state that, having occupied the Chair of the Eoyal Geographi- cal Society in 1845, when my cherished friend. Sir 2* B xviii PREFACE. John Franklin, went forth for the third time to seek a North- West passage, it became my boundcn duty in subsequent years, when his absence created much anxiety, and when I re-occupied the same position, ardently to promote the employment of searching ex- peditions, and warmly to sustain Lady Franklin's endeavors in this holy cause. Imbued with such feelings, I must be permitted to say, that no event in my life gave me purer de- light, than when Captain CoUinson, whose labors to support and carry out this last search have been sig- nally serviceable, forwarded to me a telegram to be communicated to the British Association at Aberdeen announcing the success of M'Clintock. That docu- ment reached Balmoral on the 22nd of September last, when the men of science were invited thither by their Sovereign. Great was the satisfaction caused by the diffusion of these good tidings among my asso- ciates (the distinguished Arctic explorers Admiral Sir James Ross and General Sabine being present) ; and it was most cheering to us to know, that the Queen and our Royal President* took the deepest interest * At the Aberdeen mcctinj,' the Prince Consort thus spoke: — "The Aberdeen whaler braves the icy regions of the Pohar sea to seek and to battle with tlie great monster of the deep ; ho has materially assisted ia opening these icebound regions to t!ie rcscarciies of science ; lie fearlessly aided in the scarcli after Sir Jolm Franklin and his gallant companions whom their country sent forth on tliis mission ; but to whom Providence, alas! has denied the reward of their labors, the return to their homes, to the affectionate embrace of their families and friends, and the acknowl- edgments of a grateful nation." PREFACE. xix in this intelligence — such as, indeed, they have always evinced whenever the search for the missing navigators has been brought under their consideration. The im- mediate bestowal of the Arctic medal upon all the officers and men of the ' Fox ' is a pleasing proof that this interest is well sustained. But these few introductory sentences must not be extended ; and I invite the reader at once to peruse the Journal of M'Clintock, which will gratify every lover of truthful and ardent research, though it will leave him impressed with the sad belief, that the end of the companions of Franklin has been truly re- corded by the native Esquimaux, who saw these no- ble fellows " fall down and die as they walked along the ice." Looking to the fact, that little or no fresh food could have been obtained by the crews of the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror ' during their long imprisonment of twenty months, in so frightfully sterile a region as that in which the ships were abandoned, — so sterile that it is even deserted by the Esquimaux, — and also to the want of sustenance in spring at the mouth of the Back River, all the Arctic naval authorities with whom I have conversed, coincide with M'Clintock and his as- sociates in the belief, that none of the missing navi- gators can be now living. Painful as is the realisation of this tragic event, let us now dwell only on the reflection that, while the North- West passage has been solved by the heroic XX PREFACE. self-sacrifice of Franklin, Crozier, Fitzjames, and their associates, the searches after them which are now ter- minated, have, at a very small loss of life, not only added prodigiously to geographical knowledge, but have, in times of peace, been the best school for test- ing, by the severest trials, the skill and endurance of many a brave seaman. In her hour of need — should need arise — England knows that such men will nobly do their duty. Roderick I, Murchison. CONTENTS. CHAPTER I. Cause of delaj in equipment — Fittings of the 'Fox' — Volunteers for Arctic service — Assistance from public departments — Reflections upon the undertaking — Instructions and departure — Orkneys and Greenland — Fine Arctic scenery — Danish establishments in Green- land — Frederickshaah, in Davis' Straits, .... Page 1 CHAPTER II. Fiskernaes and Esquimaux — The * Fox ' reaches Disco — Disco Fioi'd — Summer scenery — Waigat Strait — Coaling from the mine — Pur- chasing Esquimaux dogs — Heavy gale off Upernivik — Melville Bay — The middle ice — The great glacier of Greenland — Reindeer cross the glacier, 19 CHAPTER III. Melville Bay — Beset in Melville Bay — Signs of winter — The coming storm — Drifting in the pack — Canine appetite — Resigned to a win- ter in the pack — Dinner stolen by sharks — The Arctic shark — White whales and killers, 35 CHAPTER IV. Snow crystals — Dog will not eat raven — An Arctic school — The dogs invade us — Bear-hunting by night — Ice-artillery — Arctic palates — Sudden rise of temperature — Harvey's idea of a sortiC; . . 51 CHAPTER V. Burial in tlie pack — Musk oxen in lat. 80° north — Thrift of the Arctic fox — The aurora affects the electrometer — An Arctic Christmas — Sufferings of an Arctic jiarty — Ice acted on by wind only — How the sun ought to be welcomed — Constant action of the ice — Return of the seals — Revolving storm, 67 CHAPTER VI. A bear-fight — An ice-nip — Strong gales, rapid drift — The ' Fox ' breaks out of the pack — Hanging on to floe-edge — the Arctic bear — An ice tournament — The 'Fox' in peril — A storm in the pack — Escape from the pack, ........ 84 xxii CONTENTS. CHAPTER VII. A holi(l:iy in Greenland — A lady blue with cold — The loves of Grccn- landers — Close shaving — Meet the whalers — Information of whal- ers — Disco — Danish hospitality — Sail from Disco — Kindness of the whalers — Danish establishments in Greenland, . ■ 100 CHAPTER VIII. ' Fox ' nearly wrecked — Afloat, and push ahead — Arctic Iiairbrcadth escapes — Nearly cau^'ht in the pack — Shooting little auks — Tho Arctic Ili-^hlandcrs — Cape York — Crimson snow — Stru;:gling to the westward — Reach the AVest-land — Ofl" the entrance of Lancaster Sound, 116 CHAPTER IX. Off Cape "Warrendcr — Sight the wlialers again — Enter Pond's Bay — Communicate with Esquimaux — Ascend Pond's Inlet — Esqnimaiix information — Arctic summer abode — An Arctic village — No intel- ligence of Franklin's ships — Arctic trading — Geographical infor- mation of natives — Information of Rae's visit — Imj)rovidence of Esquimaux — Travels of Esquimaux, 132 CHAPTER X. Leave Pond's Bay — A gale in Lancaster Sound — The Becchey Island Depot — An Arctic monnment — Reflections at Becchey Island — Pro- ceed up Barrow's Strait — Peel Sound — Port Leopold — Prince Regent's Inlet — Bellot Strait — Flood-tide from tlie west — Unsuccessful efforts — Fox's Hole — No water to the west — Precautionary measures — Fourth attempt to pass through, 153 CHAPTER XI. Proceed westward in a boat — Cheerless state of the western sea — Strug- gles in Bellot Strait — Falcons, good Arctic Aire — The resources of Bootliia Felix — Future sledge travelling — Heavy gales — llobson's party start — Winter quarters — BcUot's Strait — Advanced depot es- tablished — Observatories — Intense cold — Autumn travellers — Nar- row escape, 174 CHAPTER XII. Death of our engineer — Scarcity of game — The cold unusally trying — JoUj', under adverse circumstances — Petersen's information — ijeiurn of the sun of 1859 — Early spring sledge parties — Unusual severity of the winter — Severe harilships of early sledging — Tiie western shores of Bootliia — Meet the EscjuinKuix — Intelligence of Franklin's shijis — Return to the ' Fox ' — Allen Young returns, .... 192 CHAPTER XIII. Dr. "Walker's sledge journey — Snow-blindness attacks Young's party — Departure of all slcdgc-jiartics — Equipment of sicdge-parties — Meet the same party of natives — Intelligence of the second ship — My de- pot robbed — Part company from Hobson — Matty Island — Deserted snow-huts — Native sledges — Land on King William's Land, iil7 CONTENTS. xxiii CHAPTER XIV. Meet Esquimaux — News of Franklin's people — Frighten a solitary party — Reach the Great Eish River — On Montreal Island — Total ab- sence of all relics — Examine Ogle Peninsula — Discover askeleton — Vagueness of Esquimaux information — Cape Herschel — Cairn, 235 CHAPTER XV. The cairn found empty — Discover Hobson's letter — Discovery of Cro- zier's record — The deserted boat — Articles discovered about the boat — The skeletons and relics — The boat belonged to the ' Erebus ' — Con- jectures, 253 CHAPTER XVI. Errors in Franklin's records — Relics found at the cairn — Reflections on the retreat — Returning homeward — Geological remarks — Difficul- ties of summer sledging — Arrive on board the ' Fox ' — Navigable N.W. passage — Death from scurvy — Anxiety for Captain Young — Young returns safely, 272 CHAPTER XVII. Signs of release — Dearth of animal life — Owl is good beef — Beat out of winter quarters — Our game-list — Reach Fury Beach — Escape from Regent's Inlet — In Baffin's Bay — Captain Allen Young's journey — Disco ; sad disappointment — Part from our Esquimaux friends — Adieu to Greenland — Arrive home, 292 Conclusion, 375 APPENDIX. No. I. — A Letter to Viscount Palmerston, K.G., &c., from Lady Franklin, 319 No. II. — Memorial to the Right Hon. Viscount Palmerston, M.P., G.C.B., 329 No. III. — List of Relics of the Franklin Expedition brought to England in the ' Fox ' by Captain M'Clintock, . . . 334 No. IV. — Geological Account of the Arctic Archipelago, by Pro- fessor Haugliton, 341 No. V. — List of Subscribers to the 'Fox' Expedition, . . 373 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. The 'Fox ' steaming out of the Rolling Pack. Drawn hy Captain May Frontispiece. Sketch Map of the Drift of the 'Fox' down BaflBn's Bay in the floating Ice To face pofje ix Sketch Map of Arctic Regions at the time of Franklin's Last Expedition — xii A Funeral on the Ice — the effect of Paraselcna (Mock Moons). Drawn hy Captain May — 68 The Greenlander's Supper appi-opriated by a Bear. Ditto — 93 The ' Fox 'on a Rock near Buchan Island. Ditto — 116 Esquimaux imitating animals to induce Europeans to approach. From a Sketch by Captain Allen Young — 123 The Village and Glacier of Kaparoktolik. Drawn by Captain May — 141 The ' Fox ' arriving at Beechey Island. Ditto — 1 55 M'Clintock in his Boat sailing through Bellot Strait. Ditto — 174 A Dog Sledge or Scout Party — 182 Interior of tlie Observatory- Ditto — 187 Moonlight in tlic Arctic Regions. Ditto — 217 M'Clintock's Travelling Party discovering the Remains of Cairn at Cape Herschel. Drawn by Captain May — 251 Facsimile of the Record found of Franklin's Expedition. — 255 Isolated Iceberg. Drawn by P. SIcel ton, from a SIcetch by Captain Allen Young — 279 Walrusses — a Family Party. From a Sketch by Cap- tain Allen Young — 295 Geological Map of the Arctic Regions — 341 Cape Bunny, Peel Sound Page 346 Map of the North- West Passage, by John Arrowsmith, F.R.G.S At the end. xxiv JOUKNAL OF THE SEARCH SIR JOHN FRANKLIN CHAPTEE I. Cause of delay in equipment — Fittings of the ' Fox ' — Volunteers for Arctic service — Assistance from public departments — Reflections upon the undertaking — Instructions and departure — Orkneys and Greenland — Fine Arctic scenery — Danish establishments in Green- land — Frcderickshaab, in Davis' Straits. It is now a matter of history how Government and private expeditions prosecuted, with unpre- cedented zeal and perseverance, the search for Sir John Frankhn's ships, between the years 1847-55 ; and that the only ray of information gleaned was that afforded by the inscriptions upon three tombstones at Beechey Island, briefly recording the names and dates of the deaths of those individuals of the lost expedition, who thus early fell in the cause of science and of their country. In this manner were we made aware of the locality where the Franklin expedition passed its first Arctic winter. The traces assuring us of that fact, were discovered in August, 1850, by 2 FORMER EXPEDITIONS. Chap. I. Captain Ommanney, RN., of H.M.S. * Assistance,* and by Captain Penny, of the ' Lady Franklin.* In October, 1854, Dr. Kae brought home the only additional information respecting them which has ever reached us. From the Esquimaux of Boothia Felix he learned that a party of about forty white men were met on the west coast of King William's Island, and from thence travelled on to the mouth of the Great Fish Kiver, where they all perished of starvation, and that this tragic event occurred apparently in the spring of 1850. Some relics obtained from these natives, and brought home by Dr. Rae, were proved to have belono:ed to Sir John Franldin and several of his associates. The Government caused an exploring party to descend the Fish River in 1855 ; but, although sufficient traces were found to prove that some por- tion of the crews of the ^ Erebus ' and ' Terror' had actually landed on the banks of that river, and traces existed of them up to Franklin Eapids, no additional information w^as obtained either from the discovery of records, or through the Esqui- maux. Mr. Anderson, the Hudson Bay Companj's officer in charge, and his small party, deserve credit for their perseverance and skill ; but they were not furnished with the necessary means of accomplishing their mission. Mr. Anderson could not obtain an interpreter, and the two frail bark Ape. 1857. CAUSE OF DELAY R? EQUIPMENT. 3 canoes in which, his whole party embarked were almost worn out before they reached the locality to be searched. It is not surprising that such an expedition caused very considerable excite- ment at home. Lady Franklin, and the advocates for further search, now pressed upon government the neces- sity of following up, in a more effectual manner, the traces accidentally found by Dr. Rae, and, in fact, of rendering the search complete by one more eifort, involving but little of hazard or expense. It was not until April, 1857, that any decisive answer was given to Lady Franklin's appeal. (See Appendix No. 1.) Sir Charles Wood then stated " that the mem- bers of Her Majesty's Government, having come, with great regret, to the conclusion that there was no prospect of saving life, would not be justi- fied, for any objects which in their opinion could be obtained by an expedition to the Arctic seas, in exposing the lives of officers and men to the risk inseparable from such an enterprise." Lady Franklin, upon this final disappointment of her hopes, had no hesitation in immediately preparing to send out a searching expedition, equipped and stored at her own cost. But she was not left alone. Many friends of the cause — including^ some of the most distina-uished scien- tific men in England,* and especially Sir Roderick * A list of them and their subscriptions to be given in Appendix. 4 N03kUNATI0N OF COMMANDER. Chap. I. Murchison, whose zeal was as practical as it was enlightened — hastened to tender their aid, and soon a very considerable sum was raised in fur- therance of so trul}^ noble an effort. On the 18th of April, 1857, Lady Franklin did me the honor to offer me the command of the proposed expedition ; it was of course most cheerfully accepted. As a post of honor and some difficulty, it possessed quite sufficient charms for a naval officer who had already served in three consecutive expeditions from 1848 to 1854. I was thoroughly conversant with all the details of this peculiar service ; and I confess, moreover, that my whole heart was in the cause. How could I do otherwise than devote myself to save at least the record of faithful service, even unto death, of my brother officers and seamen ? and, being one of those by whose united efforts not only the Franklin search, but the geography of Arctic America, has been brought so nearly to completion, I could not willingly resign to pos- terity, the honor of tilling up even the small remaining blank upon our maps. To leave these discoveries incomplete, more especially in a quarter through which the tidal stream actually demonstrates the existence of a channel — the only remaining hope of a prac- ticable north-west passage — would indeed be leaving strong inducement for future explorers to reap the rich reward of our long-continued exer- tions. Ai-K. 1857. PURCHASE OF THE 'FOX.' 5 I immediately applied to the Admiralty for leave of absence to complete the Franklin search ; and on the 23d received at Dublin the telegraphic message from Lady Franklin: "Your leave is granted ; the ^ Fox ' is mine ; the refit will com- mence immediately." She had already purchased the screw-yacht 'Fox/ of 177 tons burthen, and now placed her, together with the necessary funds, at my disposal. Let me explain what is here implied by the simple word refit. The velvet hangings and splendid furniture of the yacht, and also every thing not constituting a part of the vessel's strengthening, were to be removed; the large skjT'-lights and capacious ladderways had to be reduced to limits more adapted to a polar clime ; the whole vessel to be externally sheathed with stout planking, and internally fortified by strong cross-beams, longitudinal beams, iron stanchions, and diagonal fastenings ; the false keel taken off, the slender brass propeller replaced by a mas- sive iron one, the boiler taken out, altered, and enlarged ; the sharp stem to be cased in iron until it resembled a ponderous chisel set up edge- ways ; even the yacht's rig had to be altered. She was placed in ^le hands of her builders, Messrs. Hall & Co., of Aberdeen, who displayed even more than their usual activity in effecting these necessary alterations, for it was determined that the ' Fox ' should sail by the 1st July. 6 FITTINGS OF THE 'FOX.' Cii.vr. I- Internally she was fitted up with the strictest economy in every sense, and the officers were crammed into pigeon-holes, styled cabins, in order to make room for provisions and stores; our mess-room, for five persons, measured 8 feet square. The ordinary heating apparatus for win- ter use was dispensed with, and its place supplied by a few very small stoves. The ^ Fox ' had been the property of the late Sir Richard Sutton, Bart., who made but one trip to Norway in her, and she was purchased by Lady Franklin from his executors for 2000/. Havmg thus far commenced the refit of the vessel, I turned my attention to the selection of a crew and to the requisite clothing and pro- visions for our voyage. Many worthy old shipmates, my companions in the previous Arctic voyages, most readily volun- teered their services, and they were as cheerfully accepted, for it was my anxious wish to gather round me av ell-tried men, who -svere aware of the duties expected of them, and accustomed to naval discipline. Hence, out of the twenty-five souls composing our small company, seventeen had previously served in the Arctic search. Expeditions of this kind are always popular with seamen, and innumerable were the applica- tions sent to me ; but still more abundant were the offers to '■' serve in any capacity " which poured in from all parts of the country, from Apk. 1857. OFFICEES OF THE EXPEDITION. 7 people of all classes, many of whom had never seen the sea. It was, of course, impossible to accede to any of these latter proposals, yet, for my own part, I could not but feel gratified at such convincing proofs that the spirit of the country was favorable to us, and that the ardent Jove of hardy enterprise still lives amongst Eng- lishmen, as of old, to be cherished, I trust, as the most valuable of our national characteristics — as that which has so largely contributed to make Eno;land what she is. My second in command was Lieutenant W. E. Hobson, E.N., an of&cer already distinguished in Arctic service. Captain Allen Young joined me as sailing-master, contributing not only his val- uable services but largely of his private funds to the expedition. This gentleman had pre- viously commanded some of our very finest mer- chant ships, the latest being the steam-transport ' Adelaide ' of 2500 tons : he had but recently returned, in ill health, from the Black Sea, where he was most actively employed during the greater part of the Crimean campaign. Nothing that I could say would add to the merit of such singularly generous and disin- terested conduct. David Walker, M.D., volun- teered for the post of surgeon and naturalist ; he also undertook the photographic department; and just before sailing, Carl Petersen, now so well known to Arctic readers as the Esquimaux 8 ASSISTANCE FROM PUBLIC DEPARTMENTS. Chap. L interpreter in the expeditions of Captain Penny and Dr. Kane, came to join me from Copen- hagen, although landed there from Greenland only six days previously, after an absence of a year from his family : we were indebted to Sir Roderick Murchison and the electric telegraph for securino: his valuable services. Like the Paris omnibuses we were at length tout complete and quite as anxious to make a start. Ample provisions for twenty-eight months were embarked, including preserved vegetables, lemon- juice, and pickles, for daily consumption, and pre- served meats for every third day : also as much of Messrs. Allsopp's stoutest ale as we could find room for. The Government, although declining to seud out an expedition, 3-ct now contributed liberally to our supplies. All our arms, powder, shot, powder for ice-blasting, rockets, maroons, and signal mortar, were furnished by the Board of Ordnance. The Admiralt}' caused GG82 lbs. of pemuiican to be prepared for our use. Not less than 85,000 lbs. of this invaluable food have been prepared since 1845 at the Eoyal Clarence Vict- ualing Yard, Gos2:)ort, for the use of the Arctic Expeditions. It is composed of prime beef cut into thin slices and dried over a wood fire ; then pounded up and mixed with about an equal weight of melted beef fat. The pemmican is then pressed into cases capable of containing 42 lbs. each. The Admiralty supplied us with all the requisite FIG 1. isr j^~~^<^- °'^- ^ 6KET( H MAP OF THE DRIFT OF THE ' POX ' DOWN BAFFIN'S HAT 1» THE Fl.OATI>0 ICK. Apk. 1857. DONATION FROM EOYAL SOCIETY. 9 ice-gear, such as saws from ten to eighteen feet in length, ice-anchors, and ice-claws : also with our winter housing, medicines, pure lemon-juice, seamen's hbrarj, hydrographical instruments, charts, chronometers, and an ample supply of arc- tic clothing which had remained in store from former expeditions. The Board of Trade con- tributed a variety of meteorological and nautical instruments and journals ; and I found that I had but to ask of these departments for what was required, and if in store it was at once granted. I asked, however, only for such things as were indispensably necessary. The President and Council of the Eoyal So- ciety voted the sum of 60/. from their donation fund for the purchase of magnetic and other scientific instruments, in order that our antici- pated approach to so interesting a locality as the Magnetic Pole might not be altogether barren of results. Being desirous to retain for my vessel the privileges she formerly enjoyed as a yacht, my wishes were very promptly gratified ; in the first instance by the Eoyal Harwich Yacht Club, of which my officers and myself were enrolled as members — the Commodore, A. Arcedeckne, Esq., presenting my vessel with the handsome ensign and burgee of the Club ; and shortly afterwards by my being elected a member of the Royal Victoria Yacht Club for the period of my voyage. 10 REFLECTIONS UPON THE UNDERTAKING. Chap. I. Lastly, upon the very day of sailinj^, I was pro- posed for the Pioyal Yacht Squadron, to wliich the yacht had previously helonged -when the property of Sh' Richard Stratton. Throughout the whole period required for our equipment, I constantly experienced the heartiest co-operation and earnest good will from all with whom my varied duties brought me in contact Deep sympathy with Lad}'' Franklin in her dis- tress, her self-devotion and sacrifice of fortune, and an earnest desire to extend succor to any chance survivors of the ill-fated expedition who might still exist, or at least, to ascertain their fate, and rescue from oblivion their heroic deeds, seemed the natural promptings of every honest Ena;lish heart. It is needless to add that this experience of public opinion confirmed my own impression that the glorious mission intrusted to me was in reality a great mdional dniij. I could not but feel that, if the fjio-antic and admirablv equipped national expeditions sent out on pre- cisely the same duty, and reflecting so much credit upon the Board of Admiralit}^, were ranked amonQ;st the noblest efforts in the cause of human- ity any nation ever engaged in, and that, if high honor was awarded to all composing those splen- did expeditions, surely the effort became still more remarkable and worthy of approbation when its means were limited to one little vessel, con- taining but twenty-five souls, equipped and pro- Apr. 1857. LADY FRANKLIN'S VISIT. H visioned (although efficiently, yet) in a manner more according with the limited resources of a private individual than with those of the public purse. The less the means, the more arduous I felt was the achievement. The greater the risk — for the 'Fox' was to be launched alone into those turbulent seas from which every other ves- sel had long since been withdrawn — the more glorious would be the success, the more honora- ble even the defeat, if again defeat awaits us. Upon the last day of June, Lady Franklin, accompanied by her niece Miss Sophia Cracroft, and Capt. Maguire, R. N., came on board to bid us farewell, for we purposed sailing in the evening. Seeing how deeply agitated she was on leaving the ship, I endeavored to repress the enthusiasm of my crew, but without avail ; it found vent in three prolonged, hearty cheers. The strong feel- ing which prompted them was truly sincere ; and this unbidden exhibition of it can hardly have gratified her for whom it was intended more than it did myself I must here insert the only written instructions I could prevail upon Lady Franklin to give me ; they were not read until the 'Fox ' was fairly in the Atlantic. Aberdeen, June 29, 1857. Mt dear Captain M'Clintock, You have kindly invited me to give you "Instruc- tions," but I cannot bring myself to feel that it would be right 12 LADY FRANKLIN'S INSTRUCTIONS. Ciiai'. L in me in any wny (o influence your judgment in the conduct of your noble undertaking; and indeed 1 have no temptation to do so, since it appears to me that your views are almost iden- tical with those w'lieh I had independently formed before I had the advantage of being thoroughly possessed of yours. But had tliis been otherwise, I trust you would have found me ready to prove the implicit confidence I place in you by yield- ing my own views to your more enlightened judgment; know- ing too as I do that your whole heart also is in the cause, even as my own is. As to the objects of the expedition and their relative importance, I am sure you know that the re-cue of any possible survivor of the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror ' would be to me, as it would be to you, the noblest result of our efforts. To this object I wish every other to be subordinate ; and next to it in importance is the i^ecovery of the unspeakably precious documents of the expedition, public and private, and the personal relics of my dear husband and his companions. And lastly, I trust it may be in your power to confirm, directly or inferentially, the claims of my husband's expedition to the earliest discovery of the passage, which, if Dr. Rae's report be true (and the Government of our country has ac- cepted and rewarded it as such), these martyrs in a noble cause achieved at their last extremity, after five long years of labor and suffering, if not at an earlier period. I am sure you will do all that man can do for the attainment of all these objects ; my only fear is that you may spend ycur- selves too much in the effort ; and you must therefore let me tell you how much dearer to me even than any of them is the preservation of the valuable lives of the little band of heroes :who are your companions and followers. May God in his great mercy preserve you all from hai in amidst the labors and jierils which await you, and restore you to us in health and safety as well as honor ! As to the honor I can have no misgiving. It will be yours as much if you fail (since you may fail in spite of every effort) as if you succeed ; and be assured that, under any and all circumstances w/ialcver. MS. 2. SKETCH MAP OF AKCTIO BKOIOKS AT THE TIME OF PKAhKLISS LA8T EXPEDIMON. July, 1857. ORKNEYS AND GEEENLAND. 13 ; such is my unbounded confidence in you, you will ever possess and be entitled to the enduring gratitude of your sincere and attached friend, Jane Franklin. We were not destined to get to sea that even- ing. The ' Fox/ hitherto during her brief career, accustomed only to the restraint imposed upon a gilded pet in summer seas, seemed to have got an inkling that her duty henceforth was to combat with difficulties, and, entering fully into the spirit of the cruise, answered her helm so much more readily than the pilot expected that she ran aground upon the bar. She was promptly shored up, and remained in that position until next morning, when she floated off unhurt at high water, and commenced her long and lonely voyage. Scarcely had we left the busy world behind us when we were actively engaged in making arrangements for present comfort and future exertion. How busy, how happy, and how full of hope we all were then ! On the night of the 2d of July we passed through the Pentland Firth, where the tide rush- ing impetuously against a strong wind raised up a tremendous sea, amid which the little vessel struggled bravely under steam and canvas. The bleak wild shores of Orkney, the still wilder pilot's crew, and their hoarse screams and unin- telligible dialect, the shrill cry of innumerable 2 14 GREE^^LAND. Chap. I. sea-bird?, the howling breeze and angry sea, made us feel as if we had suddenly awoke in Green- land itself. The southern extremity of that ice- locked continent became visible on the 12th. It is quaintly named Cape Farewell ; but whether by some sanguine outward-bound adventurer who fancied that in leaving Greenland behind him he had already secured his passage to Cathay ; or whether by the wearied homesick mariner, feebly escaping from the grasf) of winter in his shattered bark, and firmly purposing to bid a long farewell to this cheerless land, history altogether fails to enlighten us. From January until July this coast is usually rendered unapproachable by a broad margin of heavy ice, which drifts there from the vicinity of Spitzbergen, and, lapping round the Cape, extends alonsfshore to the northward about as far as Baal's River, a. distance of 250 miles. Although it effect- ually blockades the ports of South Greenland for the greater part of the summer, and is justly- dreaded by the captains of the Greenland traders, it confers important benefits upon the Green- lander by bearing to his shores immense numbers of seals and many bears. The same current which conveys hither all this ice is also freighted with a scarcely less valuable supply of driftwood from the Siberian rivers. About this time, one of my crew showing symptoms of diseased lungs, I determined to JuLT, 1857. SPITZBERGEN ICE. Ig, embrace tlie earliest opportunity of sending him home out of a climate so fatal to those who are thus affected ; and having learnt from Mr. Peter- sen, who had quitted Greenland only in April last, that a vessel would very soon leave Freder- ickshaab for Copenhagen, I resolved to go to that place in order to catch this homeward-bound ship. It was necessary to push through the Spitzber- gen ice, and we fortunately succeeded in doing so after eia;hteen hours of buffetino; with this formi- dable enemy ; at first we found it tolerably loose, and the wind being strong and favorable, we thumped along pleasantly enough ; but as we ad- vanced, the ice became much more closely packed, a thick fog came on, and many hard knocks were exchanged; at length our steam carried us through into the broad belt of clear water be- tween the ice and land, which Petersen assures me always exists here at this season. The dense fog now prevented further progress, and as evening closed in I gave up all hope of improvement for the night, when suddenly the fog rolled back upon the land, disclosing some islets close to us, then the rugged points of main- land, and at length, lifting altogether, the distant snowy mountain-peaks against a deep blue sky. The evening became bright and delightful; the whole extent of coast was fringed with innu- merable islets, backed by lofty mountains, and. 16 FINE ^UlCTIC SCENERY. Cdap. I. being richly tinted by a glorious -svesteni sun, formed an unusually splendid sight. Greenland unveiled to our anxious gaze that memorable evening, all the magnificence of her natural beauty. Was it to welcome us that she thus cast off her dingy outer mantle, and shone forth radiant with smiles ? — such winning smiles ! A faint streak of mist, which we could not account for, appeared to float across a low, wide interval in the mountain range ; the telescope revealed its true character, — it was a portion of the distant glacier. We found ourselves upon the Tallard Bank, 30 miles north of our port, having been rapidly carried northwards by the Spitzbcr- gen current. July 2Wi. — This morning the chief trader of the settlement, or, as he is more usually styled by the English, the Governor, came off to us, and his pilot soon conducted us into the safe little harbor of Frederickshaab. I was much gratified to learn that we were just in time to secure a passage home for our ailing shipmate. For trading purposes Greenland is monopolized by the Danish government ; its Esquimaux and m.ixed population amount to about 7000 souls. About 1000 Danes reside constantly there for the jDurpose of conducting the trade, -which consists almost exclusivelj'' in the exchange of European goods for oil and the sldns of seals, reindeer, and a few other animals. Jolt, 1857. DAjN'ISH ESTABLISHMENTS, GEEENLAND. 17 The Esquimaux are not subject to Danish laws, but although proud of their nomina,! independence they are sincerely attached to the Danes, and with abundant reason ; a Lutheran clergyman, a doctor, and a schoolmaster, whose duty it is to give gratuitous instruction and relief, are paid by the Government, and attached to each district; and when these improvident people are in dis- tress, which not unfrequently hajDpens during the long winters, provisions are issued to them free of cost; spirits are strictly prohibited. All of them have become Christians, and many can read and write. Have we English done more, or as much, for the aborigines in any of our numerous colonies, and especially for the Esquimaux within our own territories of Labrador and Hudson's Bay ? Greenland is divided into two inspectorates, the northern and southern ; the inspector of the latter division, Dr. Rink, had arrived at Freder- ickshaab upon his summer round of visits only the day previous to ourselves. He came on board to call upon me, and after Divine service I landed, and enjoyed a ramble with him over the moss- clad hills. Our first meeting was in North Green- land, in 1848; we had not seen one another since, so we had much to talk about. Dr. Rink is a gen- tleman of acknowledged talent, a distinguished traveller, and is thoroughly conversant with the sciences of geology and botany. 2* B 18 FREDERICKSIIAAB, DAVIS' STRAITS. Cii.vr;.!. Unfortunately for me his excellent work on Greenland has not l)een translated into Engli.xh. AYe were kindly permitted to purchase eight tons of coals, and such small things as were re- quired ; the only fresh supplies to be ol>tained besides codfish, which was abundant, consisted of a very few ptarmigan and hares, and a couple of kids ; these last are scarce. Some goats exist, but for eight months out of the year they are shut up in a house, and even now — in midsum- mer, — are only let out in the daytime. "We also purchased of the Esquimaux some specimens of Esquimaux workmanship, such as models of the native dresses, kayaks, etc., also birds' skins and eggs. I saw fine specimens of a white swan, and of a bird said to be extremely rare in Greenland, — it was a species of grebe, Podiccps cmiaUis, I imagine. Frederickshaab is just now well sup- plied with wood : besides an unseaworthy brig, the wreck of a large timber-ship lay on the beach, and an abandoned timber-vessel, which was met with between Iceland and Greenland in July by Prince Napoleon, drifted upon the coast 30 miles to the northward in the following SejDtem- ber. July, 1857. LICHTENEELS. 19 CHAPTEE II. Fiskernaes and Esquimaux — The ' Fox ' reaches Disco — Disco Fiord — Summer scenery — Waigat Strait — Coaling from the mine — Pur- chasing Esquimaux dogs — Heavy gale off Upernivik — Melville Bay — The middle ice — The great glacier of Greenland — Reindeer cross the glacier. 23rJ July. — Sailed the day before yesterday for Godhaab. The fog was thick, and wind strong and contrary, but the current being favorable we found ourselves off the small out>station of Fisk- ernaes, when early this morning our fore topmast was carried away ; this accident induced me to run in and anchor for the purpose of repairing the damage. After passing within the outer islets, the Mora- vian settlement of Lichtenfels came in view upon the right hand; it consists of a large, sombre- looking wooden house, over which is a belfry, a smaller wooden house, and about a dozen native huts, roofed with sods, and scarcely distinguish- able from the ground they stand on, even at a very short distance. The land immediately behind is a barren rocky steep, now just suffi- ciently denuded of snow to look desolate in the extreme. A strong tide was setting out of the fiord, as we approached, and anchored in the 20 nSKERNAES, Chai-. II. rocky little cove of Fiskernaes ; here we were not only sheltered from the wind, but the steep dark rocks within a ship's length on each side of lis, reflected a strong heat, whilst large mosquitoes lost no time in paying us their annoying visits. This remote spot has been visited by the Arctic voyagers, Captain Ingleficld, R.N., and Dr. Kane, U.S.N., and still more recently by Prince Napo- leon. Dr. Kane's account of his visit is full and very interestino:. Cod-fishina; was now in fidl activity, and the few men not so employed had gone up the fiord to hunt reindeer. The solitary dwelling-house belongs, of course, to the chief trader, and is a model of cleanliness and order; built of wood, it exhibits all the resources of the painter's art ; the exterior is a dull red, the window-frames are Avhite, floors yel- low, wooden partitions and low ceilings pale blue. The lady of the house had resided here for about eight years, and appeared to us to be, and ac- knowledged she was, heartily tired of the solitude. She gave me coffee, and some seeds for cultiva- tion at our winter quarters; these were lettuce, spinach, turnips, carraway and peas, the latter being the common kind used on board ship ; usually they have only produced leaves on this spot, but once the young peas grew large enough for the table. I expressed a wish to see the inte- rior of an Esquimaux tent. Peterson pulled aside the thin membrane of some animal, which hung July, 1857. AND ESQUIMAUX. 21 across the doorwajj and served to exclude the wind, but admitted light, for, although past mid- night, the sun was up. Some seven or eight individuals lay within, closely packed upon the ground ; the heads of old and young, males and females, being just visible above the common covering. Going to bed here, only means lying down with your clothes on, upon a reindeer skin, wherever you can find room, and pulling another fur-robe over you. Fiskernaes appeared to be a sunny little nook, yet all the people we saw there were suffering from colds and coughs, and many deaths had occurred during the spring. The boys brought us handfuls of rough garnets, some of them as large as walnuts, receiving with evident satisfac- tion biscuits in exchano;e. By next morning we were able to put to sea, and early on the day following arrived off the large settlement of Godhaad ; it is in the " Gil- bert Sound " of Davis, and appears in many old charts as Baal's River. Almost adjoining God- haab is the Moravian settlement of New Herrnhut. Here it was that Hans Egede, the missionary father of Greenland, established himself in 1721, and thus re-opened the communication between Europe and Greenland, which had ceased upon the extinction of its early Scandinavian settlers, in the 14th century. A few years after Egede's successful beginning, 22 MORAVIAN MISSIONS. JiiAi-. IL the Moravian mission still existing under the name of New Ilerrnhut was established. At present the Moravians support four missions in Greenland ; they are not subject to the Danish authorities, but are not permitted in any way to trade. As we were about to enter the harbor, the Danish vessel — the sole object of our visit — came out, so not a moment was lost in sending on board our invalid and our letter-bag, and in landing our coasting pilot. This man had brought us up from Frederickshaab for the very moderate sum of three pounds ; he was an Esquimaux, and, as the brother of poor Hans, Dr. Kane's unhappy door-driver, was received with favor amonirst us, and soon won our esteem by his quiet, obliging disposition, as also by his ability in the discharge of his duty ; he was so keensighted, and so vigi- lant, it was quite a comfort to have him on board during the foggy weather, for he could recognise, on the instant, every rock or point, even when dimly looming through the mist. We were not long in discovering that his absence was a loss to us. When passing out to the north of the Kookor- nen Islands, the wind suddenly failed, and at tlie same time a swell from to seaward reached us ; we therefore had considerable difficulty in towing the ship clear of the rocks ; for nearly half an hour our p-^sition was most critical. July, 1857. THE 'EOX' BEACHES DISCO. 23 July Z\st. — ^Anchored at Godhaven (or Lievely), in Disco, for a few hours. I presented a letter from the Directors of the Royal Greenland Com- merce to the Inspector of North Greenland, Mr. Olrik, authorising him to furnish us with any needful supplies. Our only wants were sledge- doars and a native to manao;e them. We soon obtained ten of the former, but were advised to go into Disco Fiord, where many of the Esqui- maux were busy in taking and drying salmon- trout, and where some would most probably be obtained. I was much pleased with Mr. Olrik's kind recep- tion of me, and soon found him to be not only agreeable but well informed ; born in Greenland, of Danish parents, he is thoroughly conversant with the language and habits of the Esquimaux, and has devoted much of his leisure time in col- lecting rare specimens of the animal, vegetable, and mineral productions of the country. I came away enriched by some fossils from the fossil forest of Atanekerdluk, also with specimens of native coal. It was here I met with the late commanders of the whalers ^ Gipsy' and 'Undaunted,' of Peterhead, which had been crushed by the ice in Melville Bay, five or six weeks previously; all the other whalers had returned from the north, along the pack edge, and passed south of Disco. They said that the ice in Melville Bay 24 DISCO Fl mo. Chap. II. was all broken up, and that they thought wo should find but little difficulty at thi.s late period in passing through it into the North Water. Leaving Godhaven in the afternoon with a native pilot, we found ourselves some 10 or 12 miles up Disco Fiord at an early hour next mom- ing. After despatching the pilot to announce our arrival to his countiymen at their fishing station, 7 or 8 miles further up, the Doctor and I landed upon the north side to explore. The scenery is charming, lofty hills of trap rock, with unusually rich slopes (for the 70th parallel) descending to the fiord, and strewed with boulders of gneiss and granite. We found the blue campanula holding a conspicuous place amonrvst the wild flowers. I do not know a more enticing spot in Greenland for a week's shooting, fishing, and yachting than Disco Fiord ; hares and ptarmigan may be fovmd along the bases of the hills; ducks are most abundant upon the fiord, and delicious salmon-trout very plentiful in the rivers. Formerly Disco was famed for the large size and abundance of its reindeer ; but for some unexplained reason they now confine themselves to the mainland. At this season the natives of Godhaab resort here and enjoy the trout fishery, — it is truly their season of harvest: the weather is pleasant, food delicious and abundant, and the labor an agreeable pastime. Aug. 1857. CHRISTIAN, THE DOG-DRIVER. 25 Some kayaks soon came off to the ship, bring- ing salmon-trout, both fresh and smoked. A young Esquimaux, named Christian, volun- teered his services as our dog-driver, and was accepted ; he is about 23 years of age, unmar- ried, and an orphan. The men soon thoroughly washed and cropped him : soap and scissors being novelties to an Esquimaux: they then rigged him in sailor's clothes ; he was evidently not at home in them, but was not the less proud of his improved appearance, as reflected in the admir- ing glances of his countrymen. We now hastened away to the Waigat Strait to complete our coals. When passing Godhaven, the pilot was launched off our deck in his little kayalv without stopping the ship ! As a kayak is usually about 18 feet long, 8 inches deep, and only 16 or 17 inches wide, it requires great expertness to perform such a feat without the addition of a capsize. i:th August. — Entered the Waigat yesterday morning, slowly steaming through a sea of glass. Its surface was only rippled by the myriads of eider-ducks which extended over it for several miles : most of them were immature in plumage, and were probably the birds of last year. After runnino; about 24 miles, towards eveninor we approached a low range of sandstone cliffs on the Disco shore, in which horizontal seams of coal were seen. Here we anchored, and immediately 3 26 COALING — WAIGAT SCENERY. Ceap. II. commenced coaling. It was fortunate we did po, for soon it began to blow hard ; and ere noon to-day we were obliged, for the safety of the ship, to leave onr exposed anchorage, having howtver secured eight or nine tons of tolerable coal. For- merly these coal-seams were worked for the sup- ply of the neighboring settlements, but for several years past it has been found more profitable and convenient to send out coals from Denmark, and thus permit the natives to devote their whole time to the seal-fishery. The Waigat scenery is unusually grand ; the strait varies from 3 to 5 leagues in width ; on each side are mountains of 3000 feet in height. The Disco side, upon which we landed, is com- posed of trap, sandstone appearing only at the beach, and occasionally rising in cliffs to about 100 feet. Upon the moss-clad slopes many frag- ments of quartz and zeolite were met with. The north end of Disco is almost a precipice to its snow-capped summit, which is 4000 feet high. ^th. — A pleasant faur wind carries us rapidly northward, passing many icebergs. Our rigging is richly garnished with split codfish, which we hoped would dr}^ and keep ; but a warm day in Disco Fiord, and much rain with a southerly gale in the Waigat, have destroyed it for our own use. It is however still valuable as food for our dogs, I am very anxious to complete my stock of these Qur native auxiliaries, as without them we Aug. 1857. PURCHASING ESQUIMAUX DOGS. 27 cannot hope to explore all the lands which it is the object of our voyage to search. We could only obtain ten at Godhaven, and require twenty more. Wi. — By Petersen's intimate knowledge of the coast we were enabled to run close in to the little settlement of Proven during the night, and obtain a few dogs and dogs' food. This morning we reached the extreme station of Upernivik, the last trace of civilization we shall meet with for some time. It is in lat. 72f N. Here Petersen re- sided for twelve of the eighteen years he has spent in Greenland, and his unlooked-for re-appearance astonished and delighted the small communit}^, more especially Governor Fliescher and his house- hold, who received us with a most hearty wel- come. ^th. — Yesterday, when we hove to off Uper- nivik, the weather was very bad and rapidly growing worse, therefore our stay was limited to a couple of hours. The last letters for home were landed, fourteen dogs and a quantity of seal's flesh for them embarked, and the ship's head was turned seaward. It was then blowing a southerly gale, witli overcast murky sky, and a heavy sea running. When four miles outside the outer island, break- ers were suddenly discovered ahead, only just in time to avoid the ledge of sunken rocks upon which the sea was beating most violently. Many 28 HEAVY GALE OFF UPERNIVIK. Chap. II. such rocks lie at consideral^le distances beyond the islands which border this coast, and greatly add to the danif-ers of its navio:ation. Beinfj; now fairly at sea, and the ship under easy sail for the night, I went early to bed in the hcpe of sleeping. I had been up all the previous night, naturally anxious about the ship threading her way through so many dangers, uncertain about being able to complete the number of our sledge- dogs, and much occupied in closing my corre- spondence, to which there would be an end for at least a year. All this over, the uncertain future loomed ominously before me. The great responsibilities I had undertaken seemed now and at once to fall with all their weight upon me. A mental whirlpool was the consequence, which, backed by the material storm, and the howling of the w^retched dogs in concert on deck, together with the tumbling about of every thing below, long kept sleep in abeyance. One thought and feeling predominated : it was gratitude, deep and humble, for the success ■which had hitherto attended us, and for some narrow escapes which I must ever regard as Providential. Yesterday's gale has given place to calm foggy weather. An occasional iceberg is seen. The officers amuse themselves in trying new guns, and shooting sea-birds for our dogs. Governor Fliescher told me yesterday that for Aug. 1857. PASSAGE THROUGH BAFFIN'S BAY. 29 the last four weeks southerly winds prevailed, and that only a fortnight ago his boat was unable to reach the Loom. Cliffs at Cape Shackleton, 50 miles north of Upernivik, in consequence of the ice being pressed in against the land. I fear these same winds have closed together the ice which occupies the middle of Davis' Strait (hence called the middle ice), so that we shall not be able to penetrate it. However, we are standing out to make the attempt. To the uninitiated it may be as well to observe that each winter the sea called Baffin's Bay freezes over; in spring this vast body of ice breaks up, and drifting southward in a mass — called the main-pack, or the middle ice — ob- structs the passage across from east to west. The " North Passage " is made by sailing round the north end of this pack ; the " Middle Passage," by pushing through it ; and the " Southern Pas- sage," by passing round its southern extreme; but seasons do occur when none of these routes are practicable. It is very remarkable that southward of Disco northerly winds have prevailed. They greatly impeded our progress up Davis' Strait, but we cheered ourselves with the hope that they would effectually clear a path for us across the northern part of Baffin's Bay. Wi — Last night we reached the edge of the middle ice, about 70 miles to the west of Uper- 3* 80 MELVILLE BAY. Chap. n. nivik, and ran southward along its edge all night This morning, in thick fog, the ship was caught in its margin of loose ice. The fog soon after cleared off, and we saw the clear sea about two miles to the eastward, whilst all to the west was impenetrable closely-packed floe-pieces. After steaming out of our predicament (a matter which we could not accomplish under sail) ^yQ ran on to the southward until evening, but found the pack edge still composed of light ice very closely pressed together. Having now closely examined it for an extent of 40 miles, I was satisfied that w^e could not force a j^assage through it across Baffin's Ba}^, as is frequently done in ordinary seasons; therefore, taking advantage of a fair wind, we steered to the northward, in order to seek an opening in that direction. 12th. — We are in Melville Bay ; made fast this afternoon to an iceberg, which lies aground in 58 fathoms water, about 2 miles from Browne's Islands, and between them and the great glacier which here takes the place of the coast-line. We have got thus far without any difficulty, sailing along the edge of the middle ice; but here we find it pressing in against Browne's Isl- ands, and covering the whole bay to the north- ward, quite in the steep face of the glacier. This is evidently the result of long-continued south- erly winds ; but as the ice is very much broken Aug. 1857. THE MIDDLE ICE. 31 up, we may expect it to move off rapidly be- fore the autumnal northerly winds now due, and these winds invariably remove the previous sea- son's ice. All that we know of Melville Bay navigation in August, is derived from the expe- rience of Government and private searching ex- peditions during eight or nine seasons. My own three previous transits across it were made in this month. The whalers either get through in June or July, or give up the attempt as being too late for their fishing. It frequently happens that they get round the south end of the middle ice, between latitudes 66° and 69° N., and up the west coast of Baffin's Bay late in the season ; but we have no accounts of these voyages, nor should I be justified, at this late period of the season, in abandoning the prospect before me, in order to attempt a route which, even if success- ful, w^ould lengthen our voyage to Barrow Strait by 700 or 800 miles. We have already passed what is usually the most difficult and dangerous part of the Melville Bay transit. There is much to excite intense admiration and wonder around us ; one cannot at once appre- ciate the grandeur of this mighty glacier, extend- ing unbroken for 40 or 50 miles. Its sea-cliffs, about 5 or 6 miles from us, appear comparatively low, yet the icebergs detached from it are of the loftiest description. Here, on the spot, it does not seem incorrect to compare the icebergs 32 GliEAT GLACIER OF GREE^'LA^'D. Cuap. II. to mere chippings off its edge, and the floe-ice to the thhmest .shavings. The far-off outhne of glacier, seen against the eastern sky, has a faint tinge of j^ellow; it is almost horizontal, and of unknown distance and elevation. There is an unusual dearth of hirds and seals ; everything around us is painfully still, excepting when an occasional iceberg splits off from the parent glacier ; then we hear a rumbling crash like distant thunder, and the wave occasioned by the launch reaches us in six or seven minutes, and makes the ship roll lazily for a similar period. I cannot imagine that within the whole compass of nature's varied aspects, there is presented to the human eye a scene so well adapted for pro- moting deep and serious reflection, for lifting the thoughts from trivial things of every day life to others of the highest import. The glacier serves to remind one at once of Time and of Eternity — of time, since we see portions of it break off to drift and melt away ; and of eternity, since its down^^'ard march is so extremely slow, and its augmentations behind so regular, that no change in its appearance is per- ceptible from age to age. If even the untaught savages of luxuriant tropical regions regard the earth merelj^ as a temporar}^ abode, surel}' all who gaze upon this ice-overwhelmed region, this wide expanse of "terrestrial wreck," must be Aug 1857. GI^'^'*-'^ GLACIER OF GREENLAND. 33 similarly assured that here "we have no abid- ing place." During daytime the strong glare is very dis- tressing, hence the subdued light of midnight, when the sun just skims along the northern horizon, is much the most agreeable part of the twenty-four hours; the temperature varies be- tween 30° and 40° of Fahrenheit. The drift-ice of various descriptions about us is constantly in motion under the influence of mysterious surface and under currents (according to their relative depths of floatation), which whirl them about in every possible direction. To the S.E. are two small islands, almost envel- oped in the glacier, and far within it an occasional mountain-peak protrudes from beneath. From observing closely the variations in the glacier surface, I think we may safely infer that where it lies unbroken and smooth, the support- ing land is level ; and where much crevassed, the land beneath is imeven. The crevassed parts are of course impassable, but, by following the wind- ings of the smooth surface, I think the interior could be reached. Some attempts to cross the glacier in South Greenland have failed, yet, by studying its character and attending to this remark, I think places might be found where an attempt would succeed. Mr. Petersen tells me that the Esquimaux of Upernivik are iinable to account for occasional disappearances and re- c 34 REINDEER CROSS THE GLACIER. Chap. U. appearances of immense herds of reindeer, except by assuming that they migrate at intervals to feeding-grounds beyond the glacier, the surface of which he also says is smooth enough in many places even for dog-sledges to travel upon. As there is much uninhabited land, both to the northward and southward of Upernivik, I do not see the necessity for this supposition. The habits of the Esquimaux confine them almost exclu- sively to the islands and sea-coasts. Aug. 1857. MELVILLE BAY. 35 CHAPTER III. Melville Bay — Beset in Melville Bay — Signs of Winter — The coming storm — Drifting in the pack — Canine appetite — Eesigned to a winter in the pack — Dinner stolen by sharks — The Arctic shark — White Whales and Killers. Ihth August. — Three days of the most perfect calm have sadly taxed our patience. Lovely bright weather, but scarcely a living creature seen. This afternoon the anxiously-looked-for north wind sprang up, and immediately the light ice began to drift away before it, but it is not strong enough to influence the icebergs, and they greatly retard the clearing-out of the bay. We have noticed a constant wind ofi' the glacier, probably the result of its cooling effect upon the atmosphere ; this wind does not extend more than 3 or 4 miles out from it. l^th. — One of the loveliest mornings imagin- able : the icebergs sparkled in the sun, and the breeze was just sufficiently strong to ripple the patches of dark blue sea ; beyond this, there was nothing to cheer bne in the prospect from the Crow's-nest at four o'clock ; but little change had taken place in the ice; I therefore determined to run back along the pack-edge to the south- westward, in the hope that some favorable change S6 MELVILLE BAY. CuAp. HI. might have taken place further off shore. The barometer was imusually low, yet no indication of any change of weather. A seaman's chest was picked up ; it contained onl}'' a spoon, a fork, and some tin canisters, and probably drifted here from the southward, where the two whale-ships were crushed in June, affording another proof of the prevalence of southerly winds. As we steamed on, the ice was found to have opened consider- ably ; it fell calm, and mist was observed rolling along the glacier from the southward. By noon a S.E. wind reached us ; all sail was set, the leads or lanes of water became wider, and our hopes of speedily crossing Melville Bay rose in proportion as our speed increased. We are f)ursuing our course without let or hindrance. 17//^. — The fog overtook us yesterday evening, and at length, unable to see our way, we made fast at eleven o'clock to the ice. The wind had freshened, it was evidently blowing a gale outside the ice. During the night we drifted rapidl}' together with the ice, and this morning, on the clearing off of the fog, we steamed and sailed on again, threading our way between the floes, which 'are larger and much covered with drij snow. This evening we again made last, the floes having closed together, cutting off advance and retreat. A wintry night, much wind and snow. \Wi. — Continued strong S.E. winds, pressing the ico closely together, dark sky and snow; Aug. 1857. MELVILLE BAY. 37 everytW^g wears a wintry and threatening as- j3Poi:; we are closely hemmed in, and have our rudder and screw unshipped. This recommence- m.ent of S.E. winds and rapid ebbing of the small remaining portion of summer makes me more anxious about the future than the present. Yesterday the weather improved, and by working for thirteen hours we got the ship out of her small ice-creek into a larger space of water, and in so doing advanced a mile and a half It is now calm, but the ice still drifts, as we would wish it, to the N.W. Yesterday we were within 12 miles of the position of the ^ Enterprise ' upon the same day in 1848, and under very similar conditions of weather and ice also. 2Wi. — No favorable ice-drift : this detention has become most painful. The ^Enterprise' reached the open water upon this day in 1848, within 50 miles of our present position ; unfor- tunately, our prospects are not so cheering. There is no relative motion in the floes of ice, except a gradual closing together, the small spaces and streaks of water being still further diminished. The temperature has fallen, and is usually below the freezing-point. I feel most keenly the difficulty of my position ; we cannot aflford to lose many more days. Of all the voyages to Barrow Strait, there are but two which were delayed beyond this date, viz.. Par- ry's in 1824, and the ^ Prince Albert's ' in 1851. 4 38 BESET IN MELVILLE BAY. Chap. HI Should we not be released, and therefoi^ be com- pelled to winter in this pack, notwithstanding all our efforts, I shall repeat the trial next jear, and in the end, with God's aid, perfomi my sacred duty. The men enjoy a game of rounders on the ice each evenmg; Petersen and Christian are con- stantly on the look-out for seals, as well as Hob- son and Young occasionally ; if in good condition and killed instantaneously, the seals float ; several have already been shot ; the Hver fried with ba- con is excellent. Birds have become scarce, — the few we see are returning southward. How anxiously I watch the ice, weather, barometer, and thermometer! Wind from any other quarter than S.E. would oblige the floe-pieces to rearrange themselves, in doing which they would become loose, and then would be our opportunity to proceed. 2At/i. — Fine weather with very light northerly winds. "We have drifted 7 miles to the west in the last two days. The ice is now a close pack, so close that one may walk for many miles over it in any direction, by merely turnmg a little to the right or left to avoid the small water spaces. My frequent visits to the crow's-nest are not inspiriting: how absolutely distressing this im- prisonment is to me, no one without similar ex- perience can form any idea. As yet the crew have but little suspicion how blighted our pros- pects are. Aug. 1857. BESET IN MELVILLE BAT. 39 2']th. ^^6 daily make attempts to push on, and «<7metimes get a ship's length, but yesterday evening we made a mile and a half! the ice then closed against the ship's sides and lifted her about a foot. We have had a fresh east wind for two days, but no corresponding ice-drift to the west ; this is most discouraging, and can only be ac- counted for by supposing the existence of much ice or grounded icebergs in that direction. The dreaded reality of wintering in the pack is gradually forcing itself upon my mind, — but I must not write on this subject, it is bad enough to brood over it unceasingly. We can see the land all round Melville Bay, from Cape Walker nearly to Cape York. Petersen is indefatigable at seal-shooting, he is so anxious to secure them for our dogs; he says they must be hit in the head ; "if you hit him in the beef that is not good/' meaning that a flesh-wound does not pre- vent their escaping under the ice. Petersen and Christian practise an Esquimaux mode of attract- ing the seals ; they scrape the ice, thus making a noise like that produced by a seal in making a hole with its flippers, and then place one end of a pole in the water and put their mouths close to the other end, making noises in imitation of the snorts and grunts of their intended victims ; whether the device is successful or not I do not know, but it looks laughable enough. Christian came back a few days ago, like a 40 SEAL SUOOTING. Cnxp. III. true seal-hunter, carrying his kayak on his head and dragging a seal behind him. Onij' two years ago Petersen returned across this bay with Dr. Kane's retreating party ; he shot a seal which they devoured raw, and which under Providence, saved their lives. Petersen is a good ice-pilot, knows all these coasts as w^ell as or better than any man living, and, from long experience and habits of observation, is almost unerring in his prognostications of the weather. Besides his great value to us as interpreter, few men are bet- ter adapted for Arctic work, — an ardent sports- man, an agreeable companion, never at a loss for occupation or amusement, and always contented and sanguine. But we have happily many such dispositions in the ' Fox.' SOth. — The whole distance across Melville Bay is 170 miles: of this we have performed about 120, 40 of wdiich w^e have drifted in the last four- teen days. The 'Isabel' sailed freely over this spot on 20th August, 1852 ; and the 'North Star' was beset on 30th July, 1849, to the southward of Melville Bay, and carried in the ice across it and some 70 or 80 miles beyond, when she was set free on 26th September, and went into win- ter quarters in Wolstenholme Sound, What a precedent for us ! Yesterday we set to work as usual to warp the ship along, and moved her ten feet : an insig- nificant hummock then blocked up the narrow Sept. 1857. THE COMING STORM. 41 passage; as we could not push it before us, a two-pound blasting charge was exploded, and the surface ice was shattered, but such an immense quantity of broken ice came up from beneath, that the difficulty was greatly increased instead of being removed. This is one of the many instances in which our small vessel labors under very great disadvantages in ice-navigation — we have neither sufficient manual power", steam power, nor impetus to force the floes asunder. I am convinced that a steamer of moderate size and power, with a crew of forty or fifty men, would have got through a hundred miles of such ice in less time than we have been beset. The temperature fell to 25° last night, and the pools are strongly frozen over. I now look mat- ters steadily and calmly in the face ; whilst rea- sonable ground for hope remained I was anx- ious in the extreme. The dismal prospect of a " winter in the pack " has scarcely begun to dawn upon the crew; however, I do not think they will be much upset by it. They had some excit- ing foot-races on the ice yesterday evening. 1^^ Sept. — The indication of an approaching S.E. gale are at all times sufficiently apparent here, and fortunately so, as it is the dangerous wind in the Melville Bay. It was on the morning of the 30th, before church-time, that they attracted our attention : the wind was very light, but barometer low and falling ; very threatening appearances in 4* 42 DEIFTING IN THE PACK. Cuap. III. the S.E. quarter, dark-l^lue sk}^ and grey detached clouds .slowly rising ; -when the wind commenced the barometer began to rise. This gale lasted forty-eight hours, and closed up every little space of water; at first all the ice drifted before the wind, but latterly remained stationary. Twenty seals have been shot up to this time. On comparing Petersen's experience with my o^vn and that of the 'North Star' in 1849, it seems probable that the ice along the shores of Melville Bay, at this season, will drift northward close along the land as far as Cape Parr}'-, where, meeting with a S.W. current out of Whale or Smith's Sound, it will be carried away into the middle of Baffin's Bay, and thence during the winter down Davis' Strait into the Atlantic. From Cape Dudley Digges to Cape Parry, includ- ing Wolstenholme Sound, open water remains until October. It is strange that we have ceased to drift lately to the westward. Wi. — During the last week we have only drifted 9 miles to the west. Obtained soundings in 88 fiithoms; this is a discovery, and not an agreeable one. Of the six or seven icebergs in sight, the nearest are to the west of us ; they are very large, and appear to be aground ; we approach them slowl}^ Pleasant weather, but the winds are much too gentle to be of service to us ; although the nights are cold, yet during the day our men occasionally do their sewing on Sept. 1857. DEITTING IN THE PACK. 43 deck. Our companions the seals are larger and fatter than formerly, therefore they float when shot ; we are disposed to attribute their improved condition to the better feeding upon this bank. The dredge brought up some few shell-fish, star- fish, stones and much soft mud. Wi. — On this day, in 1824, Sir Edward Parry got out of the middle ice, and succeeded in reach- ing Port Bowen. To continue hoping for release in time to reach Bellot Strait would be absurd ; yet to employ the men we continue our prepa- ration of tents, sledges, and gear for travelling. Two days ago the ice became more slack than usual, and a long lane opened ; its western ter- mination could not be seen from aloft. Every effort was made to get into this water, and by the aid of steam and blasting-powder we advanced 100 yards out of the intervening 170 yards of ice, when the floes began to close together, a S.E. wind having sprung up. Had we succeeded in reaching the water, I think we should have extri- cated ourselves completel}^, and perhaps ere this have reached Barrow Strait, but S.E. and S.W. gales succeeded, and it now blows a S.S.E. gale, with sleet. IWi. — Young went to the large icebergs to- day; the nearest of them is 250 feet high, and in 83 fathoms water; it is therefore probably aground, except at spring tide ; the floe-ice was 44 CANINE APPETITE. Cuap. III. drifting past it to the westward, and was crushing up against its side to a height of 50 feet. 13//^. — Thermometer has fallen to 17° at noon. We have drifted 18 miles to the W. in the last week ; therefore our neighbors, the icebergs, are not alwa^'s aground, but even when afloat drift more slowly than the light ice. There is a water- sky to the W. and N.W. ; it is nearest to us in the direction of Cape York ; could ive only advance 12 or 15 miles in iliat direction, I am convinced ive slioidd he free to steer for Barrow Strait. Forty- three seals have been secured for the dogs ; one dog is missing, the remaining twenty-nine de- voured their two days' allowance of seal's flesh (60 or 65 lbs.) in forty-two seconds! it contained no bone, and had been cut up into small pieces, and spread out upon the snow, before they were permitted to rush to dinner ; in this way the weak enjoy a fair chance, and there is no time for fight- ing. We do not allow them on board. 16//^. — At length we have drifted past the large icebergs, obtaining soundings in 69 fath- oms within a mile of them ; they must now be aground, and have frequently been so during the last three wrecks; and being directly upon our line of drift, are probably the immediate cause of our still remaining in Melville Bay. The ice is slack everywhere, but the tempera- ture having fallen to 3°, new ice rapidly forms, so Sept. 1857. PEEPARIITG FOR WINTER. 45 that the change comes too late. The western limit of the day — Cape York — is very distinct, and not more than 25 miles from us. 18ih. — Lanes of water in all directions j but the nearest is half a mile from us. They come too late, as do also the N.W. winds which have now succeeded the fatal south-e asters. The tem- perature fell to 2° below zero last night. We are now at length in the "North Water;" the old ice has spread out in all directions, so that it is only the young ice — formed within the last fortnight — which detains us prisoners here. The icebergs, the chief cause of our unfortu- nate detention, and which for more than three weeks were in advance of us to the westward, are nov/, in the short space of two days, nearly out of sight to the eastward. The preparations for wintering and sledge- travelling go on with unabated alacrity; the latter will be useful should it become necessary to abandon the ship. Notwithstanding such a withering blight to my dearest hopes, yet I cannot overlook the many sources of gratification which do exist ; we have not only the necessaries, but also a fair portion of the luxuries, of ordinary sea-life ; our provi- sions and clothing are abundant and well suited to the climate. Our whole equipment, though upon so small a scale, is perfect in its way. We 46 ^ PROSPECT FOR WINTER. Chap. III. all enjoy perfect health, and the men are most cheerful, willing, and quiet. Our " native auxiliaries," consisting of Christian and his twenty-nine dogs, are capable of perform- ing immense service; whilst Mr. Petersen, from his great Ai'ctic experience, is of much use to me, besides being all that I could wish as an inter- preter. Humanly speaking, we are not unreason- able in confidently looking forward to a successful issue of this season's operations, and I greatly fear that poor Lady Franklin's disappointment will consequently be the more severely felt. We are doomed to pass a long winter of abso- lute inutility, if not of idleness, in comparative peril and privation; nevertheless the men seem very happy — thoughtless, of course, as true sail- ors always are. We have drifted off the bank into much deeper water, and suppose this is the reason that seals have become more scarce. 22wc/. — Constant N.W. Avinds continue to drift us slowly southward. Strong indications of water in the N.W., W., and S.E. ; its vicinity may ac- count for a rise in the temperature, without apparent cause, to 27° at noon to-day. The newly formed ice affords us delightful walking ; the old ice on the contrary is covered with a foot of soft snow. We have no shooting ; scarcely a living creature has been seen for a week. Sept. 1857. BEARS — AMUSEMENTS. 47 2Uh. — Yesterday I thought I saw two of our men walking at a distance, and beyond some unsafe ice, but on enquiry found that all were on board : Petersen and I set off to reconnoitre the strangers ; they proved to be bears, but much too wary to let us come within shot. It was dark when we returned on board after a brisk walk over the new ice. The calm air felt agreeably mild. "We were without mittens; and but that the breath froze upon moustachios and beard, one could have readily imagined the night was com- fortably warm. The thermometer stood at -f- 5°. To-day when walking in a fresh breeze the wind felt very cold, and kept one on the look-out for frost-bites, although the thermometer was up to 10°. Games upon the ice and skating are our afternoon amusements, but we also have some few lovers of music, who embrace the opportunity for vigorous execution, without fear of being re- minded that others may have ears more sensi- tive and discriminating than their own. 26M. — The mountain to the North of Melville Bay, known as the ^ Snowy Peak,' was visible yes- terday, although 90 miles distant ; I have calcu- lated its height to be 6000 feet. A raven was shot to-day. 21th. — Our salt meat is usually soaked for some days before being used ; for this purpose it is put into a net, and lowered through a hole in the ice ; this morning the net had been torn, and only a 48 DINNER STOLEN BY SHARKS. CuAt.III. fragment of it remained. Wc suppose our twenty two pounds of salt meat had been devoured by a shark; it would be curious to know how such fare agrees with him, as a full meal of salted pro- vision will kill an Esquimaux dog, which thrives on almost anything. I used to remonstrate upon the skins of sea-birds being given to our dogs, but was told the feathers were good for them ! Here all sea-birds are skinned before being cooked, otherwise our ducks, divers, and looms would be uneatably fishy. A well-baited shark-hook has been substituted for the net of salt meat ; I much wish to capture one of the monsters, as wonder- ful stories are told us of their doinQ:s in Green- land: whether they are the white shark or the basking shark of natural history I cannot find out. It is only of late years that the shark fishery has been carried on to any extent in Greenland; they are captured for the sake of their livers, which yield a considerable quantity of oil. It has very recently been ascertained that a valuable substance resembling spermaceti may be expressed from the carcase, and for this purpose powerful screw presses are now emploj'ed. In early winter the sharks are caught with hook and line throu2;h holes in the ice. The Esquimaux assert that they are insensible to pain; and Petersen assures me he has plunged a long knife several times into the head of one whilst it continued to feed upon a white whale Sept. 1857. THE ARCTIC SHARK. 49 entangled in his net ! ! It is not sufficient to drive tliem away with sundry thrusts of spears or kniveS; but they must be towed away to some distance from the nets, otherwise they will return to feed. It must be remembered that the brain of a shark is extremely small in proportion to the size of its huge head. I have seen bullets fired through them with very little apparent effect; but if these creatures can feel, the devices prac- tised upon them by the Esquimaux must be cruel indeed. It is only in certain localities that sharks are found, and in these places they are often at- tracted to the nets by the animals entangled in them. The dogs are not suffered to eat either the skin or the head, the former in consequence of its extreme roughness, and the latter because it causes giddiness and makes them sick. The nets alluded to are set for the white whale or the seal ; if for the former, they are attached to the shore and extended off at right angles so as to intercept them in their autumnal southern mi- gration, when they swim close along the rocks to avoid their direst foe, the grampus, or killer, of sailors, the Delphinus orca of naturalists. When the white whale is stopped by the net it often appears at first to be unconscious of the fact, and continues to swim against it, affording time for the approach of the boat and deadly harpoon from behind. If entangled in the net a very 6 D 50 KILLERS. Chap. IIL short time suffices to drown them, as, like all the whale tribe, they are obliged to come to the sur- face to breathe. The killer is also a cetacean of considerable size, 15 to 20 feet in length, but of very different haljits; it is very swift, is armed with power- ful teeth, and is gregarious. When in sufficient numbers they even attack the whale, impeding his progress by fastening on his fins and tail. In summer they appear in the Greenland seas, and the seals instantlj'^ seek refuge from them in the various creeks and inner harbors ; and the Esqui- maux hunter in his frail kayak, when he sees the huge pointed dorsal fin swiftly cleaving the sur- face of the sea, is scarcel}^ less anxious to shun such dangerous company. With such stories as these Petersen beguiles the time ; I never tire of listening to them, and now amuse myself in jot- ting scraps of them down. Oct. 1S57. FIXED IN THE ICE. 51 CHAPTER IV. Snow crystals — Dog will not eat raven — An Arctic school — The dogs invade us — Bear-hunting by night — Ice-artillery — Arctic palates — Sudden rise of temperature — Harvey's idea of a sortie. Sd Oct. — September has passed away and left us as a legacy to the pack ; what a month have we had of anxious hopes and fears ! Up to the 17th S.E. winds prevailed, forcing the ice into a compact body, and urging it north- westward ; subsequently N.W. winds set in, drift- ing it southward, and separating the floe-pieces; but the change of wind being accompanied by a considerable fall of temperature, they were either quickly cemented together again, or young ice formed over the newly opened lanes of water, almost as rapidly as the surface of the sea became exposed. During the month the thermometer ranged between -j-SG'^ and -2°, Two more bears and a raven have been seen. A wearied ptarmi- gan alighted near the ship, but before it could take wing again the dogs caught it, and scarcely a feather remained by the time I could rush on deck. Our beautiful little organ was taken out of its case to-day, and put up on the lower deck ; the 52 S^'O^V CRYSTALS. CnAi'. IV. men enjoy its pleasing tones, whilst Christian un- ceasingly turns the handle in a state of intense delight \ he regards it with such awe and admira- tion, and is so entranced, that one cannot help envying him ; of course he never saw one before. The instrument was presented by the Prince Con- sort to the searching vessel bearing his name which was sent out by Lady Franklin in 1851 ; it is now about to pass its third winter in the frozen re2;ions. Two dogs ran off yesterday, in the vain hope, I suppose, of bettering their condition, — we only feed them three times a week at present ; they returned this morning. Seals are daily seen upon the new ice, but in this doubtful sort of light they are extremely timid, therefore our sportsmen cannot get within shot. The bears scent or hear our dogs, and so keep aloof; even the shark has deserted us, the bait remains intact. The snow crystals of last night are extremely beautiful ; the largest kind is an inch in length ; its form exactly resembles the end of a pointed feather. Stellar crystals two- tenths of an inch in diameter have also fallen ; these have six points, and are the most exquisite things when seen under a microscope. I remem- ber noticing them at Melville Island in March, 1853, when the temperature rose to-|-S° ; as these were formed last night between the temperatures of _|_6° and -4-12°, it would appear that the form Oct. 1857. MONOTOKOUS LEFE. 53 is due to a certain fixed temperature. In the sun, or even in moonlightj all these crystals glisten most brilliantly ; and as our masts and rigging are abundantly covered with them, the '^ Fox ' never was so gorgeously arrayed as she now appears. loth. — One day is very like another; we have to battle stoutly with monotony ; and but that each twenty-four hours brings with it necessary though trivial duties, it would be difficult to re- member the date. We take our guns and walk long distances, but see nothing. Two of the dogs go hunting on their own account, sometimes re- maining absent all night. What they find or do is a mystery. The weather is generally ca,lm and cold, — very favorable for freezing purposes at all events, — for the ice of only three weeks' growth is two feet thick. I hardly expect any considerable disruption of the ice before the general break-up in the spring, yet we do not trust any of our provisions upon it, nor is it sufficiently still to set up a magnetic observatory, for which purpose the instruments have been supplied to us. Petersen still hopes we may escape and get into Upernivik, as the sea is not permanently frozen over there before December. I am sur- prised to hear that eagles have been seen so far north as Upernivik, although it is but twice in twenty-four years that specimens have been noticed there. In Richardson's ^ Fauna Boreali 5* 51 •' HARNESS JACK." Chap. IV, Americana' the extreme northern limit of these birds is given as 66° ; but Upernivik is in 724". A few bear and fox tracks have been seen, but no living creatures for several daj's, except a Hock of ducks hastening southward, and a solitary ra- ven. It is said that Esquimaux dogs will eat every- thing except fox and raven. There are excep- tions, however; one of ours, old "Harness Jack," devoured a raven with much gusto some days ago. All the other dogs allowed their harness to be taken off when they were brought on board ; but okl Jack will not permit himself to be mi- robed ; when attempted he very plainly threatens to use his teeth. This canine oddity suddenly became immensely popular, by constituting him- self protecting head of the establishment when one of his tribe littered ; he took up a most un- comfortable position on top of the family cask (our wijorompiu kennel), and prevented the ap- proach of all the other dogs ; but for his timely interference on behalf of the poor little puppies, I verily believe they would all have been stolen and devoured ! Dogs may do even worse than eat raven. I have attempted some experiments for the purpose of determining the mean hourly change of oscillation of a pendulum due to the earth's diurnal motion; but as mine was only ll.\ feet in length, I fiiled of any approach to accuracy. Oct. 1857. AN AKCTIC SCHOOL. 55 The mean of several observations gave 17° 47', whereas the change due to our latitude is about 14° 30^ A single experiment gave 14° 10', and this was the longest in point of time of any of them, the pendulum having swung for thirty-six minutes. 2A.tJi. — Furious N.W. and S.E. gales have alter- nated of late ; the ship is housed over, to keep out the driving snow ; so high is the snow carried in the ah' that a little box perforated with small holes and triced up 50 feet high is soon filled up ; this box is supplied morning and evening with a piece of prepared paper to detect the presence and amount of ozone in the atmosphere ; it is a peculiar pet of the Doctor's. At eight o'clock this evening I noticed the falling of a very brilliant meteor ; it passed through the constellation of Cassiopoeia in a N.N.E. dnection before terminating its visible existence, which it did very much like a huge rocket; the flash was so brilliant that a man whose back was turned to it mistook the illumi- nation for lightning. 2^th. — Our school opened this evening, under the auspices of Dr. Walker. He reports eight or nine pupils, and is much gratified by their zeal. At present their studies are limited to the three R's — reading, 'riting, and 'rithmetic. They have asked him to read and explain something instruc- tive, so he intends to make them acquainted with 56 ICE DISTURBANCE. Chap. IV. the trade-winds and atmosphere. This subject affords an opportunity of explaining the uses of our thermometer, barometer, ozonometer, and electrometer, -which they see us take much in- terest in. It is delightful to find a spirit of inquiry amongst them. Apart from scholastic occupation, I give them healthful exercise in spreading a thick layer of snow over the deck, and encasing the ship all round with a bank of the same material. 2Wi. — Midnight. This evening, to our great astonishment, there occurred a disruption and movement of the ice within 200 vards of the ship. The night was calm; the reflection of a bright moon, aided by the more than ordinary brilliancy of the stars upon the snowy expanse, made it appear to us almost daylight. As I sit now in my cabin I can distinctly hear the ice crushing; it resembles the continued roar of dis- tant surf, and there arc manj^ other occasional sounds; some of them remind one of the low moaning of the wind, others are loud and harsh, as if trains of heavy wagons with ungreased axles were slowly laboring along. Upon a less- favored night these sounds might be appalhng; even as it is, they are sufficiently ominous to invite reflection. Cape York has been in sight for some days past. 2Wi. — Another heavenly night, and still greater ice disturbance ; some of the crushed-up pieces are Nov. 1857. THE DOGS INVADE US. 57 nearly four feet thick. The currents, icebergs, and changes of temperature, may contribute to this ice action ; but I think the tides are the chief cause, and for these reasons : that it wants but two days to the full moon, and that the ice-move- ments are almost confined to the night, and change their direction morning and evening. Now we know that the night-tides in Greenland greatly exceed the day-tides. One thing is evi- dent — the weather continues calm, therefore the winds are not concerned in the matter. 2nd Nov. — Having observed some days ago that a few of the dogs were falling away — from some cause or other not having put on their winter clothing before the recent cold weather set in — they were all allowed on board, and given a good extra meal. Since then we can scarcely keep them out. One calm night they made a charge, and boarded the ship so suddenly that several of the men rushed up very scantily clothed, to see what was the matter. Vigorous measures were adopted to expel the intruders, and there was desperate chasing round the deck with broomsticks, &c. Many of them retreated into holes and corners, and two hours elapsed before they were all driven out ; but though the chase was hot, it was cold enough work for the half-clad men. Sailors use quaint expressions. The nightly foraging expeditions are called "sorties;" they 58 BEAR-IIUXTLNG BY NIGHT. Cuaf. IV. point out to me the various corners between decks where the " ice corrodes," i.e., the moisture condenses and forms frost j a ramble over the ice is called " a bit of a peruse." I presume this indignity is offered to the word perambulation. There was a very sudden call " to arras" to- night. Whether sleeping, prosing, or schooling, every one flew out upon the ice on the in.stant, as if the magazine or the boiler was on the point of explosion. The alarm of " A bear close-to, fighting with the dogs," was the cause. The luckless beast had approached within 25 yards of the ship ere the quartermaster's eye detected his indistinct outline against the snow ; so silently had he crept up that he was within 10 yards of some of the dogs. A shout started them up, and they at once flew round the bear and embarrassed his retreat. In crossing some very thin ice he broke through, and there I found him surrounded by 3^elping dogs. Poor fellow ! Ilobson, Young, and Petersen had each lodged a bullet in him ; but these only seemed to increase his rage. He succeeded in getting out of the water, when, fear- ing harm to the numerous b3'-standers and dogs, or that he might escape, 1 fired, and luckily the bullet passed through his brain. He proved to be a full-grown male, 7 feet 3 inches in length. As we all aided in the capture, it was decided that the skin should be offered to Lady Franklin. The carcase will feed our dogs for nearly a Nov. 1857. THE SUN'S LAST VISIT. 59 month ; they were rewarded on the spot with the offal. All of them, however, had not shown equal pluck ; some ran off in evident fright, but others showed no symptom of fear, plunging or falling into the water with Bruin. Poor old Sophy was amongst the latter, and received a deep cut in the shoulder from one of his claws. The authorities have prescribed double allowance of food for her, and say she will soon recover. For the few moments of its duration the chase and death was exciting. And how strange and novel the scene ! A misty moon affording but scanty light — dark figures gliding singly about, not daring to approach each other, for the ice trembled under their feet — the enraged bear, the wolfish howling dogs, and the bright flashes of the deadly rifles. Srd. — I remained up the greater part of last night taking observations, for the evening mists had passed away, and a lovely moon reigned over a calm enchanting night; through a powerful telescope she resembled a huge frosted-silver melon, the large crater-hke depression answering to that part from which the footstalk had been detached. Not a sound to break the stillness around, excepting when some hungry dog would return to the battlefield to gnaw into the blood- stained ice. On the 1st the sun paid us his last visit for the year, and now we take all our meals by lamp- light 60 GUY FAWKES' l^AY. Cuap. IV. ^th. — In order to vary our monotonous routine, we determined to celebrate the da}'' ; extra grog was issued to the crew, and also for the first time a proportion of preserved plum-pudding. Lady Franklin most thoughtfully and kindly sent it on l)oard for occasional use. It is excellent. This evening a well-got-up -^^rocession sallied forth, marched round the ship with drum, gong, and discord, and then proceeded to burn the effigy of Guy Fawkes. Their blackened faces, extravagant costumes, flaring torches, and savage yells frightened away all the dogs; nor was it until after the fireworks were set off and the traitor consumed that they crept back again. It was school-night, but the men were up for fun, so gave the Doctor a holiday. 12ih. — Yesterday I had the good fortune to shoot two seals; they were very fat and their stomachs were filled with shrimps. To-day Young and Petersen shot three more, and many others have been seen. This is cheering, and entice? people out for hours daily. There is just enough movement in the ice to keep a few narrow lanes and small pools of water open; the floes or fields of ice are more inclined to spread out from each other than to close. We have latterly been drift- ing before northerly winds. IWi. — A renewal of ice-crushing within a few hundred ^^ards of us. I can hear it in my bed. The ordinary sound resembles the roar of dis- Nov. 1857. ICE-AETILLEKY. 61 tant surf breaking heavily and contiiiuouslj ; but when heavy masses come in collision with much impetus, it fully realizes the justness of Dr. Kane's descriptive epithet, "ice artillery." Fortunately for us, our poor little ^ Fox ' is well within the margin of a stout old floe : we are therefore un- disturbed spectators of ice-conflicts, which would be irresistible to anything of human construc- tion. Immediately about the ship all is still, and, as far as appearances go she is precisely as she would be in a secure harbor — housed all over, banked up with snow to her gunwales. In fact, her winter plumage is so complete that the masts alone are visible. The deck and the now useless sky-lights are covered with hard snow. Below hatches we are warm and dryj all are in excel- lent health and spirits, looking forward to an active campaign next winter. God grant it may be realized ! Yesterday Young shot the fiftieth seal, an event duly celebrated by our drinking the bottle of champagne which had been set apart in more hopeful times to be drunk on reaching the North Water — that unhappy failure, the more keenly felt from being so very unexpected. Petersen saw aLnd fired a shot into a narwhal, which brought the blubber out. When most Arctic creatures are wounded in the water, blub- ber more frequently than blood appears, particu- larly if the wound is superficial — it spreads over 6 62 ARCTIC PALATES. Cii^i>. IV. the surface of the water like oil. Bills of fare vary much, even in Greenland. I have inquired of Petersen, and he tells me that the Greenland Esquimaux (there are many Greenlanders of Danish origin) are not agreed as to which of their animals aflbrds the most delicious food ; some of them prefer reindeer venison, others think more favorably of young dog, the flesh of which, he asserts, is "just like the beef of sheep." He says a Danish captain, who had acquired the taste, provided some for his guests, and they praised his muUoii! after dinner he sent for the skin of the animal, which was no other than a large red dog! This occurred in Greenland, where his Danish guests had resided for many years, far removed from European mutton. Baked puppy is a real delicacy all over Polynesia : at the Sandwich Islands I was once invited to a feast, and had to feign disappointment as well as I could when told that puppy was so extremely scarce it could not be procured in time, and therefore sucking-pig was substituted ! \Wi. — A heavy southerly gale has increased the ice movements ; happilj- we are undisturbed. As Young was seated under the lee of a hum- mock, watching for seals to pop up to breathe, the strong ice under him suddenly cracked and separated ! He escaped with a ducking, and was just able to reach his gun from the bank ere it sank through the mixtui'e of snow and water. Nov. 1857. A LUCKY DOG. 63. Yesterday we were all out; I saw only one seal, but was refreshed by the sight of a dozen narwhals. It is a positive treat to see a living creature of any kind. The only birds which remain are dovekies, but they are scarce, and, being white, are very rarely visible. The dogs are fed every second day, when 2 lbs. of seal's flesh — previously thawed when pos- sible — is given to each; the weaker ones get additional food, and they all pick up whatever scraps are thrown out ; this is enough to sustain, but not to satisfy them, so they are continually on the look-out for anything eatable. Hobson made one very happy without intending it ; he meant only to give him a kick, but his slipper, being down at heel, flew off, and away went the lucky dog in triumph with the prize, which of course was no more seen. Two large icebergs drift in company with us ; our relative positions have remained pretty nearly the same for the last month. 23rc?. — A heavy gale commenced at N.E. on the 21st, and continued for thirty-six hours una- bated in force, but changed in direction to S.S.W. It appears to have been a revolving storm, moving to the N.W. Yesterday, as the wind approached S.E., the temperature rose to -\- 32° ; the upper deck sloppy; the lower deck temperature during Divine Service was 75° ! ! As the wind veered round to S.S.W., the wind moderated, and tempera- 64 SUDDEN lUSE OF TEMl'ERATURE. Chap. IV. ture fell: this evening it is —7°. How is it that the S.E. wind has brought us such a very high temperature ? Even if it traversed an unfrozen sea it could not have derived from thence a higher temperature than 29". lias it swept across Greenland — that vast superficies partly enveloped in glacier, partly in snow ? No, it must have been borne in the higher regions of the atmosphere from the fiir south, in order to mitigate the severity of this northern climate. Petersen tells me the same M-arm S.E. wind suddenly sweeps over Upernivik in midwinter, bringing with it abundance of rain ; and that it always shifts to the S.W., and then the tempera- ture rapidly falls : this is precisely the change we have experienced in lat. 75°. I believe a some- what similar, but less remarkable, change of temperature was noticed in Smith's Sound, lat 78f N. 2Wi. — Mild "Madeira weather," as Ilobson calls it, temperature up to -\-T. By my desire Dr. Walker is occupied in making every possible experiment upon the freezing of salt water ; the first crop of ice is salt, the second less so, the third produces drinkable water, and the fourth is fresh. Frosty efflorescence appears upon ice formed at low temperatures in calm weather — it is brine expressed by the act of freezing. We need not wonder that dogs, when driven hard over this ice, which soon cuts their feet. Nov. 1857. THE DOGS' SO'RTEE. 65 suffer intense pain, and often fall down in fits; nor that snow, falling upon young (sea) ice, wholly or partially thaws, even when the tem- perature is but little above zero ; when near the freezing-point the young ice thus coated over becomes sludgy and unsafe. 2Mi. — Keen, biting, N.W. winds. No cracks in the ice, therefore no seals. Grey dawn at ten o'clock, and dark at two. The moon is every- where the sailor's friend, she is a source of com- fort to us here. Nothing to excite conversation, except an occasional inroad of the dogs in search of food ; this generally occurs at night. When- ever the deck-light, which burns under the housing happens to go out, they scale the steep snow banking and rush round the deck like wolves. " Why, bless you, Sir, the w^ery moment that there light goes out, and the quartermaster turns his back, they makes a regular sort(?e, and in they all comes." " But zvhere do they come in, Harvey ?" " Where, Sir ? why everywheres ; they makes no more to do, but in they comes, clean over all." Not long ago old Harvey was chief quartermaster in a line-of-battle ship, and a regu- lar magnet to all the younger midshipmen. He would spin them yarns by the hour during the night-watches about the wonders of the sea, and of the Arctic regions in particular — its bears, its icebergs, and still more terrific " auroras, roaring 6* E 66 PROXIMITY OF OPEN SEA. Cuap. IV. and flashing about the ship enough to frighten a fellow"! 30//^. — Severe cold has arrived Avith the fall moon; eight days ago the thermometer stood at the freezing-point, it is now 64° below it! So dark is it now that I was able to obsers'e an eclipse of Jupiter's first satellite before three o'clock to-day. For the last two months we have drifted freely backwards and forwards before N.W. and S.K winds ; each time we have gained a more off-shore position, being gradually sepa- rated further and farther from the land by fresh growths of ice, which invariably follow uj) every ice-movement. In this manner we have been thrust out to the S.W. 80 miles from the nearest land, and into that free space which in autumn was open water, and which we then vainly strug- gled to reach. That the ice has been most free to move in this direction is additional evidence of the recent proximity of an open sea, and shows that in all probabilit}^ — I had almost said certainty — we should have sailed, or at least drifted into it, had it not been for those enemies to all progress, the grounded bergs. Dec. 1857. BUBIAL IN THE PACK. 67 CHAPTER V. Burial in the pack — Musk oxen in lat. 80° north — Thrift of the Arctic fox — The aurora affects the electrometer — An Arctic Christmas — Sufferings of Dr. Kane's deserters — Ice acted on by wind only — How the sun ought to be welcomed — Constant action of the ice — Return of the seals — Eevolving storm. Mil Dec. — I HAVE just returned on board from the performance of the most solemn duty a com- mander can be called upon to fulfil. A funeral at sea is always peculiarly impressive ; but this evening at seven o'clock, as we gathered around the sad remains of poor Scott, reposing under an Union Jack, and read the Burial Service by the light of lanterns, the effect could not fail to awaken very serious emotions. The greater part of the Church Service was read on board, under shelter of the housing ; the body was then placed upon a sledge, and drawn by the messmates of the deceased to a short dis- tance from the ship, where a hole through the ice had been cut : it was then " committed to the deep," and the Service completed. What a scene it was ! I shall never forget it. The lonely 'Fox,' almost buried in snow, completely isolated from the habitable world, her colors half-mast high, •^8 BURIAL IN THE PACK. Chap. V. and bell mournfully tolling ; our little procession slowly marcliing over the rough surface of the frozen sea, guided by lanterns and direction-posts, amid the dark and dreary depth of Arctic win- ter; the deathlilve stillness, the intense cold, and threatening aspect of a murky, overcast sky ; and all this heightened by one of those strange lunar phenomena which are but seldom seen even here, a complete halo encircling the moon, through which passed a horizontal band of pale light that encompassed the heavens ; above the moon aj> peared the segments of two other halos, and there were also mock moons or paraselena) to the num- ber of six. The misty atmosphere lent a very ghastly hue to this singular display, which lasted for rather more than an hour. Poor Scott fell down a hatchway two days only before his death, which was occasioned by the in- ternal injuries then received ; he was a steady, serious man ; a widow and family will mourn his loss. He was our engine-driver ; we cannot re- place him, therefore the whole duty of working the engines will devolve upon the engineer, Mr. Brand. 11th. — Calm, clear weather, pleasant for ex- ercise, but steadily cold ; thermometer varies be- tween -20° and -30°. At noon the blush of dawn tints the southern horizon, to the north the sky remains inky blue, whilst overhead it is bright and clear, the stars shining, and the pole-star near ■ r-^^%^'f> -a ■ .., ; ^'''';^f ';tt':,*^^ I'll.' / '. ' '''■.If 'i I ' I 1.1 I I ' ' I, " II ii I . Iii'i |i'il ii"ii ii ii Ml i; 1 1 1. fi I'V ' .'h'l''. ': I'll' ' 'i I I III I ii- .1 I " I 'II 'III mm.'! !!!j;,!w;iiiiiii!!iir/i'' i' ' II w'm'\ .;,' 'll'.'J'E'f.WM''-'-'-^' III ji " 'i I I ii I'l ii ii ,ii I I If '«f!liii(i'A^i|'l'lili;i'i!''i .■1,-1 I'l , ''iiiW fiViii i'!''" I ';';;i'/'i^''';''i r',111"' ' iii'ii"i'i'ii'i iiii'iii ill I 'Mill 'II iiiiiiiis Dec. 1857. MUSK OXEN EST LAT.80°N. G9 the zenith very distinct. Although there is a light north wind, thin mackerel-clouds are pass- ing from south to north, and the temperature has risen 10°. I have been questioning Petersen about the bones of the musk oxen found in Smith's Sound ; he says the decayed skulls of about twenty were found, all of them to the north of the 79th paral- lel. As they were all without lower jaws, he says they were killed by Esquimaux, who leave upon the spot the skulls of large animals, but the weight of the lower jaw being so trifling it is al- lowed to remain attached to the flesh and tongue. The skull of a musk ox with its massive horns cannot weigh less than 30 lbs. Although it has been abundantly proved by the existence of raised beaches and fossils, that the shores of Smith's Sound have been elevated within a comparatively recent geological period, yet Petersen tells me that there exist numerous ruins of Esquimaux building^s, probably one or two centuries old, all of which are situated upon very low points, only just sufficiently raised above the reach of the sea ; such sites, in fact, as would at present be selected by the natives. These ruins show that no perceptible change has taken place in the relative level of sea and land since they were originally constructed. At Petersen's Greenland home, Upernivik, the land has sunk, 70 TimiPT OF THE ARCTIC FOX. Chai-. V. as is plainly shown by similar ruins over which the tides now flow. Anything which illustrates the habits of ani- mals in such extremely high latitudes I think is most interesting; their instincts must be quick- ened in proportion as the difficulty of subsisting increases. Foxes, white and blue, are very nu- merous ; all the birds are merely summer visitors, therefore the hare is the only creature remaining upon which foxes can prey ; but the hares are comparatively scarce : how then do the foxes live for eight months of each year ? Petersen thinks they store up provisions during the summer in various holes and crevices, and thus manage to eke out an existence during the dark winter sea- son ; he once saw a fox carry off eggs m his mouth from an eider-duck's nest, one at a time, until the whole were removed ; and in winter he has observed a fox scratch a hole down through very deep snow, to a cache of eggs beneath. The men are exercised at building snow huts ; for winter or early spring travelling, this knowl- edge is almost indispensable. Upon a calm day the temperature of the external air being —33'^, within a snow hut the thermometer stood 17° higher, this important difference being due to the transmission of heat through the ice from the sea beneath. Evaporation goes on through ice from the water underneath it. The interior of each snow Dec. 1857. THE AURORA. 71 hut is coated with crystals, and the ice upon which the huts are built is four feet thick, but when no longer in contact with water I cannot discover any evaporation from ice. For instance, a canvas screen on deck which became wet by the sudden thaw last month still remains frozen stiff. lUh. — Of late there has been much damp upon the lower deck. This has now been reme- died by enclosing the hatchway within a com- modious snow-porch, which serves as a condenser for the steam and vapor from the inhabited deck below. 19/4 — Light N.W. winds, with occasional mists; the temperature is comparatively mild : -12° to -25°. It is now the time of spring-tides ; they cause numerous cracks in the ice ; but why so, at such a great distance from the land, I cannot explain. The three nearest points of land are respectively 110, 140, and 180 miles distant from us. Much aurora during the last two days. Yester- day morning it was visible until eclipsed by the day-dawn at 10 o'clock. Although we could no longer see it, I do not think it ceased : very thin clouds occupied its place, through which, as through the aurora, stars appeared scarcely dimmed in lustre. I do not imagine that aurora is ever visible in a perfectl// clear atmosphere. I often observe it just silvering or rendering lumi- 72 AN ARCTIC CHRISTMAS. Chap. V. nous the upper edge of low fog or cloud banks, and with a few vertical rays feebly vibrating. Last evening Dr. Walker called me to witness his success with the electrometer. The electric current w^as so ver}^ w^eak that the gold-leaves diverged at regular intervals of four or five sec- onds. Some hours afterwards it was strong enough to liCcp them diverged. 2I5/. — Midwinter day. Out of the Arctic re- gions it is better known as the shoiiest day. At noon we could just read type similar to the lead- ing article of the ' Times.' Few people could read more than two or three lines without their eyes aching. 27//«. — Our Christmas was a very cheerful, merry one. The men were supplied with several additional articles, such as hams, plum-puddings, preserved gooseberries and apples, nuts, sweet- meats, and Burton ale. After Divine Service they decorated the lower deck with flags, and made an immense display of food. The officers came down with me to see their preparations. We were really astonished ! The mess-tables were laid out like the counters in a confectioner's shop, with apple and gooseberry tarts, plum and sponge-cakes in pyramids, besides various other unknown pufis, cakes, and loaves of all sizes and shapes. We bake all our own bread, and ex- cellent it is. In the background were nicely- Dec. 1857. AN AECTIC CHRISTMAS. 73 browned hams, meat-pies, cheeses, and other substantial articles. Rum and water in wine- glasses, and plum-cake, were handed to us: we wished them a happy Christmas, and compli- mented them on their taste and spirit in getting up such a display. Our silken sledge-banners had, been borrowed for the occasion, and were re- garded with deference and peculiar pride. In the evening the officers were enticed down amongst the men again, and at a late hour I was requested, as a great favor, to come down and see how much they were enjoying themselves. I found them in the highest good humor with themselves and all the world. They were per- fectly sober, and singing songs, each in his turn. I expressed great satisfaction at having seen them enjoying themselves so much and so rationally. I could therefore the better describe it to Lady FrankHn, who was so deeply interested in every- thing relating to them. I drank their healths, and hoped our position next year would be more suitable for our purpose. We all joined in drink- ing the healths of Lady Franklin and Miss Cra- croft, and amid the acclamations which followed 1 returned to my cabin, immensely gratified by such an exhibition of genuine good feehng, such veneration for Lady Franklin, and such loyalty to the cause of the expedition. It was very pleasant also that they had taken the most cheer- ing view of our future prospects. I verily beHeve 7 74 NEW YEAR'S DAY. Chap. V. I ^vas the happiest incliviclual on board, that happy evening. Our Christmas-box has come in the sliape of northerly Avinds, which bid fair to drift us south- ward towards those latitudes wherein we hope for liberation next spring from this icy bondage. 28//^. — \ye have been in expectation of a gale all day. Tliis evening there is still a doubtful sort of truce amongst the elements. Barometer down to 28-83 ; thermometer up to +5°, although the wind has been strong and steady from the N. for twenty-four hours, low scud flying from the E., snow constantly falling. An hour ago the wind suddenly changed to S.S.E. ; the snowing has ceased; thermometer falls and barometer rises. 2nd Jan. 1858. — New-Year's day was a second edition of Christmas, and quite as pleasantly spent. We dwelt inuch upon the anticipations of the fu- ture, being a more agreeable theme than the fail- ure of the past. I confess to a hearty welcome for the new year — anxious, of course, that we may escape uninjured, and sufficiently early to pursue the object of our voyage. Exactly at midnight on the 31st December the arrival of the new year was announced to me by our band — two flutes and an accordion — strik- ing up at my door. There was also a procession, Or perhaps I should say a continuation of the band ; these performers were grotesquely attired, Jan. 1858. SUTFEEINGS OF AN AECTIC PARTY. 76 and armed with frying-pans, gridirons, kettles, pots, and pans, with which to join in and add to the effect of the other music ! We have a very level hard walk alongside the ship ; it is narrowed to two or three yards in width by a snow-bank four feet high. In the face of this bank some twenty-five holes have been excavated for the dogs, and in them they spend most of their time. It looks very formida- ble in the moonlight, being a good imitation of a casemated battery. After our rubber of whist on New Year's night Petersen related to us some of his dreadful suffer- ings when with the party which had left Dr. Kane. They spent the months of October and November in Booth Sound, lat. 77°; all that time upon the verge of starvation, unable to advance or retreat. For these two months they had no other fuel than their small cedar boat, the smoke of which was not endurable in their wretched hut, and without light, for the sun left them in October, unless we except one inch and a half of taper daily, which they made out of a lump of bees'-wax that accidently found its way into their boat before leaving the ship. In December they regained their vessel. I am surprised that no ac- count of the extreme hardships of this party — so far exceeding that of their shipmates on board — has ever appeared ; and I regret it, as I believe they owed their lives to the experience and 76 ICE ACTED ON BY WIND ONLY. Chap. V. fidelity of their interpreter Petersen. At first the Esquimaux assisted them ; latterly they were quite unable to do so, and became anxious to get rid of their visitors. Observing how weakened they had become, the Esquimaux endeavored to separate them from their guns and from each other, and even used threatening; lan^i-uasre. During December we drifted 07 miles, directly down Baffin's Bay towards the Atlantic, and are now in lat. 74°. Although it is quite impossible to discriminate between the several influences which probably govern our movements, or to as- certain how much is due to each of them — such as the relative positions of ice, land, and open water, winds, currents, and earth's rotation — yet it appears in the present instance that the wind is almost the sole ao-ent in hastenino; this vast coiili- nent of ice towards the latitudes of its dissolution. We move before the wind in proportion to its strength : we remain stationary in calm weather. Neither surface nor submarine current has been detected ; the large icebergs obe}^ the same influ- ences as the surface ice. We have noticed a slight set to the westward — it is not likely to be produced by current, and may be the result of the earth's motion from west to east. Wi. — Many lanes of water. A seal has been seen, the only one for six weeks. Of the old ice which so closely hemmed us in up to the middle of September, there is hardly any within several Jan. 1858. RETURN OF THE SUN. 77 miles of us except the large floe-piece we are frozen to. Every crack or lane which opens is quickly covered with young ice, so that it cannot close again ; and in this manner the old ice has been spread out. I rejoice in its dispersion ! To-day I put a tumblerful of our strong ale ( Allsopp's) on deck to freeze : this was soon effect- ed, the temperature being —35°. After bringing it below, and when its temperature had risen to 17°, it was almost all thawed — at 22° it was completely so : it looked muddy, but settled after standing for a couple of hours, when I drank it off, in every way satisfied with my experiment and my beer : it seemed none the worse for its freezing, but rather flat from its long exposure in a tumbler. l^th. — Northerly winds blow almost constantly. We have drifted 60 miles since the 1st, and are only 115 miles from Upernivik, — once more upon confines of the habitable world ! good light for three hours daily ; all this is cheering. We continue our snow-hut practice, and can build one in three-quarters of an hour. 2Sth. — The upper edge of the sun appeared above the horizon, to-day, after an absence of eighty-nine days; it was a gladdening sight. I sent for the ship's steward and asked what was the custom on such occasions? "To hoist the colors and serve out an extra half-gill, sir," was the ready reply : accordingly, the Harwich lion 78 THE SICK LIST. CHi.r. V. soon fluttered in a breeze cool enough to stiflen the limbs of ordinary lions, and in the evening the eroo; was issued. 30//f. — Our messmate Pussy is unwell, and wont eat; in vain has Hobson tempted her with raw seal's flesh, preserved salmon, preserved milk, etc. ; at length castor-oil was forcibly ad- ministered. Puss is a great favorite. Our finest dog, Sultan, is also sick, and his coat is in bad order J blubber has been prescribed for him; — and poor old Mary has fits, not uncommon after the long winter. Petersen immediately ordered her to be bled by slitting her ear ; but Christian, in his fright and haste, cropped the tip of it off. These comprise our only medical cases. A dove- kie, in its white winter plumage, and two seals have been seen lately. \Wi Feb. — The returning daylight cheers us up wonderfully — not that we were sufiering, either mentally or bodily, but the change is most agreeable; we can take much longer walks than were possible during the dark period. The men have been supplied with muskets, and go out sporting as ardently as schoolboys. I took a long walk towards one of our iceberg companions, but could not quite reach it, as weak ice intervened, each step producing an undulation. Finding the point of my knife went through it with but very slight resistance, I gave up the attempt and turned back. The ship's masts were scarcely visi- Feb. 1858. CONSTANT ACTION OF THE ICE. 79 ble in the distance ; almost the whole of the in- tervening ice was of this winter's growth, and in many places much crushed up. Daylight reveals to us evidences of vast ice movements having taken place during the dark months when we fancied all was still and quiet ; and we now see how greatly we have been fa- VDred, what innumerable chances of destruction we have unconsciously escaped ! A few days ago the ice suddenly cracked within ten yards of the ship, and gave her such a smart shock that every one rushed on deck with astonishing alacrity. One of these sudden disruptions occurred between me and the ship when I was returning from the iceberg ; the sun was just setting as I found my- self cut oK Had I been on the other side I would have loitered to enjoy a refreshing gaze upon this dark streak of water ; but after a smart run of about a mile along its edge, and finding no place to cross, visions of a patrol on the floe for the long night of fifteen hours began to obtrude themselves ! At length I reached a place where the jagged edges of the floes met, so crossed and got safely on board. Nothing was seen during this walk of nearly 25 miles except one seal. Recent gales have drifted us rapidly southward j cracks and lanes are very numerous. On the 1st a blue (or sooty) fox was shot. Al- though 130 geographical miles from the nearest land he was very fat, hence we argue dovekies 80 RETURN OF A DESERTER. Chap. V. were much more numerous during winter than we supposed. We have often noticed the tracks of foxes following up those of the bears, probably for discarded scraps of the seals upon which they prey. Hobson's favorite dog " Chummie " has re- turned, after an absence of six days, decidedly hungiy, but he can hardly have been without food all that time ; some fox may have lured him off He evinced great delight in getting back, devoted his first attentions to a hearty meal, then rubbed himself up against his own particular as- sociates, after which he sought out and attacked the weakest of his enemies, and, soothed by their how^hngs, coiled himself up for a long sleep. 1st March. — February has been a remarkably mild, cloudy, wdndy month : the winter tempera- ture may be said to have passed away by the 10th, the average temperature for the first ten days being -25°, whilst for the remainder of the month it Tvas -11°. Had one fallen asleep for a month at least, he could not reasonably have ex- pected to find a greater change on awaking. Our drift has been also great, — 1G6 miles. We arc south of the 70th parallel, and may soon be ex- pelled from our icy home. On the 24th there w\as a fearful gale of wind. Had not our housing been very well secured, it must have been blown awa}^ We are preparing for sea, removing the snow from off the deck and round the shijD ; our skylights have been dug out Mar. 1858. KETUEN OF THE SEALS. 81 (in winter they are always covered with a thick layer of snow), and the flood of light which beams down through them is quite charming. How in- tolerably sooty and smoke-dried everything looks ! On the 27th the first seal of this year was shot ; it came in good time, for the fifty-one seals shot in autumn were finished only two days before : our English supply of dogs' food therefore remains almost untouched. Snow was observed to melt against the ship's side exposed to the sun, the thermometer in the shade stand- ing at — 22° ! A very fine dog has died from eating a quantity of salt fish, which he managed to get at although it was supposed to be quite out of his reach. One of the two large icebergs which com- menced this voyage with us last October, in 751° N., has drifted out of sight to the S.E., the other one is far off in the N.W. I attribute these increased distances solely to the spreading abroad of the intervening ice. When we were far north, and probably drifting more slowly than the ice in the stream of Lan- caster Sound to the westward of us, the ship's head turned very gradually from right to left, from N.N.W. to "W. ; when about the parallel of 72° N., we supposed ourselves to be drifting faster than the western ice ; in this, as in the previous case, comparing our drift with that of Lieutenant De Haven, the shijD's head slowly 82 REVOLVING STOKM. Cuap. V. shifted back to the right as far as W.N.W. ; latterly it has not changed at all : v,e are in a narrower part of Davis' Strait, -where the winds probably blow with equal force from shore to shore and drift the whole pack at a uniform rate. 6th. — On the 2nd four fat seals and some dove- kics were shot; the largest seal weighed 170 lbs., the smallest 150 lbs. ; they were males of the species Phoca hespida, or Phoca foetida, the latter epithet being by far the most appro- priate at this season ; the disagreeable odor re- sembles garlic, and taints the whole animal so strongly that even Esquimaux are nearly over- piowered by it : this is almost the only descrip- tion of seal we have obtained, but the females are at all seasons free from fetor. Several long lanes of water extend at rigjlit angles to the straits. The Doctor has taken a photograph of the ship by the albumen process on glass ; the tem- perature at the time was below zero. Upon the 3rd and 4th a well-remarked revolving stoim passed nearl}^ over us to the W.N.W. ; its ex- treme diameter was 30 hours, that of the strength of the gale 18 hours ; its centre probably passed about one-tenth of its diameter to the S.AV. The barometer was rather high, having risen just be- fore the wind commenced at N. E. ; but it now fell half an inch in ten hours, and continued to fall until the wind shifted — almost suddenly — Ux-R. 1858. DISCO SIGHTED. 83 through S.E. to S.S.W. ; immediately the barom- eter got up rapidly. As the barometer fell, the temperature rose from zero to -f--''-^^ ^^^ ^^^1 again after the change of wind. This violent storm brought with it a smart hail-shower. The depression of the ice about the bows, in consequence of a vast accumulation of snow-drift uj)on it, brought the ship down by the head con- siderably ; to-day this ice suddenly detached it- self, and the fore part of the vessel sprang up ; she still remains frozen and held down abaft. The snow-banking looks very woe-begone after this ice-qiialce ; it inchnes out from the ship, and in many places has been prostrated by the shock. Early on the morning of the 7th the high land of Disco was seen ; its distance was upwards of 90 miles. 84 A BEAR FIGHT. Chap. VI. CHAPTER VI. A bear-figlit — An ice-nip — Strong gales, rapid drift — Tlio ' Fox ' breaks out of tlic pack — Hanging on to floe-edge — the Arctic bear — An ice tournament — The 'Fox' in peril — A storm in the pack — Escape from the pack. 9//^ March. — A bear was seen this morning ; but as he was going away from us, the dogs Avere brought out in the hope that they might keep him at bay until the sportsmen came up. It was very pretty to see them take up the scent, the moment they caught sight of him the}^ set off at full speed. Bruin had seen them first, and in- creased his pace to a clumsy gallop, yet the dogs were soon around him ; he seemed to care but little about them, steadily making off and follow- ing the trending of a recently frozen crack in search of clear water, evidently aware that his persecutors would not follow him there. After five hours all returned on board again ; out of the ten dogs four were wounded by his claws, — skin deep onl}^, — but one of the wounds was seven inches in length, as if made with a sharp knife ! this was sewed up, the others were merely trimmed, and nature, I am infonned, will do all the rest. It is really wonderful what cm'es Mae. 1858. SEAL STEAKS. 85 nature and instinct eflfect : notwithstanding the extreme cold, no external dressings are applied, because the animal must not be prevented from licking its wound. Petersen says this bear must be very thin, else he could not run so fast. I think it very probable that he has been hunted before, and that fear lent him wings. A black whale has been seen. nth. — Two small seals free from taint were shot yesterday, so we had fried liver and steaks for breakfast this morning ; both were good, but the steaks were preferred ; they were very dark and very tender, had been cut thin, deprived of all fat, and washed in two or three waters to get rid of the blubber. \Wi. — Several long lanes of water have again opened, but now all of them extend parallel to the direction of the straits ; one lane passed with- in 120 yards of the ship ; its extremes are not visible even from aloft ; the ice upon its east side has a more rapid southerly motion than that upon its west side. IWi. — Last night the ice closed, shutting up our lane, but its opposite sides continued for several hours to move past each other, rubbing off all projections, crushing, and forcing out of water masses four feet thick : although 120 yards distant, this pressure shook the ship and cracked the intervening ice. I went out with a lantern to see the nip, — 86 AN ICE-NIP. Chap. VI. it certainly was awe-inspiring ; no one in his senses could avoid reflecting npon the inevitable fate of a ship if exposed to such fearful pressure. It is now spring tides. 19^^. — All yesterday the lane remained open ; in the evening it closed with but slight pressure ; yet as the opposing fields of ice continued to move in opposite directions, all jagged points were brushed off, and the debris thus formed between their edges presented a heaving surface of ice-masses, — an ice river. On the separation of the floes, mass after mass forced itself up to the surface, until at length all the submerged ice had risen, except such as had been forced quite under their edges. One seldom meets with a cleanly fractured floe-edge, they are usually fringed with crushed-up ice or newly formed sludge. 23r^. — Seals and dovekies are now common ; the latter have already made considerable ad- vances towards their summer plumage. Yesterday there was a very heavy S.E. gale ; it blew so furiously, and the snow-drift was so dense, that we could neither hear nor see what was going on twenty yards off; at night the ship, becoming suddenly detached from the ice, heeled over to the storm; until the cause was ascer- tained we thought the ice had broken up and pressed against the ship. It was not so ; but when the weather moderated w^e found that there Mar. 1858. STRONG GALES. 87 had been heavy pressure upon the edge of the floes, — so much, indeed, that the lane of water was now within 70 yards of the ^ Fox ; ' and that ice 4:1 feet thick had been crushed during the storm for a distance of about 50 yards. 25th. — Strong N.W. winds lately, the ship rocking to the breeze, and rubbing her poor sides against the ice, producing a creaking sound which is far from pleasant. More ice squeezing, and a further inroad upon our barrier ; it ha« yielded slightly, nipping the ship, inclining her to port, and lifting her stern about a foot. Occa- sional groanings within, and surgings of the ice without. Our boats, provisions, sledges, knapsacks, and equipment, are ready for a hasty departure, — beyond this we can do nothing ; as long as our friendly barrier lasts we need not fear, but who can tell the moment it may be demolished, and the ship exposed to destruction? I am scrib- bling within a foot of the sternpost — in fact, there is a notch in my table to receive it; and I sympathize with its constant groanings ; the ice allows it no rest. 27th. — Strong N.W. gale with a return of cold weather. We have drifted 39 miles in the last" forty-eight hours ! The lane is open ; the whole pack appears to have plenty of room to drift, and, I am happy to add, is taking advan- tage of it, — so much so that the smaller pieces 88 BREAKING UP OF ICE. Chap. VI. floating freely in the lane can hardly go at the same pace. Our remaining "winter companion, the iceberg, was in sight a few days ago, far away to the N.W. ; it may be still visible from aloft, but these March gales cut so keenly, that the crow's-nest is but seldom visited. olst. — Another N.W. gale ; it is also spring tides, and this conjunction makes one fearful of ice movement and pressure; but it seems as if the pack had more room to move in, as it does not close much. Seals are often shot, bear tracks are common, and narwhals are frequently seen migrating northward. The bears must prefer the night-time for wandering about, else we could not help seeing them ; we often find their tracks within a few hundred yards of the ship. Although the last, yet this is the coldest day of the month — the thermometer down to -27°. The mean temperature for March has been unu- sually high, -3'" ; whilst Lieutenant De Haven's was -17°. Notwithstanding that heavy S.K gales have three times driven us backward, yet we have advanced 100 miles further down Davis' Straits. Qt/i April. — To-day we enjoy fine weather, the more so since it comes after a tremendous north- erly gale of forty-eight hours' duration. Two days ago the friendly old floe, so long our bul- wark of defence, was cracked ; the lane of water thus formed soon widened to GO yards, passed Apk. 1858. BREAKING UP OF ICE. 89 within 30 yards of the ' Fox/ and cut off three of our boats. Yesterday morning another crack detached the remaining 30 yards from us, and as it widened the ship swung across the opening ; as quickly a>s we could effect it the ship was again placed alongside the ice and within a projecting point ; had it closed only a few feet whilst she lay across the lane, the consequences must have been very serious. Even to effect this slight change of position we were fully occupied for four hours ; for the gale blew furiously, and ther- mometer stood at 12° below zero, and the cold was very much felt ; our hawsers were frozen so stiff as to be quite unmanageable, and we were obliged to use the chain cables to warp the ship into safety. Throughout yesterday the wind continued ex- tremely strong and keen, — fortunately the ice remained perfectly still : our funnels refused to draw up the smoke ; so that between the suffoca- tion, the cold, and anxiety lest the ice should move, our Easter Monday was sufficiently miser- able. The half of our poor dogs were cut off from the ship by the lane, and continued to howl dismally until late, when the new ice over the lane was strong enough to bear them, and they canie across to us. To-day we have recovered the boats, shot four seals, seen two whales, and much water to the 90 OUT OF THE PACK. Coap. VI. eastward ; wc are in latitude 67° 18' N., and highly delighted with the rapidity of our south- ern drift. lO/Zt. — Yesterday evening the setting sun ren- dered visible the western land, probably Cape Dyer. We have drifted 70 miles in the last week, and are only 18 miles from De Haven's position of escape ; but as we are two months earlier, we must expect to be carried farther south. \2th. — This morning we drifted ingloriously out of the Arctic regions, and with what very dif- ferent feelings from those with which we crossed the Arctic circle eight months ago ! However, we have not done with it yet ; directly the ice lets us go, we will (D. V.) re-enter the frigid zone, and " try again," with, I trust, better success. A gull and a few terns appeared to-day ; these are the first of our summer visitors. The tem- perature improves; yesterday at one o'clock it was -|-19° in the shade, -|-15° in the crow's-nest 70 feet high, and -|-51° against a black surfiice exposed to the sun. lUh. — Last night a bear came to the ship, was wounded, but escaped; to-day the tracks were followed up for three miles, the bear found, and again wounded — finally the unluckj'^ beast was shot in the water seven miles from the ship ; it was lost in consequence of the rapid drifting of the ice, which ran over the floating carcase. Apk. 1858. DOGS LOST. 91 To-niglit a dense fog-bank rests upon the water to the southward ; its upper edge is illuminated hj aurora, showing a faint tremulous light. 17th. — Another northerly gale ; holding fast to the ice with three hawsers ; snow-drift limits the view to a couple of miles, so all to the eastward appears water, and to the westward ice. Last night the ice opened considerably ; to se- cure the ship occupied us for six hours ; several of the dogs were again cut off; as the ice they were on was rapidly drifting away, I sent a boat to recover them ; it was a difficult and hazardous business, but at length the boat and dogs re- turned in safety, to my great relief, for it was both dark and late. ISth. — Yesterday morning when I wrote up my journal, I was hoping to hold on quietly to the floe-edge until the wind moderated, when with clear weather we could take advantage of the openings and make some progress towards the clear sea. We were unable to hold on, for the floe-edge broke away, setting us adrift ; some time was occupied in fetching ofi" the boats and dogs, — five of the latter unfortunately would not allow themselves to be caught. As speedily as possible the rudder was shipped and sail set, and before three o'clock the ship was running fast to the eastward ! During the night the ice closed, and at daylight scarcely any water was visible ; with the exception of a couple of icebergs, all the ice 92 THE ARCTIC BEAR. Chap. VI. in sight was not more than two daj's old ; it mainly owes its origin and rapid growth to the immense quantities of snow blown oil' the pack. It still blows hard, and the thermometer stands at 11°. A sudden opening of the ice this fore- noon allowed us to run a few miles southward, and then it closed again ; we are now surrounded by young ice. 20ih. — We have been carried rapidly past the position where the Arctic discovery ship ' Reso- lute ' was picked up. Yesterday three bears, a fulmar petrej, and a snow bunting were seen ; to-day a fine bear came within 150 yards, and was shot by our sportsmen ; as they were standing round it afterwards u})on the ice, a small seal, the only one seen for several days, popped up its head as if to exult over its fallen enemy — it was of course instantly shot : we have learnt to esteem seal's Uver for breakfast very highly. It seems hardly right to call polar bears land animals; they abound here, — 110 geograpliical miles from the nearest land, — upon very loose broken-up ice, which is steadily drifting into the Atantic at the rate of 12 or 14 miles daily j to re- main upon it would insure their destruction were they not nearly amphibious ; they hunt by scent, and are constantly running across and against the wind, which prevails from the northward, so that the same instinct which directs their search for The Greenlanflei's supper appropriated by a bear. Apr. 1858. THE ARCTIC BEAE. 93 prey, also serves the important purpose of guid- ing them in the direction of the land and more solid ice. I remarked that the upper part of both Bruin's fore-paws were rubbed quite bare; Petersen ex- plains that to surprise the seal a Bear crouches down with his fore-paws doubled underneath, and pushes himself noiselessly forward with his hind- er legs until within a few yards, when he springs upon the unsuspecting victim, whether in the water or upon the ice. The Greenlanders are fond of bear's flesh, but never eat either the heart or liver, and say that these parts cause sickness. No instance is known of Greenland bears attack- ing men, except when wounded or provoked; they never disturb the Esquimaux graves, although they seldom fail to rob a c^che of seal's flesh, which is a similar construction of loose stones above ground. A native of Upernivik, one dark winter's day, was out visiting his seal-nets. He found a seal entangled, and, whilst kneeling down over it upon the ice to get it clear, he received a slap on the back — from his companion as he supposed ; but a second and heavier blow made him look smartly round. He was horror-stricken to see a pecu- liarly grim old bear instead of his comrade ! with- out deigning further notice of the man. Bruin tore the seal out of the net and commenced his sup- 94 THE OCEAN SWELL. Chap. VI. per. lie was not interrupted ; nor did the man wait to see the meal finished. I had long ago resolved, if Ave escaped before the 15th, or the 20th April at the latest, to go to Newfoiuidland to refresh the crew and to refit, even if no damage from the ice should be sus- tained. In order to do so it would have been necessary for us to visit a Greenland port for a supply of water. We could not have calculated upon much assistance from our engines upon such a voyage, Mr. Brand alone being capable of work- ing the engines, so that ten or twelve hours daily is all the steaming that could have been ex- pected. But we are still ice-locked, so I purpose going to Holsteinborg in preference to a more southern port, as there we may expect to get reindeer and a small supply of stores suitable to our wants. The whalers sometimes reach Disco in March, Upernivik in May, and the North Water early in June. Unless we should be at once set free, we would not have time to spare for a Newfoundland voyage. 24//^. — Another anxious week has passed. Latr terly we have experienced south-westerly cur- rents similar to those which Parr}^ describes when beset here in June, 1819. To-day we have had a strong S.E. breeze, with snow and dark weather. The wind had greatly moderated when the swell Apk. 1858 AN ICE-TOUKNAMENT. 95 reached us about eight o'clock this evening. It is now ten o'clock ; the long ocean swell already lifts its crest five feet above the hollow of the sea, causing its thick covering of icy fragments to dash against each other and against us with un- pleasant violence. It is however very beautiful to look upon, the dear old familiar ocean-swell ! it has long been a stranger to us, and is welcome in our solitude. If the '^ Fox ' was as solid as her neighbors, I am quite sure she would enter into this ice-tournament with all their apparent hearti- ness, instead of audibly making known her suffer- ings to us. Every considerable surface of ice has been broken into many smaller ones ; with feel- ings of exultation I watched the process from aloft. A floe-piece near us, of 100 yards in diame- ter, was speedily cracked so as to resemble a sort of labyrinth, or, still more, a field-spider's web. In the course of half an hour the family resem- blance was totally lost; they had so battered each other, and struggled out of their original regularity. The rolling sea can no longer be checked; "the pack has taken upon itself the functions of an ocean," as Dr. Kane graphically expresses it. IWi. — At sea! How am I to describe the events of the last two days? It has pleased God to accord to us a deliverance in which His merci- ful protection contrasts — how strongly! — with our own utter helplessness; as if the successive 96 THE ' FOX ' IN PERIL. Chap. VI. mercies vouchsafed to us during our loug, long winter and mysterious ice-drift had heen con- centrated and repeated in a single act. Thus forcibly does His great goodness come home to the mind ! I am in no humor for writing, being still tired, seedy, and perhaps a little seasick ; at least I have a headache, caused by the rolling of the ship and rattling noise of everything. On Saturday night, the 24th, I went on deck to spend the greater part of it in watching, and to determine what to do. The swell greatly in- creased; it had evidently been approaching for hours before it reached us, since it rose in propor- tion as the ice was broken up into smaller pieces. In a short time but few of them were equal in size to the ship's deck ; most of them not half so large. I knew that near the pack-edge the sea would be very heavy and dangerous; but the wind was now fair, and having auxiliary steam- power, I resolved to push out of the ice if possi- ble. Shortly after midnight the ship was under sail, slowly boring her way to the eastward ; at two o'clock on Sunday morning commenced steaming, the wind having failed. By eight o'clock we had advanced considerably to the eastward, and the swell had become dangerously high, the waves risino; ten feet above the trouQ-h of the sea. The shocks of the ice against the ship were alarmingly Apr. 1858. CLEAR OP THE PACK. 97 heavy; it became necessary to steer exactly head- on to swell. We slowly passed a small iceberg 60 or 70 feet high; the swell forced it crashing through the pack, leaving a smaU water-space in Its wake, but sufficient to aUow the seas to break agamst its chffs, and throw the spray in heavy, showers quite over its summit. The day wore on without change, except that the snow and mists cleared off Gradually the swell increased, and rolled along more swiftly, becoming in fact a very heavy regular sea, rather than a swell. The ice often lay so closely packed that we could hardly force ahead, although the fair wind had again freshened up. Much heavy hummockyice and large berg-pieces lay dispersed through the pack ; a single thump from any of them would have been instant destruction. By five o'clock the ice became more loose, and clear spaces of water could be seen ahead. We went faster, received fewer though still more severe shocks, until at length we had room to steer clear of the heaviest pieces; and at eight o'clock we emerged from the viUanous "pack," and were running fast through straggling pieces into a clear sea. The engines were stopped, and Mr. Brand permitted to rest after eighteen hours' duty, for we now have no one else capable of driving the engines. Throughout the day I trembled for the safety of the rudder, md screw; deprived of the one or 9 o 98 DANGER FROM ICE-MASSES. CnAi-. VI. the other, even for half an hour, I think our fiite would have been sealed ; to have steered in any other direction than arjahid the swell would have exposed, and probably sacrificed both. Our bow is very strongly fortified, well plated externally with iron, and so very sharp that the ice-masses, repeatedly hurled against the ship by the swell as she rose to meet it, were thus robbed of their destructive force; they struck us ob- liquely, yet caused the vessel to shake violently, the bells to ring, and almost knocked us off our legs. On many occasions the engines were stopped dead by ice choking the screw ; once it was some minutes before it could be got to re- volve again. Anxious moments those ! After yesterday's experience I can understand how men's hair has turned grey in a few hours. Had self-reliance been my only suppoi't and hope, it is not impossible that I might have illustrated the fact. Under the circumstances I did my best to insure our safety, looked as stoical as possible, and inwardl}^ trusted that God would fiivor our exertions. What a release ours has been, not only from eight months' imprisonment, but from the perils of that one day ! Had our little vessel been destroyed after the ice broke up, there re- mained no hope for us. But we have been brought safely through, and are all truly grateful, I hope, and believe. I grieve to think of poor Lady Franlilin and Ape. 1858. STEERING FOR HOLSTEINBORG. 99 our friends at home. Severely as we have felt the failure of our first season's operations, yet the ordeal is now over with us : not so with her and them, — they have still to experience that bitter disappointment. Our distance within the pack-edge, where we first made sail yesterday, was 22 miles. Before we got clear of the ice the height of the waves was 13| feet ; after passing through the last of it there was no increase, but the sea was more con- fused; in fact, within the ice all minor disturb- ances were quelled or merged into one regular fast-following swell. The ship and her machinery behaved most admirably in the struggle ; should I ever have to pass through such an ice-covered, heaving ocean again, let me secure a passage in the ' Fox.' During our 242 days in the packed-ice of Baf- fin's Bay and Davis' Straits we were drifted 1194 geographical or 1385 statute miles ; it is the long- est drift I know of, and our winter, as a whole, may be considered as having been mild, but very windy. We are steering now for Holsteinborg, where I intend to refit and refresh the crew ; it is re- puted to be the best place for reindeer upon the coast. 100 ANCHORED AT HOLSTEIMJORG. Chap. VTL CHAPTER VII. A holiday in Greenland — A lady blue with cold — The loves of Green- landers — Close shaving — Meet the wlialcrs — Information of wluil- ers — Disco — Danish hospitality — Sail from Disco — Kindness of the whalers — Danish establishments in Greenland. Wednesday/ night, April 2Sth. — Safely anchored at Holsteinborg, and moored to the rocks; a charm- ing change, after our position only a few days back. We have been visited by the Danish resi- dents — the chief trader or governor, the priest, and two others : their latest European intelligence is not more recent than our own, but the Danish ship is hourly expected; she usually leaves Co- penhagen about the middle of March. The winter here has been just the reverse of our own experience ; it has been severe in point of temperature, but with very little wind ; the land lies buried in snow, and as yet there is no thaw ; it is too early for the codfishery, and not a single reindeer has been killed throughout the winter ! Eider-ducks, looms, and dovekies are abundant, as well as hares and ptarmigan. 2dih. — A bright and lovely day. Our poor, half-famished dogs have been landed near the carcases of four whales, so they must be su- Ape. 1858. HOLIDAY IN GREENLAM). 101 premely happy. I visited the Governor to-day, and found his little wooden house as scrupulously clean and neat as the houses of the Danish res- idents in Greenland invariably are. The only ornaments about the room were portraits of his unfortunate wife and two children: they em- barked at Copenhagen last year to rejoin him, and the ill-fated vessel has never since been heard of Poor Governor Elberg is in ill health, and talks of returning home — by home he means Denmark, the land of his birth, and where once he had a home. 2>Wi. — This is a grand Danish holiday ; the in- habitants are all dressed in their Sunday clothes — at least, all who have got a change of gar- ments — and there is both morning and evening service in the small wooden church. As the Governor could not be persuaded to unlock the door of the dance-house, our men returned on board early ; yesterday evening they were all on shore, and, with the Esquimaux, were squeezed into this one large room: to be squeezed in a crowd of human beings is positive enjoyment after a winter's isolation such as ours has been. Old Harvey constituted himself master of the ceremonies, and with his flute led the orchestra; it consisted of one other flute and a fiddle ; he managed to perch himself above all the rest, at one end of the room, and played with such vigor that our bluejackets and the Esquimaux 102 HOLIDAY IN GREENLAND. Chap. YU. ladies danced away most furiously for hours. These ladies can dance in the least pos:?ible space, their costume being particularly well adapted for the purpose, partaking as it does much more of the " Bloomer " than the " crin- oline." Christian looks immensely happy : his country- men regard him as a man whose fortune is made, and the women gaze with admiration upon his neat sailor's dress, and his good-natured, full, round face, and huge, fat, shining cheeks ; Mr. Petersen is in great request to interpret between the Eng- lish, Danes, and Esquimaux. 7th May. — I intended sailing for Disco this morning, but wind and weather were adver.se. We have obtained but little here except water, a tolerable supply of rock cod, some ptarmigan hares, wildfowl, and a few items of stores. The Governor noiv thinks the Danish ship must have been directed to visit Godhaab before coming here. We have left letters to go home in her, and they ought to be in England by the end of June. I visited to-day a small lake at the foot of Mount Cunningham; it is said to occupy the centre of an extinct volcano : but I saw nothing to bear out the assertion. This is the only part of Greenland where earthquakes are felt. The Governor told me of an unusually severe shock which occurred a winter or two ago. He was sit- ting in his room reading at the time, when he Mat, 185S. AN EARTHQUAKE. 103 heard a loud noise like the discharge of a cannon; immediately afterwards a tremulous motion was felt, some glasses upon the table began to dance about, and papers lying upon the window-sill fell down : after a few seconds it ceased. He thinks the motion originated at the lake, as it was not felt by some people living beyond it, and that it passed from N.E. to S.W. This mountain scenery is really charming ; but a little more animal life — reindeer, for instance — would make it far more pleasing in our eyes. The last twelvemonth's produce of this district amounts only to 500 reindeer skins instead of 3000, as in ordinary years. The clergyman of Holstein- borg was born in this colony, and has succeeded his father in the priestly office ; his wife is the only European female in the colony. Being told that fuel was extremely scarce in the Danish houses, and that " the priest's wife was blue with the cold," I sent on shore a present of some coals. On Sunday afternoon, hearing the church bell ringing I went on shore. It proved to be only a christening. The little dusky infant received a long string of European names. There was a small description of barrel-organ, to the sound of which the congregation joined in, keeping up a loud monotonous chant. Most of the young people had Iiymn-books in their hands, printed in the Esquimaux language. Ravens seem very abundant, also large grey 104 THE LOVES OF GREENLANDERS. Chap. VII. falcons: perhaps the dead whales may have at- tracted an unusual number. Poor Christian has not only fallen desperately m love, but has engaged himself to the object of his affections, a pretty Esquimaux girl. He asked me to-day to give her a passage up to God- havn, as he wished to leave her in charge of his mother until his return there with us next year, when his engagement for the voyage would be fulfilled. Having heard a rumor of a young woman awaiting his return at Godhavn, 1 taxed him with it, but he replied with great simplicity that " he had never promised her, and would not marry her, as his friends objected to the match !" What are the good Greenlanders coming to ? I recommended that he should have his betrothed in her own home, with her mother and fiimily. His asking a passage for her, in order to leave her with his mother, is strong proof of the sincerity of his engagement, not only to his lady love, but to the ^ Fox ' also. I have written to the admiralty to account for my prolonged absence from England ; and to Dr. Rink to acquaint him with the cause of my second visit to his inspectorate. Governor Elberg has promised to get me some fossil fish, to be found only in North Strom Fiord : they are interesting, as being of unknown geologi- cal date. 10^^. — On the morning of the 8 th we left Hoi- May, 1858. STOPPED BY THE ICE. 105 steinborg with a pleasant land wind and bright weather. When 15 miles off shore we weie stopped by ice formed during the last two nights, the thermometer having fallen to 12° ; out in the offing the weather was gloomy and cold, and strong northerly winds were blowing. On clos- ing the land again, we regained the offshore wind, and briofht weather. o Keeping close alongshore, and threading our way through a vast deal of " pack " and numerous icebergs, we gained sight of Disco about noon to- day, and by the evening were within an hour's sail of Godhavn, when we were again stopped by a broad belt of ice stretching along the coast • this was a bitter disappointment, more particu- larly as a gale of wind with heavy sea was fast rising, and snow beginning to fall thickly ; there was nothing for it, however, but to stand off under easy sail for the night. 12tk — At anchor at the Whalefish Islands. On the evening of the 10th we stood off from the inhospitable barrier of ice, prepared to meet the storm ; snow fell so thickly that we could hardly see the icebero;s in time to avoid them. We supposed ourselves to be well to leeward of the Whalefish Islands, but were deceived by the tides ; suddenly a small, low islet was seen on the lee bow ; not being able to pass to windward, we were obliged to wear ship, and, in doing so, passed within the ship's length of destruction — for we 106 WHALEFISII ISLAITDS. Chap. VII. were certainly within that distance of the rocks ! The islet was covered with snow, and but for some very few dark points showing through, it could not be distinguished from ice. On the 11th the weather improved, and in the evening we came to our present anchorage. From a hill we can watch an opportunity to enter Godhavn. Notwithstanding the blowing weather, some nar tives came about five miles off to us ; the water washed over their little Imyaks, and kept the occu- pants' sealskin dresses streaming with wet up to their shoulders j this part of their dress seems rather part of the kayak, as it is attached to it round the hole in which the hayahcr sits, so that no water can enter. It is wonderful to see how closely a man can assimilate his habits to those of a fish. The Danish cooper in charge of tliis outrstation tells us there are thirteen English whalers already out, and some of them have been up to the north end of Disco ; two vessels are in sight. The world, it appears, is at peace. Petersen was at one time in charge of this station ; he is now seeking out his old acquaintances. \Uli. — Summer has suddenly burst upon us — thermometer up to 40° ; moreover, we are enjoy- ing English newspapers, and have dined off roast beef and vegetables ! Two days ago I sent a note off to a whaler by a kayak, requesting her captain to lend me some Mat, 1858. MEET THE WHALERS. 107 newspapers ; the note reached Captain J. Walker, of the 'Jane/ and yesterday his ship, accompa- nied by the ^Heroine/ Captain J. Simpson, ap- proached us, and they both came in to call upon me, each of them bringing the very acceptable present of some newspapers, besides a quarter of beef, with vegetables. Nothing could exceed their sincere good feeling and kindness; they offered to supply me with anything their ships could afford. The account they give of last season is as follows: the whalers reached Devil's Point, near Melville Bay, as early as the 21st of May ; southerly winds then set in, and blew incessantly for six weeks, during all which time they were closely beset, and the ships ' Gipsy ' and '- Un- daunted' were crushed. When able to move, the fleet returned southward along the " pack-edge," which was everywhere found to be impenetrable ; they sailed southward of Disco, and about the middle of July the earliest ships rounded the southern extremity of middle ice in lat. 682°, and found no difficulty in their further passage to Pond's Bay. Captain Walker says ships could not have reached Lancaster Sound, as there was much ice north of Pond's Bay which he thought extended quite across to Melville Bay. The position of the ice last season was con- sidered to be most unusual ; the long prevalence of southerly winds appeared to have separated the tail of the pack from the main body, the former 108 UNUSUAL POSITION OF ICE. Chap. VII. lying against the west land about Cape Searle, whilst the latter was forced northward and pressed closely into Melville Bay; the ships sailed freely between these two great divisions, and found the west water unusually extensive. Had I been able to collect a sufficient number of sledge-dogs at Godhavn last year, it was my in- tention to have sailed across to the west side if pos- sible, instead of pursuing the usual route through Melville Bay ; but the opinions of the captains of the lost whalers were in favor of a "Melville Bay" passage, and the necessity for obtaining dogs left me no choice as to whether I should proceed west, or north to Proven and Upernivik ; I have already recorded what were my opinions al the ihne, so need only observe noiv, that, although I failed, I be- lieve my decision was justified b}^ all former ex- perience, even independently of the circumstances which obliged me to adopt it. Nevertheless it is mortifying to find that ships had reached as far as Pond's Ba}^, and with but little difficulty. Su* Edward Parry, upon his third voyage, did not reach the west water until very late in the season, although some of the whalers met with better success by following up another route. There is nothing more uncertain than ice- navigation, dependent as it is upon winds, temper- atures, and currents : one can only calculate upon " the chances," and how nearly we succeeded we have already seen. In the preceding year (1856) Mat, 1858. UNCEETAINTT OF ICE-NAVIGATION. 109 some of the whalers got through Melville Bay as early as the 15th June, only a few days after the commencement of the summer's thaw. Captain Walker tells me there are many years in which the whalers can pass up the western shore late in the season, but not always so far as Pond's Bay ; of Melville Bay after the 10th or 15th July they know nothing, but the voyages of discovery afford us ample details ; whilst of the southern route almost nothing has been made publicly known. There are many intelligent whaling captains who possess much valuable knowledge of these lands and seas, and even in the terra incognita of Frobisher's Straits, whalers have wintered, whilst our charts scarcely afford even a vague idea of the configuration of these extensive islands. The so-called " Home Bay " has been penetrated for fifty miles, and is supposed to be a strait leading to Fox's Furthest. Scott's Inlet is also said to be a strait leading into a western arm of the same sea. A surveying vessel would be usefully employed for a couple of summers in tracing the general outline of these pos- sessions of Her Majesty, more particularly as they are rather thickly inhabited by Esquimaux most eager to barter their produce for rifles, saws, files, knives, needles, and such like articles. Good coal has been found upon Durbin Island (near Cape Searle), in a convenient little cove 10 110 DANISH HOSPITALITY. Ciiai-. VII. upon its southern side ; and as the old sailing whalers arc fast being replaced by steamers, this place may become of great importance to them. We are refitting, shooting, and devouring quantities of excellent mussels; eider ducks are very abundant, but extremely shy. Poor puss has been killed; tempted on deck by the unu- sually warm Avcathcr, she was pounced upon by the dogs. Yllk^ — Yesterday our attempt to enter the port of Godhavn failed, it is still fdled with ice. This evening Young and I examined a nar- row rocky cove — Upernivik Bay of the natives ; finding it suitable for our purpose, the ship was brought in and moored to the rocks. We were received with much kindness by our friends, Mr. and Mrs. Olrik, and were presented with a file of late English papers. A considerable supply of beer was ordered to be brewed for us. I found Mrs. Olrik without a fire in her sittmg room ; it was unnecessary ; the windows looked to the south, and the sun shone brightly in upon a profusion of geraniums and European flowei-s, at once reminding one of home, and refreshing the senses by their perfume and beauty; the merry voices of the children were also a most pleasing novelty. Mr. Olrik says the past winter has not Mat, 1858. INTERCHANGE OF PRESENTS. IH been in any way remarkable, except for the pre- valence of strong winds ; April and the early part of May have been unusLially cold. 2ith. — We did honor to Her Majesty's birth- day by dressing the ' Fox ' in all her flags, and regaling her crew with plum-pudding and grog. The ice having moved off, we have come into the harbor of Godhavn, as being more convenient and safe. The day has been a busy one : we have completed our small purchases and closed our letters ; I have added another Esquimaux lad to our crew, taking with him his rifle, kayak, and sledge. This evening there has been a brisk in- terchange of presents between us and our Danish friends. I have been given an eider-down cover- let by the Governor, Mr. Andersen ; and, by Mrs. Olrik, some delicious preserve of Greenland cran- berries, a tin of preserved ptarmigan, and a jar of pickled whale-skin ; my table is decked with European flowers, including roses, mignonette, and violets. With good reason shall we remember God- havn ; we have certainly been treated as especial favorites. 2Wi. — Left Godhavn early yesterday morn- ing, and anchored this afternoon in our old posi- tion off the Coal Cliffs in the Waigat ; a party of seal-hunters from Atanekerdluk came off to us, and their hunting having terminated successfully, 112 COALING. Chap. VIL they will assist us in coaling. From these men I obtained much information about this part of the coast ; "witliin a range of 20 miles upon the Disco shore there are four distinct coaling places; but at this early season two of them are deeply cov- ered with snow. There is also very good coal at the S.E. end of Hare Island, where it can be easily obtained. The ice in this strait broke up as long ago as the ord April ; it has all drifted out to the northward, only a few icebergs now remain. 2Wi. — Again hastening northward; the busi- ness of coaling was very speedily and satisfac- torily completed, but the quality of the coals is very inferior. Upon the green slopes our sports^ men found nothing but a few ptarmigan and a hare. Shortly after running close past the deserted settlement of Noursak, we arrived off a small bay, and were startled by finding the water had suddenly changed from transparent blue to a thick muddy color, but there was no change in its depth ; we were crossing the stream of " Mak- kaks Elvin," or Clay Eiver, which empties itself into the bay after running through a broad and extensive valley, said to abound with reindeer; this river has its origin in lakes and glaciers in the interior, and the discoloration of the water is probably the chief cause of success in white- Mat, 1858. PROXIMITY OE THE WHALERS. 113 whale fishing, which is carried on here in the autumn, as those timid animals will not permit boats to approach them in clear water. This evening we are crossing Omenak's Fiord, and the land-wind, which here and all along the coast northwards blows from the N.E., has come off to us. Slst — Lying fast to an iceberg off Upernivik. The whalers are all within a dozen miles of us, unable to penetrate further north. The season appears forward, and the ice much decayed ; but southerly winds prevail, retarding its disruption and removal. Captain Parker, of the ' Emma,' tells me he does not expect to make a north pas- sage this year, and as his experience extends over a period of at least thirty years, I give his reason ; it is simply this, — that as during the months of February, March, and April northerly winds pre- vailed to an unusual degree, therefore southerly winds may novv^ be expected to continue ; if he prove a prophet, it will be to our serious hinder- ance at this critical season. Governor Fliescher says the winter has been mild ; there has been but little wind, and that chiefly from the south- ward. 4:th June. — We have received much kindness from our friends Captains Parker and J. Simpson, as well as from others of the whaling fleet ; the former has generously supplied us with many things we were rather short of, not only in ship's 10* H 114 KINDNESS OP THE WHALERS. Chap. VH. stores, but provisions and coals, and in return I have of course furnished him with a receipt for his owners. Captain Simpson has most hand- somely presented the ' Fox ' with a sail and 3'ards, which, after some slight alterations, Avill enable us to add a main topsail to our spread of canvas. For the two days we lay at the iceberg, alongside of the ' Emma,' I made furious attacks upon Cap- tain Parker's beefsteaks and porter; we amply availed ourselves of his hearty welcome. By the arrival of the fine steam whaler * Tay,' from Scot- land, we have received papers up to 17th April. This morning we slowly steamed away from Upemivik, threading our way betwixt islands, and ice, for about 30 miles, and now await further ice movement before it will be possible to proceed. These are called the Woman Islands, so named by the celebrated Arctic explorer John Davis, who visited them in Queen Elizabeth's reign ; he found here only a few old women, their frightened lords and more active juniors having effected their escape. Upon one of these islands a stone was picked up some 30 years ago, bearing a Runic inscrip- tion ; it was sent home to Copenhagen as a most interesting relic of the early Scandinavian voya- gers ; but nothing was on it except the names of those men "who cleared this place" (or formed a settlement), and the date, 1135. In all proba- bility their sojourn was extremely short, perhaps June, 1858. DANISH ESTABLISHMENTS. US j I only for a single summer. The Esquimaux did | not make their appearance for nearly two centu- ^ ries later. | After Egede's settlement at Godhaab in 1721, I the Danish trading establishments gradually ex- ' tended along the coast, and Upernivik was one of them; but it appears to have been soon aban- ;; doned. During Napoleon's wars all the Danish ; posts were withdrawn, as the British fleet effect- I ually cut off communication with Europe ; but i after peace was restored in 1815, the trading j posts were again resorted to, and a new settle- ment formed near the ruins of the old one at ^ Upernivik ; it enjoys pre-eminence as the most i northern abode of civilized man. . 116 THE 'FOX' NEAKLY WRECKED. Cuap. VIIL CHAPTER Vm. * Fox ' nearly wrecked — Afloat, and push ahead — Arctic hairbreadth escapes — Nearly caught in the pack — Shooting little auks — The Arctic Highlanders — Cape York — Crimson snow — Struggling to the westward — Keach the West-land — Off the entrance of Lancaster Sound. June Wi. — Yesterday morning we passed close outside Buchan Island ; it is small but lofty, its north side is almost precipitous, yet notwithstand- ing this strong indication of deep water, a reef of rocks lies about a mile off it. I happened to be aloft with the look-out-man at half-past eight o'clock as we were steaming through a narrow lead in the ice, when I saw a rock close ahead ; it was capped with ice, therefore was hardly distinguish- able from the floatino- masses around ; the eiifrines were stopped and reversed, but there was neither time nor room to avoid the reef, which now ex- tended on each side of us, and upon which the ship's bow stuck fast whilst her stern remained in 36 feet water; the tide had just commenced to fall, and all our efforts to haul off from the rocks were ineffectual. The lloes lay within 30 j^ards of us upon each side. I feared their drifting down upon the ship and turning her over \ but :"'! i"i' IF 'lll^IlJ'llH'^I'"I ' I limn' 'wnn , in liiwriniiWiiiiMrinmi- June, 1858. THE 'EOX' NEAELY WRECKED. 117 fortunately it was perfectly calm, and as the tide fell, points of the reef held them fast. The ship continued to fall over to starboard ; at dead low water her inclination was 35°; the water covered the starboard gunwale from the mainmast aft, and reached almost up to the after hatchway ; at this time the slightest shake must have caused her to fall over upon her side, when she would have in- stantly filled and sunk. The dogs, after repeated ineffectual attempts to lie upon the deck, quietly coiled themselves up upon such parts of the lee gunwale as remained above water and went to sleep. To me the moments seemed lengthened out beyond anything I could have imagined ; but at length the water began to rise, and the ship to resume her upright position. Boats, anchors, hawsers, etc., were got on board again with the utmost alacrity, and the ship floated off unhurt after having been eleven hours upon the reef. We had grounded during the day tide and were floated off by the night tide, which upon this coast occasions a much greater rise and fall, — - so far we were favored, but the poor little ^Fox' had a very narrow escape ; as for ourselves, there was not the slightest cause for apprehension, three steam whalers being within signal distance. To-day we are steaming along after the three vessels which passed us last evening and disap- peared round Cape Shackleton during the night. 118 AFLOAT, AND PUSH AHEAD. Chap. VIII. The contrast between our prospects yesterday and to-day fills one with delight, — to be afloat and advancing unobstructedly once more is in- deed charminor. 11//^. — On the afternoon of the 8th we joined the steamers ' Tay/ Captain Deuchars ; ' Chase,' Captain Gravill, sen. ; and ' Diana/ Gravill, jun. After repeated ice-detentions, we have reached Duck Island. Captain Deuchars says there is every prospect of an early north passage ; we have had several conversations about the Pond's Bay natives, and their reports of ships, wrecks, and Europeans. Tiiere appears to be not only great difficulty, but also uncertainty, in arriving at their meaning ; to form an idea of the time elapsed since an event, or the distance to the spot where it occurred, is a still harder task. I look forward to our visit at Pond's Bay with greatly increased interest. In August, 1855, when Captain Deuchars was crossing through the middle ice, in latitude 70°, he found part of a steamer's topmast embedded in heavy ice ; he also saw the moulded form of a ship's side, and thinks the latter must have sunk ; the portion of the topmast visible was sawed off and taken to England. It is most probable that the vessel was either H.M.S. ' Intrepid ' or * Pio- neer,' as two months later, and 250 miles further south, the ' Resolute' was picked up. About two or three years ago. Captain Deuchars lost his June, 1858, ARCTIC HAIRBREADTH ESCAPES. 119 ship '^Princess Charlotte/ in Melville Bay. It was a beautiful morning ; they had almost reached the North Water, and were anticipating a very successful voyage ; the steward had just reported breakfast ready, when Captain Deuchars, seeing the floes closing together ahead of the ship, re- mamed on deck to see her pass safely between them, but they closed too quickly; the vessel wa& almost through, when the points of ice caught her sides abreast of the mizenmast, and, passing through, held the wreck up for a few minutes, barely long enough for the crew to escape and save their boats ! Poor Deuchars thus suddenly lost his breakfast and his ship ; within ten minutes her royal yards disappeared beneath the surface. How closely danger besets the Arctic cruiser, yet how insidiously ; everything looks so bright, so calm, so still, that it requires positive experience to convince one that ice only a very few inches, perhaps only three or four inches, ahove tvater, per- fectly level, and moving extremely slow, could possibly endanger a strong vessel ! The ' Prin- cess Charlotte ' was a very fine, strong ship, and her captain one of the most experienced Arctic seamen. He now commands the finest whaler in the fleet. \Wi. — "We have only advanced a few miles to the northward. The steamer ' Innuit ' has joined our small steam squadron. Captain Sutter left Scotland only a month ago : he has very kindly 120 SUPPLY OF PROVISIONS. Chap. VTU. and promptly sent us a present of newspapers and potatoes. Captain Deuchars has also been good enough to supply us with some potatoes and porter, perhaps the most serviceable present he could have made us after our long subsistence upon salt and preserved meats, lOik — Once more alone in Melville Bay. The ' Innuit ' and ' Chase ' steamed much too fast for us, and the last of the four vessels, the * Tay,' parted from us in a thick fog yesterday. We have come close alono; the edo-e of the fixed ice, passing about six miles outside of the Sabine Islands, and are advancing as opportunities offer. This morning the man wdio was stationed to Avatcli a nip about a quarter of a mile ahead of the ship, came running back, pursued by three bears — a mother with her half-grown cubs. I suppose they followed him chiefly because he ran from them ; and at all events the}^ were very close up before he reached the ship. Another bear was seen about the same time, but none of them came within shot. Rotchies (or little auks) are very abundant. Seals are occasionally shot I ate some boiled seal to-day, and found it good : this is the first time I have eaten positive bUibhcr ; all scruples respecting it henceforth vanish. 2bih. — The land-ice broke away inshore of the *Fox' on the 19th or 20th, and we found our- selves drifting southward amongst extensive fields of ice. Sad experience has already shown us how June, 1858. NEARLY CAUGHT IN THE PACK. 121 absolutely powerless our small craft is under such circumstances. But after many attempts we re- gained the edge of the fast ice this morning, and steamed merrily along it towards Bushnan Island. When within a few miles a nip brought us to a standstill: here five or six icebergs lie encom-. passed by land-ice, and apparently aground -, one of them juts out and has caught the point of an immense field of ice. There is some slight move- ment in the latter, but not enough to let us pass through. Twelve or eighteen miles to the south there is a cluster of bergs, in all probability aground upon our "70 fathom bank" of last September. The ice-field appears to rest against them, as both to the east and west there is much clear water. Exactly at this spot Captain Penny was similarly detained by a nip in August, 1850. Although progress is denied to us at present, yet it is an un- speakable rehef to have got out of the drifting ice. I have passed very many anxious days in Mel- ville Bay, but hardly any of them weighed so heavily upon me as yesterday. There was the broad, clear land-water within a third of a mile of me, clear weather, and a fair breeze blowing. The intervening nip worked sufficiently with wind and tide to keep one in suspense ; it nearl?/ opened at high water, but closed again with the ebb tide. I thought of the week already spent 11 122 ARCTIC PERPLEXITIES. Chap. VHI. in struggling amongst drifting floes, and was haunted by visions of everything horrible — gales, ice-crushing, etc. Nor was it consoling to reflect that all the sailing ships as well as the steamers might have actually slipped past us. In fact, I must acknowledge that anxiety and weariness had worked me up into a state of burning impa- tience and of bitter chagrin at being so repeatr edly baflled in all my efforts by the varying yet continual perplexities of our position. The only difference in favor of our prospects over those of the past year consisted in our having arrived here two months earlier; but the importance of this difference is incalculable. The opportunities afforded by the delays to which we have been subjected were turned, how- ever, to some account. Nearly one thousand rotchies were shot ; they are excellent eating ; their average weight is four ounces and a half, but when prepared for the table they probably do not yield more than three ounces each, A young bear imprudently swam up to the ship, and was shot, — his skin fell to the sportsman, and car- case to the dogs. Several others have been seen: we watched one fellow surprise a seal upon the ice, and carry it about in his mouth as a cat does a mouse. 27//i. — Lying fast to the ice off" the Crimson Cliffs of Sir John Eoss. Yesterday we succeed- ed in passing through the nip, and by evening '"1 \ Esquimaux imitating animals to induce Europeans to approacli. June, 1858. THE ARCTIC HIGHLANDERS. 123 reached Cape York. Seeing natives running out upon the land-ice, the ship was made fast for an hour in order to communicate with them. A party of eight men came on board : they imme- diately recognised Petersen, for they lived at Etah in Smith's Sound when he was there in the Amer- ican expedition. They asked for Dr. Kane, and told us Hans was married and living in Whale Sound. They all said he was most anxious to re- turn to Greenland, but had neither sledge-dogs nor kayak; hunger had compelled him to eat the sealskin which covered the framework of the lat- ter. Petersen gave them messages for Hans from his Greenland friends, and advice that he should fix his residence here, where he might see the whalers and perhaps be taken back to Greenland. The natives did not seem to be badly off for any- thing except dogs, some distemper having carried off most of these indispensable animals. I was therefore unable to procure any from them. These people spent the winter here ; they seemed healthy, well-clad, and happy little fellows. One of them is brother-in-law to Erasmus York, who voluntarily came to England in the "^ Assistance* in 1851. This man is an angeJwk, or magician ; he has a still flatter face than the rest of his countrymen, but appears more thoughtful ar;d intelligent. Petersen pointed out to me a stout old fellow, with a tolerable sprinkhng of beard and mous- 124 THE ARCTIC HIGHLANDERS. Chap. Vm. tache. This worthy perpetrated the only murder which has taken place for several 3'ears in the tribe : he disliked his victim and stood in need of his dogs, therefore he killed the owner and appro- priated his property ! Such motives and passions usually govern the " unsophisticated children of nature ;" yet, as savages, the Esquimaux may be considered exceedingly harmless. Of late 3'ears these Arctic Highlanders have be- come alarmed by the rapid diminution of their numbers through famine and disease, and have been less violent towards each other in their feuds and quarrels. The appearance of these men, as they danced and rolled about in frantic delight at our ap- proach, was wild and strange, and their costume uniform and picturesque. Their long, coarse, black hair hung loosely over the seal-skin frock which in its turn overlapped their loose shaggj bear-skin breeches, and these again came dowii over the tops of their seal-skin boots. Most o\ them carried a spear formed out of the horn of a narwhal. Having distributed presents of knives and needles, and explained to them that we did so be- cause they had behaved well to the white peo- ple, (as we learned from Dr. Kane's narrative of their treatment of him and his crew), we pursued our voyage, not doubting but that we should soon reach the JVo?ih Water, an extensive sea through July, 1858. DAMAGE EKOM ICE. 125 which we could sail uninterruptedly to Pond's Bay. During the night we advanced through loose ice ; but fog and a rising S.E. gale delayed us, and to-day the pack has pressed in against the land, so that our wings are most unexpectedly clipped. A walrus was shot through the head by a Minie bul- let; none other will penetrate such a massive skull : unfortunately for my collection of speci- mens, and for the dogs, the animal sank. Id July. — For five days we have been almost beset amongst loose ice and grounded bergs ; the winds were generally from the S.E. and accom- panied by fog. To avoid being squeezed we had constantly to shift our position ; once we were caught and rather severely nipped ; the ship was heeled over about ten degrees and lifted a couple of feet : the ice was three feet thick, but broke readily under her weight. Unfortunately there was not time to unship the rudder, so it suffered very severely. Upon a previous occasion the screw-shaft was bent and a portion of the screw broken off. Landed to obtain a good view of the sea in the offing ; from the hills we could see nothing but pack to seaward. There was no land ice ; we stepped out of the boat upon a narrow icefoot which fringed the coast ; immediately above it we trod over a velvet sward of soft bright green moss; the turf beneath was of considerable depth. 11* 126 ROTCniES AJSTD GULLS. Chap. Vm. Here and there under this noble range of cliffs, which are composed of primary rock, there exists much veo:etation for so hi2;h a latitude. From the fact of thick layers of turf descending quite down to the sea, it is evident that the land has been gradually sinking. Steep slopes of rocky debris, which screen the bases of the most precipitous cliffs, form secure nurseries for the little auk ; these localities were literally alive with them ; they popped in and out of every crevice, or sat in groups of dozens upon every large rock. I have nowhere seen such countless myriads of birds. The rotchie, or little auk, lays its single Qg^ upon the bare rock, far within a crevice beyond the reach of fox, owl, or burgomaster gull. We shot a couple of hundred during our short stay on shore, and, by removing the stones, gathered sev- eral dozen of their eggs. The huge predatory gulls, long ago named " Burgomasters " by Dutch seamen (because they lord it over then- neighbors, and appropriate every thing good to themselves), have estabUshed them- selves in the cliffs, where their nests are gener- ally inaccessible : we were a month too late for their eggs; the young birds were as large as spring chickens. Of course we obtained speci- mens of the red snow, but had to seek rather dili- gently for it ; its color was a dirty red, very like the stain of port wine : very few patches of it were found. July, 1858. FREE FROM THE ICE. 127 Last night a westerly wind blew freshly and dispersed the ice outside of us, so much so that this evening we have got out into almost clear water. Farewell Greenland ! — hurrah for the west! t>th. — After getting free from the ice off the Crimson Cliffs, we soon lost sight of the last frag- ment, and steered for Pond's Bay. And now we all set to work in zealous haste to write our last lette-^s for England, by the whalers, which we hoped soon to meet there. After running 60 miles the ice re-appeared, and we sailed through a vast deal of it, but it became more closely packed, and a thick fog detained us for a day. When the weather became clear, the main pack was seen to the W., S., and S.E. ; in the hope of rounding its northern extreme we ran along it to the N.W. To-day it has led us to the N. and N.E., so that this evening Wolstenholme Sound is in sight. To the N. the pack appears impenetra- ble, and there is a strong ice-bhnk over it. All the ice we have lately sailed through is loose, and much decayed; it seems but recently to have broken away from the land, is not water-washed, neither has it been exposed to a swell, the frac- tured edges remaining sharp. ^th. — Midnight. Last evening I persevered to the N. until every hope of progress in that direc- tion vanished. To the W. the pack appeared tol- 128 ICE CLOSING AGAIN. Chap. VIIL eraloly loose ; the wind was fresh at E.S.E., so I determined once more to push into it, and en- deavor to battle our way through; I hoped it would prove to be merely a belt of 30 or 40 miles in width. We found the ice to lie for the most part in streams at right angles to the wind, and therefore much more open than it had appeared : there was seldom any difficulty in winding through it fi'om one water space to another. The wind greatly increased, bringing much rain, but for- tunately no fog ; — the dread of this hung over me like a nightmare, — our progress depended upon the vigilance of the look-out kept in the crow's-nest. By noon we had made good 60 miles. Throughout the day the wind has gradu- ally moderated : the rain gave place to snow, which in its turn was succeeded by mist. The evening was fine eventually and clear ; but still we find the ice is all around. Just before mid- night the termination of our lead was discovered, whilst the ice through which we had passed was closing together, and a dense fog came rolling down. Under these circumstances the ship was made fast as near to the nip as safety permitted, to await some favorable change. 10//^. — All the 7th we remained in our small basin, there being no outlet from it, and but little water anywhere visible. To pass away the dull hours and get rid of unwelcome reflections upon the similarity of our present position and that in July, 1858. STEUGGLING TO THE WESTWAED. 129 August last^ I commenced an attack upon all the feathered denizens of the pack — they seemed so provokingly contented with it — but they soon became wary, and deserted our vicinity, so I shot only a dozen fulmar petrels, three ivory gulls, two looms,* and a Lestris parasiticus ; some of them were useful as specimens, and such as were not destined for our table were given to the dogs. Although Cobourg Island was 45 miles distant from us, its lofty rounded outlines were very distinct, and much covered with snow. On the 8th we squeezed through nips for 4 or 5 miles, and on the 9th, reaching a large space of water, steamed towards Cobourg Island until again stopped by the pack at an early hour this morn- ing, when within 5 or 6 leagues of it. This evening we are endeavoring to steam in towards the West-land, and fancy we can trace with the crow's-nest telescope a practicable route through the intervening ice-mazes to a faint streak of water along the shore. This sort of navigation is not only anxious, but wearying. To me it seems as if several months instead of only eight days had elapsed since we left Cape York. We are constantly wondering what our whaUng friends are about, and where they are ? lUh. — The faint streak of water seen on the night of the 10th proved to be an extensive sheet * These birds are called willocks at home ; they are the " Uria Brunni- chii" of naturalists. I 130 VISIT OF NATIVES. Cnxp. VIII. to leeward of Cobourg Island. We reached it next morning. Jones' Sound appeared open, and a slight swell reached us from it, but all along the shore there was close pack. Although but little water was visible to the southward, we persevered in that direction, and, as the ice was rapidly mov- ing offshore under the combined influence of wind and tide, we were only occasionally detained. Two hundred and forty-two years ago — to a day, I believe — William Baffin sailed without hindrance along this coast and discovered Lancasj- ter Sound. What a very different season he must have experienced ! Passing near Cape Horsburgh we approached De Eos Islet at midnight. The air being very calm, and still, the shouting of some natives was heard, although we could scarcely distinguish them upon the land-ice. The ship was made fast, and the shouting party, consisting of three men, three women, and two children, eagerly came on board. Only four individuals remained on shore. The old chief Kal-lek is remarkable amongst Esquimaux for having a bald head. He inquired by name for his friend Captain Inglefield. These three families have sj)ent the last two years upon this coast, between Cape Horsburgh and Croker Bay. Their knowledge does not extend further in either direction. They are natives of more southern lands, and crossed the ice in Lancaster Sound with dog-sledges. Since the visit of the JtjLT. 1858. OFF LANCASTEE SOIINI>. 131 * Phoenix' in '54 they have seen no ships, nor have any wrecks drifted upon their shores. They seemed very fat and healthy, but complained that all the reindeer had gone away, and asked if ive could tell where they went to ? Our presents of wood, knives, and needles were eagerly received. They assured us that Lancaster Sound was still frozen over, and that all the sea was covered with pack. After half an hour's delay we steamed on- ward, and on reaching a larger space of water our hopes (somewhat depressed by the native intel- ligence) began to revive. But we soon found that our clear water terminated near Cape Warrender. Lancaster Sound, although not frozen over, was crammed full of floes and icebergs. The wind in- creased to a strong gale from the east, and pressed in more ice. At length the ship was with difficulty made fast to a strip of land-ice a few miles west- ward of Point Osborn. Gradually the gale sub- sided, but not until the pack was close in against the land. The tides kept sweeping it to and fro, to our great discomfort. The land is composed of gneiss, and the gravelly shore is low. A few ducks only have been shot, and traces of reindeer and hares seen. Our Melville Bay friends, the rotchies, are very rare visitors upon this side of Baffin's Bay. Part of a ship's timber has been found upon the beach; it measures 7 inches by 8 inches, is of American oak, and, although sound, has long been exposed to the weather. 132 OFF CAPE WARRENDER. Chap. IX. CHAPTER IX. Off Capo "Warrendcr — Sight the whalers again — Enter Pond's Bay — Communicate wiih Esquimaux — Ascend Pond's Inlet — Esquimaux information — Arctic summer abode — An Arctic village — No intel- ligence of Franklin's ships — Arctic trading — Geographical infor- mation of natives — Information of Rae's visit — Improvidence of Esquimaux — Travels of Esquimaux. IWi Juhj. — To borrow a whaling phrase, we are " dodging about in a hole of water " off Cape War- render. I recognize the little bay just to the west of the cape where Parry landed in Septem- ber, 1824. The " immense mass of snow and ice containing strata of mudd3'-looking soil " is there still, and, I should thinlt, had considerably in- creased. Here his party shot three reindeer out of a small herd. We have narrowly scanned the steep hill-sides with our glasses, but without dis- covering any such inducement to land. No cairns are visible upon Cape Warrender; the natives have probably removed them. Dense pack prevents us from aj^proaching Port Dundas or crossing to the southern shore. We all find these vexatious delays are by no means condu- cive to sleep. The mind is busy with a sort of magic-lantern representation of the past, the pre&- July, 1858. THE WHALERS AGAIN. 133 ent, and the future, and resists for weary hours the necessary repose. Vlth. — Last night's calm has allowed the pack to expand so much, that to-day we have steamed through it until within three miles of the noble cliffs of Cape Hay ; and now we are drifting east- ward with the ice precisely as did the ' En- terprise ' and ' Investigator/ in September, '49. Upon that occasion we were set free off Pond's Bay. There is a very extensive loomery at Cape Hay ; we regret the circumstances which prevent our levying a tax upon it. Here, if anywhere, I expected to find a clear sea, but east winds have prevailed for twenty days out of the last twenty- five, and this accounts for the present state of the sea ; the next succession of west winds will prob- ably effect a prodigious clearance of ice. 21^/. — The ' Tay ' was seen to-day in loose ice, and much further off the land. She gradually steamed through it to the southward, and by night was almost out of sight. Her appearance surprised us, as we supposed she must have reached Pond's Bay long ago. Ten hours' strug- gling with steam and sails at the most favorable intervals has only advanced us five miles. The weather is remarkably warm, bright, and pleas- ant. A very large bear came within 150 yards, and was shot by Petersen, the Minie bullet pass- ing through his body. This beast measured 8 ft. 3 in. in length j his fat carcase was hoisted 12 134 OFF CAPE WALTER BATHURST. Cuap. IX. on board with great satisfliction, as our clogs' food was nearly expended. %Uh. — Last night the ice became slack enough to aflford some prospect of release, so we charged the nips vigorously, and steamed away through devious openings towards Cape Faushawe. For several hours but little progress was made, but this morning the ice became more open ; clear vvater was seen ahead, and reached by noon. Al- though it is calm I prefer waiting for a breeze to expending more coals. We are only ten miles from Possession Bay. The air is so very clear that the land appears quite close to us. All that is not mountainous is well cleared of snow. There is immense refraction. Only a single ice- berg in sight. The sea-water is light green, as remarked by Parry in 1819. IWi. — A vessel was seen yesterday morning ; the day continuing calm, we steamed through some loose ice, and joined her off Cape Walter Bathurst in the evening. It proved to be the ^ Diana;' she parted from us on the 16th of June in Melville Bay, has everywhere been obstructed by the pack, as we have been, and only reached Cape Warrender three days before us. From thence to Possession Bay she met with no obstruc- tion. The subsequent east winds brought in all the ice which has so much retarded us. The ' Diana ' has already captured twelve whales. Taking the hint from Capt. Gravill, July, 1858. ENTER POND'S BAY. 135 we have made fast to a loose floe, and are drift- ing very nearly a mile an hour to the south- ward along the edge of a very formidable land- ice, which is seven or eight miles broad. All to seaward of us is packed ice. The old whaling seamen of the ^ Diana ' are astonished at the unu- sual and unaccountable abundance of ice which everywhere fills up Baffin's Bay. All the ' Dia- na's' steaming coals, her spare spars, wood and even a boat, have been burnt in the protracted struggle through the middle ice. Iltli. — After putting our letter-bag on board the ^ Diana' this morning we steamed on for Pond's Bay, and at noon made fast near But- ton Point to the land-ice, which still extends across it. For four hours Petersen and I have been bar- gaining with an old woman and a boy, not for the sake of their seal-skins, but in order to keep them in good humor whilst we extracted information from them. They said they knew nothing of ships or white people ever having been within this inlet, nor of any wrecked ships. They knew of the depot of provisions left at Navy Board Inlet by the ' North Star,' but had none of them. The woman has traced on paper the shores of the inlet as far as her knowledge extends, and has given me the name of every point. She says the ice will break up with the first fresh wind. These two individuals are alone here. They remained 136 COM^IUNICATE WITH ESQUIMAUX. Chap. H. on purpose to barter with the whalers, and can- not now rejoin their friends, who are only 25 miles up the inlet, because the ice is unsafe to travel over and the land precipitous and imprac- ticable. This afternoon the ' Tay ' stood in towards us, and Captain Deuchars kindly sent his boat on board with an offer to take charge of our letters. The ' Tay ' reached this coast only a few days ago, having met with the same difficulties which we experienced. The ^ Innuit ' was last seen nearly a month ao;o beset off Jones' Sound. The re- maining steamer, the ^ Chase,' has not been seen or heard of 2Wi. — The old woman's denial of all knowl- edge of the wrecks or cast-away men was very unsatisfactory. I determined to visit her coun- trymen at their summer village of KaparOktolik, which she described as being only a short day^s journey up the inlet. Petersen and one man accompanied me. "We started yesterday morning with a sledge and a Hal- kett boat. Although the ice over which we pur- posed travelling broke away from the land soon after setting out, yet we managed to get half way to the village before encamping. This morning we learnt the truth of the old woman's account. A range of precipitous cliffs rising from the sea cut us off by land from KaparOktolik, so we were obliged to return to the ship. Our walk afforded July, 1858. EXAMINE NATIVE CACHES. 137 the opportunity of examining some native en- campments and caches. We found innumerable scraps of seal-skins, bird-skins, walrus and other bones, whalebone, blubber, and a small sledge. The latter was very old, and composed of pieces of wood and of large bones ingeniously secured to- gether with strips of whalebone. Five preserved- meat tins were found ; some of them retaining their original coating of red paint. Doubtless these were part of the spoils from Navy Board Inlet depot. The total absence of fresh wood or iron was strongly in favor of the old woman's ve- racity. Since yesterday, ice, about 16 miles in extent, has broken up in the inlet, and is drifting out into Baf&n's Bay. During my absence our shooting parties have twice visited a loomery upon Cape Graham Moore, and each time have brought on board 300 looms. Yery few birds and no other animals were seen during our walk over the rich mossy slopes to-day. I saw a pair of Canadian brown cranes, the first of the species I have ever seen so far north, though Sir Kobert M'Clure found them, I know, on Bank's Land. The lands enjoying a southern aspect, even to the summits of hills 700 or 800 feet in height, were tinged with green ; but these hills were pro- tected by a still loftier range to the north. Upon many well-sheltered slopes we found much rich grass. All the little plants were in full flower j 12* 138 ASCEND POND'S INLET. Chap. IX. some of til em familiar to us at home, such as the buttercup, sorrel, and dandelion. I have never found the latter to the north of G9^ before. The old woman is much less excited to-day; she says there was a wreck upon the coast when she was a little girl ; it lies a day and a half's journey, about 45 miles, to the north ; and came there without masts and very much crushed ; the little which now remains is almost buried in the sand. A piece of this wreck was found near her abode, — she has neither hut nor tent, but a sort of lair constructed of a few stones and a seal-skin spread over them, so that she can crawl under- neath. This fragment is part of a floor timber, English oak, Ta inches thick j it has been brought on board. 30^/e. — A gale of wind and deluge of rain has detained the ship until this evening ; we are now steaming up the inlet, having the old lady and the boy on board as our pilots ; they are delighted at the prospect of rejoining their friends, from whom they were effectually cut off until the re- turn of winter should freeze a safe pathway for them ; they had, however, abundance of looms stored up en cdcJie for their subsistence. She has drawn me another chart, much more neatly than the former, but so like it as to prove that her geographical knowledge, and not her powers of invention, have been taxed. She is a widow ; her daughter is married, and hves at a place called Aug. 1858. ESQUIMAUX IKFOKMATION. 139 Igloolik, which is six or seven days' journey from here, — three days up the inlet, then about three days overland to the southward, and then a day over the ice. Thinking it not quite impossible that this Ig- loolik might be the place where Parry wintered in 1822-3, 1 told Petersen to ask whether ships had ever been there ? She answered, "Yes, a ship stopped there all one winter; but it is a long time ago." All she could distinctly recollect having been told about it was, that one of the crew died, and was buried there, and his name was Al-lah or El-leh. On referring to Parry's ^ Narrative,' I found that the ice-mate, Mr. Elder, died at Igloo- lik ! This is a very remarkable confirmation of the locality, — ^for there are several places called Igloolik. She also told us it was an island, and near a strait between two seas. The Esquimaux take considerable pains to learn, and remember names ; this woman knows the names of several of the whaling captains, and the old chief at De Ros Islet remembered Captain Inglefield's name, and tried hard to pronounce mine. She now told us of another wreck upon the coast, but many days' journey to the south of Pond's Bay ; it came there before her first child was born. Her age is not less than forty-five. August 4dJi. — Our Esquimaux friends have de- parted from us with every demonstration of friend- ship, to return to their village. We have had 140 TOOLS USED BY THE ESQUIMAUX. Chap. IX. free commimication with them for four da^'s — not only through Mr. Petersen, but also through our two Greenlanclers; the result is, that they have no knowledge whatever of either of the missing or the abandoned searching ships. Nei- ther Avrecked people nor wrecked ships have reached their shores. They seemed to be much in want of wood ; most of what they have con- sists of staves of casks, probably from the Navy Board Inlet depot. In their bartering with us, saws were most eagerly sought for in exchange for narwhal's horns ; they are used by them in cutting up the long strips of the bones of whales with which they shoe the runners of their sledges, also the ivory and bone used to protect the more exposed parts of their kayaks and the edges of their pad- dles from the ice. Files were also in great demand, and I found were required to convert pieces of iron-hooji into arrow and spear heads. If any suspicion existed of their having a secret supply of wood such as a wreck or even a boat would afford, it was removed by their refusing to barter the most trifling things for axes or hatchets. But I must relate the events of the last few days as they occurred. When 17 miles within the inlet we reached the unbroken ice and made the ship fast. Here the strait — originally named Pond's Bai/, and more recently Eclipse /Sound — T^^'^imf?''i:'fr-^^-^'\i' !"■ '^^"'^ II Aug. 1858. ARCTIC SUMMER ABODES. 141 appears to be most contracted, its width not ex- ceeding 7 or 8 miles. Both its shores are very bold and lofty, often forming noble precipices. TJie prevailing rock is grey gneiss, generally dip- ping at an angle of 35° to the west. Early on the 1st of August I set out for the na- tive village with Hob son, Petersen, two men, and the two natives from Button Point. Eight miles of wet and weary ice-travelling, which occupied as many hours, terminated our journey ; the sur- face of the ice was everywhere deeply channelled and abundantly flooded by the summer's thaw ; we were almost constanly launching our small boat over the slippery ridges which separated pools or channellings through which it was gener- ally necessary to wade. After toiling round the base of a precipice, we came rather suddenly in view of a small semicircu- lar bay ; the cliffs on either side were 800 or 900 feet high, remarkably forbidding and desolate ; the mouth of a valley or wide mountain gorge opens out into its head. Here, in the depth of the bay, upon a low flat strip of laud, stood seven tents, — the summer village of Kaparok-to-lik. I never saw a locality naore characteristic of the Esqui- maux than that which they have here selected for their abode ; it is widely picturesque in the true Arctic application of the term. Although August had arrived, and the summer had been a warm one, the bay was still frozen 142 AN ARCTIC VILLAGE. Chap. IX. over ; and if there was an ice-covered sea in front, there was also abundance of ice-covered land in the rear — a glacier occupied the whole valley behind and to within 300 yards of the chosen spot ! The glacier's height appeared to be from 150 to 200 feet ; its sea-face extending across the valley, — a probable width of 300 or 400 3-ards, — was quite perpendicular, and fully 100 feet high. All last winter's snow had thawed away from off it and exposed a surface of mud and stones, fis- sured by innumerable small rivulets, which threw themselves over the glacier cliffs in pretty cas- cades, or shot far out in strong jets from their deeply serried channels in its face ; whilst other streamlets near the base burst out throufj:h sub- glacial tunnels of their own forming. What a strange people to confine themselves to such a mere strip of beach ! Upon each side they have towering rocky hills rising so abruptly from the sea, that to pass along their bases or ascend over their summits, is equally impossible ; whilst a threatening glacier immediately behind, bears onward a sufficient amount of rock and earth from the mountains whence it issues, to convince even the unreflectins; sava2;e of its iDrosrressive motion. The land is devoid of game, although lemmings and ermines are tolerably numerous ; it only sup- plies the moss which the natives burn with blub- ber in their lamps, and the dry grass which they put in their boots ; even the soft stone, lajm ollor Aug. 1858. AN AECTIC VILLAGE. 143 m, out of which their lamps and cooking vessels are made and the iron pyrites" with which they strike fire, are obtained by barter from the people inhabiting the land to the .west of Navy Board Inlet. But the sea compensates for every defi- ciency. The assembled population amounted to only 25 souls : 9 men, the rest women and chil- dren. All of them evinced extreme delight at seeing us ; as we approached the huts the w^omen and children held up their arms in the air and shout- ed "Pnietay" (give me), incessantly; the men were more quiet and dignified, yet lost no oppor- tunity, either when we declined to barter, or when they had performed any little service, to repeat "Pilletay" in a beseeching tone of voice. We walked everywhere about the tents and entered some of them, carefully examining every chip or piece of metal ; our visit was quite unex- pected. They had only two sledges ; both were made of 2iinch oak-planks, devoid of bolt-holes or treenails, and having but very few nail-holes. These sledges had evidently been constructed for several years, the parts not exposed to friction were covered with green fungus: one of them measured 14 feet long, the other about 9 feet ; we were told the wood came from a wreck to the southward of Pond's Bay. Most of the sledge crossbars were ordinary staves of casks. Amongst the poles and large bones which supported the 144 NO INTELLIGENCE OF FRANKLIN. Chap. IX. tents we noticed a painted fir oar. Some pieces of iron-hoop and a few preserved-meat tins — one of which was stamped " Goldner," — completed their stock of European articles. Petersen questioned all the men separately as to their knowledge of ships or wrecks ; but their ac- counts only served to confirm the old woman's story. None of them had ever heard of ships or wrecks anywhere to the westward. Both individu- ally and collectively we got them to draw charts of the various coasts known to them, and to mark upon them the positions of the wrecks. The two chiefs, Noo-luk and A-wah-lah, soon made them- selves known to me, and, when we desired to go to sleej), sent away the people who were eagerly pressing round our tent. All these natives were better-looking, cleaner, and more robust than I expected to find them. A-wah-lah has been to Igloolik; one of his wives, for each chief has iwo, has a brother living there. I spread a large roll of paper upon a rock, and got him to draw the route overland, and also round by the coast to it; this novel proceeding attracted the whole population about us ; A-\viXh- lah constantly referred to others when his memory failed him ; at length it was completed to the sat- isfaction of all parties.. When I gave him the knife I had promised as his reward, and added another for his wives, he sprang up on the rock, flourished the knives in his hands, shouted, and Aug. 1858. AGAIN IN DANGER. 145 danced with extravagant demonstrations of joy. He is a very fine specimen of his race, powerful, impulsive, full of energy and animal spirits, and moreover an admirable mimic. The men were all about the same height, 5 feet 5 in. ; they eagerly answered our questions, and imparted to us all , the geographical knowledge, although at first they hesitated when we asked them about Navy Board Inlet, in consequence of the depot placed there having been plundered ; but we soon found that they were easily tired under cross-examination, and often said they knew no more ; it was neces- sary to humor them. According to their account the dep6t was dis- covered and robbed by people living further west. This is probably true, as so few relics were to be seen here, which would not be the case if such active fellows as A-wah-lah and Noo-luk had re- ceived the first information of its proximity. These people of Kaparoktolik are the only inhabitants of the land lying eastward of Navy Board Inlet, and live entirely upon its southern shore. In a similar manner, it is only the southern coast of the land to the west of Navy Board Inlet that is inhabited. After distributing presents to all the women and children, and making a few trifling purchases from the men, we returned next day to the ship. During my absence more ice had broken away, involving the ship and almost forcing her on shore. 13 K 146 GEOGRAPniCAL INTOKMATION. Chai-. IX. It required every exertion to save her. For two hours «ho continued in imminent danger, and was only saved by the warping and ice-blasting, by which at last she got clear of the drifting masses, fmir minutes only before these were crushed up as^ainst the rocks ! Four Esquimaux came off to the ship in their kayaks, bringing whalebone, narwhals' horns, etc., to barter. Next to handsaws and files, they at- tached the greatest value to knives and large needles. These men remained on board for nearly two days, and drew several charts for us. Noo- luk explained that seven or eight days' journey to the southward there are iwo wrecks a short day's journey apart. The southern is in an inlet or strait which contains several islands, but here his knowl- edge of the coast terminates. The man A-ra-neet said he visited these wrecks five winters ago. All of them agreed that it is a very long time since the wrecks arrived upon the coast ; and Noo-luk, who appears to be about forty-five years of age, showed us how tall he was at the time. In the ' Narrative of Parry's Second Voyage,' at p. 437, mention is made of the arrival at Igloolik of a sledge constructed of ship-timber and staves of casks; also of two ships that had been driven on shore, and the crews of which went away in boats. In August, 1821, nearly two 3'cars previ- ous to the arrival of this report through the Esqui- maux to Igloolik, the whalers ' Dexterity ' and Atra. 1858. OF NATIVES. 147 ' Aurora ' were wrecked upon the west coast of Davis' Strait, in lat. 72"", 70 or 80 miles southward of Pond's Bay. The old man, Ow-wang-noot, drew the coast-line northwards from Cape Graham Moore to Navy Board Inlet^ and pointed out the position of the northern wreck a few miles east of Cape Hay. Had it been conspicuous, we must have seen it when we slowly drifted along that coast. These people usually winter in snow-huts at Green Point, a mile or two within the northern entrance of Pond's Bay. They hunt the seal and narwhal, but when the sea becomes too open they retire to Kaparoktolik ; and when the remaining ice breaks up — usually about the middle of August — a further migration takes place across the inlet to the S.W., where reindeer abound, and large salmon are numerous in the rivers. Every winter they communicate with the Igloolik people. Two winters ago (1856-7) some people who lived far beyond Igloolik, in a country called A-ka-nee (probably the Ak-koo-lee of Par- ry), brought from there the information of white people having come in two boats, and passed a winter in snow-huts at a place called by the following names : — A-mee-lee-oke, A-wee-lik, Net- tee-lik. Our friends pointed to our whale-boat, and said the boats of the white people were like it, but larger. These whites had tents inside 148 INFORJIATION OF EAE'S VISIT. Cuap. IX. their snow-huts j they killed and eat reindeer and narwhal, and smoked pipes ; they bought dresses from the natives ; none died ; in sum- mer they all went away, taking with them two natives, a father and his son. We could not ascertain the name of the white chief, nor the interval of time since they wintered amongst the Esquimaux, as our friends could not recol- lect these particulars.'^' The name of the locality, A-wee-lik (spelt as written down at the moment), may be consid- ered identical with "Ay-wee-lik," the name of the land about Repulse Bay in the chart of the Esquimaux woman, Iligliuk (Parry's ' Second Voy- age,' p. 197). We were of course greatlj^ surprised to find that Dr. Rae's visit to Repulse Bay was known to this distant tribe ; and also disappointed to find they had heard nothing of Franklin's Back-River parties through the same channel of communica- tion. They were anxiously and repeatedly ques- tioned, but evidently had not heard of any other white people to the westward, nor of their having perished there. Ow-wang-noot lived at Igloolik in his early days, and made a chart of the lands adjacent, but said he was so young at the time that '' it seemed like a dream to him." He was acquaint- * Dr. Rae wintered at Repulse Bay ia stone huts ia 184G-7. Again vyintered there iu snow huts ia 1853-4. Aug. 1858. BAKTEE WITH NATIVES. 149 ed with Ee-noo-loo-apik, the Esquimaux who once accompanied Captain Penny to Aberdeen^ and told us he had died, lately I think, at a place to the southward called Kri-merk-su-malek, but that his sister still lives at Igloolik. Although they told us the Igloolik people were worse oif for wood than they were them- selves, yet it was evident that here also it is very scarce. We could not spare them light poles or oars such as they were most desirous to obtain for harpoon and lance staves and tent- poles ; and they would willingly have bartered their kayaks to us for rifles (having already ob- tained some from the whaling-ships), but that they had no other means of getting back to their homes, nor wood to make the light framework of others. They collect whalebone and narwhal's horns in sufficient quantity to carry on a small barter with the whalers. A-wah-lah showed us about thirty horns in his tent, and said he had many more at other stations. A few years ago, when first this bartering sprang up, an Esquimaux took such a fancy to a fiddle that he offered a large quantity of whalebone in exchange for it. The bargain was soon made, and subsequently this whale- bone was sold for upwards of a hundred pounds ! Each successive year, when the same ship re- turns to Pond's Bay, this native comes on board to visit his friends, and goes on shore with many 13* 150 TEMPTATIONS TO BARTER. Chap. IX. presents in remembrance of the memorable trans- action. It is much better for him thus to receive annual gifts than to have received a large quan- tity at first, as the improvidence of these men surpasses belief. Of the " rod of iron about four feet long, sup- posed to have been at one time galvanized," which Avas brought home in 1856 by Captain Patterson, and forwarded to the Admiralty, I could obtain no information. The natives were shown galvanized iron, and said they had never seen any before ; if their countrymen had any, it must have come from the whalers ; none like it was found in the wrecks. Rod-iron is very val- uable to Esquimaux for spears and lances, and narwhals' horns very tempting to the seamen, not only as valuable curiosities, but the ivory is worth half a crown a pound; and I have but little doubt that many of the things said to have been stolen by the natives were fraudulently bar- tered away by the sailors. That there Avas no galvanized iron on board any of the Govern- ment searching-ships, nor in the missing expedi- tion which sailed from Ena:land as fir back as 1845, 1 am almost certain. But is it certain that this rod was galvanized ? The natives gave Cap- tain Patterson to understand that they got it from the wreck to the north. In July, 1854, Captain Deuchars was at Pond's Bay, and many natives visited his ship, coming Aug. 1858. TRAVELS OF ESQUIMAUX. 151 over the ice on twelve or fourteen sleclo-es made of ship's planking. Now at this time Sir Edward Belcher's ships were still frozen up in Barrow Strait. My own impression is that the natives whom Captain Deuchars communicated with in 1854 were visitors at Pond's Bay — certainly from the southward — and probably attracted by the barter recently grown up at that whaling rendez- vous. Having discovered the use of the saws obtained by barter from our whalers, they had successfully applied them to the stout planking of the old wrecks, which they could not have stripped off with any tools previously in their possession. That the various tribes, or rather groups of families, occasionally visit each other, sometimes for change of hunting-grounds, but more fre- quently for barter, is well known. Captain Par- ker told me that a native whom he had met one summer at Durbin Island, came on board his ship at Pond's Bay the following year. The distance between the two places, as travelled by this man in a single winter, is scarcely short of 500 miles; and the information given us of Rae's wintering at Eepulse Bay, information which must have travelled here in two winters, shows that these natives communicate at still greater distances. Did other wrecks exist nearer at hand, our Pond's Bay friends would be much better supplied with wood. If the Esquimaux knew of any with- 152 TRAVELS OF ESQUIMAUX. Cn.v^ IX. in 300, 400, or even 500 miles, the Pond's Bay natives ^vould at least have heard of them, and could have had no reason for concealing it from US. I only regret that we had not the good for- tune to see more than a few natives, and but two sledges of ship's planking ; otherwise our own in- formation might have been more copious, and the origin of the fresh supply of planking decisively ascertained. Aug. 1858. LEAVE POND'S BAY. 153 CHAPTER X. Leave Pond's Bay — A gale in Lancaster Sound — The Beechej' Island Depot — An Arctic monument — Reflections at Beecliey Island — Pro- ceed up BarroAv's Strait — Peel Sound — Port Leopold — Prince Regent's Inlet — Bellot Strait — Flood-tide from the west — Unsuccessful efforts — Fox's Hole — No water to the west — Precautionary measures — Fourth attempt to pass tlu'ough. Wi Aug. — Continued calms have delayed us. This evening we steamed from Pond's Bay northward, although our coals have been sadly reduced by the almost constant necessity for steam-power since leaving the Waigat. The three steam- whalers have gone southward ; none others have arrived. They appear to us to be leaving the whales behind them ; we saw many whilst up the straitj and at the edge of the remaining ice. The natives said they would remain as long as the ice remained, but when it all broke up they would return into Baffin's Bay and go southward; and that these animals arrive in early spring, and do not pass through the strait into any other *ea beyond. Monday evening, Wi. — On the night of the 6 th a pleasant, fair breeze sprang up, and enabled us to dispense with the engine. An immense bear was shot ; he measured 8 feet 7 inches in length, 154 GALE IN LANCASTER SOUND. Cuap. X. and is destined for the museum of the Royal Dublm Society. On the 7th the wind gradually freshened and frustrated my intention of examin- ing the wreck spoken of near Cape Ilay ; at night it increased to a very heavy gale. Although pa.st Navy Board Inlet, very little ice had yet been met with. The weather, and fear of ice to lee- ward, obliged us to heave the vessel to, under main trysail and fore staysail. The squalls were extremely violent and seas unusually high. All Sunday, the 8th, the gale continued, al- though not with such extreme force ; the deep rolling of the ship, and moaning of the half- drowned dogs amidst the pelting sleet and rain, was anything but agreeable. Notwithstandiug that I had been up all the previous night, I felt too anxious to sleep ; the wind blew directly up Barrow Strait, drifting us about two miles an hour. Occasionally she drifted to leeward of masses of ice, reminding us that if any of the dense pack which covered this sea only three weeks ago remained to leeward of us, we must be rapidly setting down upon its weather edge. The only expedient in such a case is to endeavor to run into it — once well within its outer margin a ship is comparatively safe — the danger lies in the attempt to penetrate ; to escape out of the jDack afterwards is also a doubtful matter. In the evening we were glad to see the land, and find ourselves off the north shore near Cape Tlie 'Fox' ariviiig at Beeclioy Inland. Aug. 1858. BEECHY ISLAND DEPOT. 155 Bulleiij for the violent motion of the ship and very weak horizontal magnetic force had ren- dered our compasses useless. This morning, the 9th, the gale broke, and the sea began to subside rapidly ; by noon it was almost calm, but a thick gloom prevailed, ominous, it might be, of more mischief All along the land there is ice, but, broken up into harmless atoms. We have carried aTvay a maingaff and a jibstay, but have come re- markably well through such a gale with such tri- flinQ" damas:e. lltk. — Before noon to-day we anchored inside Cape Riley, and immediately commenced prepar- ations for embarking coals. I visited Beechy Island house, and found the door open; it must have been blown in by an easterly gale long ago, for much ice had accumulated immediately inside it. Most of the biscuit in bags was damaged, but every thing else was in perfect order. Upon the north and west sides of the house, where a wall had been constructed, there was a vast accumula- tion of ice, in which the lower tier of casks be- tween the two were embedded, and its surface thawed into pools. Neither casks nor walls should have been allowed to stand near the house. The southern and eastern sides were clear and perfect- ly dry. The ' Mary ' decked boat, and two 30-feet lifeboats, were in excellent order, and their paint appeared fresh, but oars and bare wood were bleached white. 156 BEECHEY ISLAIsTD DEPOT. Chap. X. The gutta-percha boat was useless when left here, and remains in the same state. Two small sledge travelling boats were damaged ; one of them had been blown over and over along the beach mitil finally arrested by the other. The bears and foxes do not appear to have touched any thing. I have taken on board all letters left here for Frankhn's or Colhnson's expeditions and also a 20-feet sledge-boat for our own travelling pur- poses. Last night we steamed very close round Cape Hurd in a dense fog, and crept along the land as our only guide : we were thus led into Eigby Buy, and discovered a shoal off its entrance by ground- ing upon it. After a quarter of an hour we floated off unhurt. In lowering a boat to pursue a bear, Eobert Hampton fell overboard ; fortunately he could swim, and was very soon picked up, but the in- tense cold of the w^ater had almost paralj'zed his limbs. The bear was shot and taken on board. Sunda?/,lWi,^VM. — Our coaHng was complet- ed yesterday, and the ship brought over and an- chored off the house in Erebus and Terror Bay. A small proportion of provisions and winter cloth- ing has been embarked to complete our deficien- cies ; the ice has been scraped out of the house and its roof thoroughly repaired, a record de- posited, and door securely closed. I found lying at Godhavn a marble tablet Aug. 1858. AN ARCTIC MONUMENT. 157 which had been sent out by Lady Franklin, in the American expedition of 1855 under Captain Hartstein, for the purpose of being erected at Beechey Island. Circumstances prevented the Americans executing this kindly service, and it fell to my lot to convey it to the site originally intended. The tablet was constructed in New York, under the direction of Mr. Grinnell, at the request of Lady Franklin, in order that the only opportunity which then offered of sending it to the Arctic regions might not be lost. I placed the monument upon the raised flagged square in the centre of which stands the cenotaph record- ing the names of those who perished in the Gov- ernment expedition under Sir Edward Belcher. Here also is placed a small tablet to the memory of Lieutenant Bellot. I could not have selected for Lady Franklin's memorial a more appropriate or conspicuous site. The inscription runs as fol- lows : — 14 158 THE DfSCEIPTION. Chju X. TO THE MEMORY OF FRANKLIN, CHOZIER, FITZJAMES, AND ALL THEIR GALLANT BROTHER OFFICERS AND FAITHFUL COMPANIONS WHO HAVE SUFFERED AND PERISHED IN THE CAUSE OP SCIENCE AND THE SERVICE OF THEIR COUNTRY. THIS TABLET IS ERECTED NEAR THE SPOT -WHERE THEY PASSED THEIR FIRST ARCTIC WINTER, AND WHENCE THEY ISSUED FORTH TO CONQUER DIFFICULTIES OR TO DIE. IT COMMEMORATES THE GRIEF OF THEIB ADMIRING COUNTRYMEN AND FRIENDS, AND THE ANGUISH, SUBDUED BY FAITH, OF HER WHO HAS LOST, IN THE HEROIC LEADER OP THE EXPEDITION, THE MOST DEVOTED AND AFFECTIONATE OF HUSBANDS. O " AND SO HE BRINGETH THEM UNTO THE HAVEN WHERE THEY WOULD BE. 1855. , »' This stone has been entrusted to be affixed in its place by the Officers and Crew b( tha American Expedition, commanded by Lt. II. J. Ilartstein, in search of Dr. Kane and his Companions. This Tablet having been left at Disco by the American Expedition, which was unable to reach Becchcy Island, in lR."i5, was put on board the Discovery Yacht Fox. ami is now Bet up here by Captain M'Clintock, R.N., commanding the final expedition of search for ascertaining the fate of Sir John FranUin and his compouioos, 1863. Aug. 185S. REFLECTIONS AT BEECHEY ISLAND. 159 We are now ready to proceed upon our voyage from Beechey Island, and there is no ice in sight ; but having worked ahnost unceasingly since our arrival up to the present hour, the men require a night's rest. Nearly forty tons of fuel have been embarked. The total absence of ice in Barrow Strait is astonishing. No less so are the changes and chances of this singular navigation. Twelve days later than this in 1850, when I belonged to Her Majesty's ship "^Assistance,' with considerable dif- ficulty we came within sight of Beechey Island ; a cairn on its summit attracted notice ; Captain Ommanney managed to land, and discovered the first traces of the missing expedition. Next day the United States schooner 'Rescue' arrived; the day after. Captain Penny joined us, and subse- quently Captain Austin, Sir John Ross, and Cap- tain Forsyth, — in all, ten vessels were assembled here. This day six years, when in command of the '• Intrepid,' we sailed from here for Melville Island in company with the ' Resolute.' Again I was here at this tiAe in 1854, — still frozen up, — in the ' North Star,' and doubts were entertained of the possibility of escape. To come down to a later period, it was this day fortnight only that I set out for the native village in Pond's Inlet, under the guidance of an old woman ; the trip was interesting, but we failed to obtain the slightest clue to the "whereabouts" of IGO CAPE nOTHAM. Ciiap. X the missing ships ; moreover, our own little vessel had a most providential escape from being crushed against the cliffs ; and this day week was spent in contending Avith a furious gale, during which the ship had nearly been driven to leeward and dashed to pieces by the sea-beaten pack. Yet these are only prelimmaries, — we are only noiv about to commence the interesting part of our voyage. It is to be hoped the poor ' Fox ' has many more lives to spare. Monday mgM,\Wi A\i(). — Sailed from Beechey Island this morning, and in the evening landed at Cape Hotham. A small depot of provisions and three boats were left there by former expeditions. Of the depot all has been destroyed with the ex- ception of two casks landed in 1850. The boats were sound, but several of their oars, which had been secured upright, w^ere found broken down by bears — those inquisitive animals having a decided antipathy to anything stuck up — stuck up things in general being, in this country, un- natural. Fragments of the depot and the broken oars were tossed about in e\^ry direction. Nu- merous records were found • to the most recent a few lines were added, stating that we had removed the two whale-boats — one to be left at Port Leopold, the other to replace our own crushed by the ice. Vltli. — Last night battUng against a strong foul wind with sea, in rain and fog. To-day much loose Aug. 1S58. PEOCEED DOWN PEEL STKAIT. ' 161 ice is seen southward of Griffith's Island. The weather improved this afternoon, and we shot gallantly past Limestone Island, and are now steering down Peel Strait ; all of ns in a wild state of excitement — a mingling of anxious hopes and fears ! \Wi. — For 25 miles last evening we ran un- obstructedly down Peel Strait, but then came in sight of unbroken ice extending across it from shore to shore ! It was much decayed, and of one year's growth only ; yet as the strait continues to contract for 60 miles further, and it appeared to me to afford so little hope of becoming navigable in the short remainder of the season, I immedi- ately turned about for Bellot Strait, as affording a better prospect of a passage into the western sea discovered by Sir James Eoss from Four Eiver Point in 1849. Our disappointment at the inter- ruption of our progress was as sudden as it was severe. We did not linger in hope of a change, but steered out again into the broad waters of Barrow Strait. However, should Bellot Strait prove hopeless, I intend to return hither to make one more effort before the close of the season. We are now approaching Port Leopold, where it is necessary to stop for a few hours to examine the state of the steam launch, provisions and stores, left there in 1849, as adverse circumstances may oblige me to fall back upon it as a point of sup- port. 14* L 1G2 rORT LEOPOLD. Cuap. X. 19//^. — At anchor in Port Leopold; it is per- fectly clear of ice ; we arrived here in the night. How astonishingly bare the land looks ; it is more barren than Beechey Island, whilst the rock con- tains far fewer fossils ! On this day nine years ago the harbor and sea continued covered with ice, and the ships (' Enterprise ' and ' Investigator ') were unable to escape. At some period since then the ice has been pressed in upon the low shingle point ; it has forced the launch up before it, and left her broadside on to the beach, with both bows stove in, and in want of considerable repairs, but the means are all at hand for executing them. We tried to haul her further up, but she was firmly imbedded and frozen into the ground. Many things appear to have been covered with the loose shingle, bags of coal and coke just ap- pearing through it scarcely above high-water mark. Amon2:st the missino: articles is the steam-en o-ine. Although the jflagstaff upon the summit of North East Cape is still standing, the one erected upon this point and almost the whole of the framing of the house lies prostrate. The pro- visions appeared to be sound, but were not gen- erally examined. The whale-boat we removed from Cape Hotham was landed here, and a record of our proceedings added to the many which have accumulated here during the last ten years. Some coke and a few things useful to us and merely decaying here were taken on board, and by Au«. iS5S. OFF FUEY POINT. 263 evening we were again speeding onward with augmented resources, and the confidence inspired by a secure depot in our rear ; buoyed up more- over by the joyful anticipation of soon reaching the goal of our long-deferred hopes. 20^/^. — Noon. Exactly off Fury Point. There is one large iceberg far off in the S.E. ; no other ice in sight ! I would have landed at Fury Beach to examine the remaining supplies there, but a snow shower prevented our distinguishing any- thing, and a strong tide carried us past before we were aware of it. WQfeel that the crisis of our voyage is near at hand. Does Bellot Strait really exist ? if so, is it free from ice ? A depot of provisions is being got ready to be landed, should it be practicable for us to push through and proceed to the southward. list. — On approaching Brentford Bay last evening packed ice was seen streaming out of it, also much ice in the S.E. The northern point of entrance was landed upon by Sir John Boss in 1829, and named Possession Point ; we rounded it closely, and could distinguish a few stones piled up upon a large rock near its highest part — this is his cairn. As vf e passed westward between the point and Browne's Island, through a channel a mile in width, a close pack was discovered a few miles ahead ; and it being past ten o'clock, and almost dark, the ship was anchored in a conven- 164 DEPOT BAY. Chap. X. ient bay three or four miles witliin Po.s.session Point. Here our depot is to be landed, therefore we shall name this for the present Depot Bcuj ; a very narrow isthmus between its head and Haz- ard Inlet unites the low limestone peninsula, of which Possession Point is the extreme, to the mainland. To-day an unsparing use of steam and canvas forced the ship eight miles further west ; we were then about half-way through Bellot Strait! Its western capes are lofty bluffs, such as may be dis- tinguished fifty miles distant in clear weather ; be- tween them there was a clear broad channel, but five or six miles of close heavy pack intervened — the sole obstacle to our progress. Of course this pack will speedily disperse ; — it is no won- der that we should feel elated at such a glorious prosjDect, and content to bide our time in the security of Depot Bay. A feeling of tranquillity — of earnest, hearty satisfaction — has come over ns. There is no appearance amongst us of any- thing boastful ; we have all experienced too keenly the vicissitudes of Arctic voyaging to admit of such a feelmo;. At the turn of tide we perceived that we were being carried, together with the pack, back to the eastward ; every moment our velocity was in- creased, and presently we were dismayed at see- ing grounded ice near us, but were very quickly swept past it at the rate of nearly six miles an Aug. 1858. BELLOT STEAIT. 165 hour, though within 200 ^^arcls of the rocks, and of instant destruction ! As soon as we possibly could we got clear of the packed ice, and left it to be wildly hurled about by various whirlpools and rushes of the tide, until finally carried out into Brentford Bay. The ice-masses were large, and dashed violently against each other, and the rocks lay at some distance ofi" the southern shore ; -we had a fortunate escape from such dangerous company. After anchoring again in Depot Bay, a large stock of provisions and a record of our proceedings were landed, as there seems every probability of advancing into the western sea in a very few days. The appearance of Bellot Strait is precisely that of a Greenland fiord ; it is about 20 miles long and scarcely a mile wide in the narrowest part, and there, within a quarter of a mile of the north shore the depth was ascertained to be 400 feet. Its granitic shores are bold and lofty, with a very respectable sprinkling of vegetation for lat. 72°. Some of the hill-ranges rise to about 1500 or 1600 feet above the sea. The low land eastward of Depot Bay is com- posed of limestone, destitute alike of fossils and vegetation. The granite commences upon the west shore of Depot Bay, and is at once bold and rugged. Many seals have been seen; a young bear was shot, and Walker took a photograph of him as he lay upon our deck, the dogs creeping near to lick up the blood. 166 FLOOD TIDE FROM THE WEST. Ciiap. X. The great rapidity of the tides in Bellot Strait fully accounts for the spaces of open ^vater seen by Mr. Kennedy =•' when he travelled through, early in April. The strait runs very nearly east and west, but its eastern entrance is well masked by Long Island ; when half-way through both seas are visible. As in Greenland, the night tides are much higher than the day tides ; last night it was high Avater at about half-past eleven; as nearly as we can estimate, the tide runs through to the west, from two hours before high water imtil four hours after it ; that is, the flood-tide comes from the west ! Such is also the case in Hecla and Fury Strait ; in both places the tide from the west is much the strongest. I am not sufficiently informed to discuss this subject, but infer the existence of a channel between Victoria and Prince of Wales' Land. The rise and fall is much less upon the western side of the Isthmus of Boothia than upon the east, and it likewise decreases, we know, in Barrow Strait, as we ad- vance westward. 2ijrd. — Yesterday Bellot Strait was again ex- amined, but the five miles of close pack occupied precisely the same position as if heaped together by contending tides ; considerable augmentations were moreover seen drifting in from the western sea. Finding nothing could be effected in Bellot * Mr. Kennedy discovered this important passage when in command of the 'Prince Albert ' in 1851. Aug. 1858. EAMBLE INLAND. 167 Strait;, we sought in vain for the more southern channel which should exist to form Levesque Island : we did, however, find a beautiful harbor, and are now securely anchored in its north-west arm ; I have named it after the gentleman whose former island I have thus reluctantly converted into the northern extreme of the Boothian Penin- sula, and consequently of the American continent. The south-western angle of Brentford Bay is still covered with unbroken ice. This evening we all landed to explore our new ground. Young and Petersen shot some brent geese ; Walker saw two deer, but he was botaniz- ing, and had no gun ; others were seen by some of the men, and followed, but without success. I enjoyed a delightfully refreshing ramble, a mile or two inland, through a gently ascending valley, then two miles along the narrow margin of a pretty little lake between mountains, beyond which lay a much larger one, four or five miles in diameter; this farther lake was only partially divested^ of its winter ice. Here the scenery was not only grand, but beautiful ; there was enough of vegetation to tint the craggy hill-sides and to make the sheltered hollows absolutely green ; deer-tracks and the footprints of wild-fowl were everywhere numerous along the water-side. I saw two decayed skulls of musk oxen, and circles of stones by the little lake, doubtless at some re- mote period the summer residence of wandering 168 FOX'S HOLE. Chap. X. Esquimaux ; hence I infer that fish abound in the lake, and that this valley is a ftivorite deer-pass. But the contemplation of these objects, although agreeable, was not the object of my solitary ram- ble ; I came on shore to cogitate undisturbed in a leisurely and philosophic manner. We hoped very soon to enter an unknown sea; discoveries were to be made, contingencies provided for, and plans prepared to meet them. Yesterday Petersen shot an immense bearded seal ; it sank, but floated up an hour afterwards. This animal measured 8 feet long, and weighed about 500 lbs. We prefer its flesh to that of the small seals, and its blubber will afford a valuable addition to our stock of lamp oil for the coming winter. 2htJi. — In Depot Bay, We remained but twenty-four hours in Levesque Harbor ; a change of wind led us to hope for a removal of the ice in Bellot Strait, therefore I determined to make another attempt. When off the table-land, where the depth is not more than from 6 to 10 fathoms, and the tides run strongest, the ship hardly moved over the ground, although going 63 knots through the water ! Thus delayed, darkness overtook us, and we anchored at midnight in a small indentation of the north shore, christened by the men Fox's Hole, rather more than half-way through. For several hours we had been coquetting with Aug. 1858. PERILOUS AMUSEMENT. 169 huge rampant ice-masses that wildly surged about in the tideway, or we dashed through boiling ed- dies, and sometimes almost grazed the tall cliffs ; we were therefore naturally glad of a couple or three hours' rest, even in such a very unsafe posi- tion. At early dawn we again proceeded west, . but for three miles only ; the pack again stopped us, and we could perceive that the western sea was covered with ice : the east wind, which could alone remove it, now gave place to a hard-hearted westerly one. All the strait to the eastward of us, and the eastern sea, as far as could be seen from the hill- tops, is perfectly free from ice, whereas in the direction we wish to proceed there is nothing but packed-ice, or water which cannot be reached. Bitterly disappointed we are, of course ; yet there is reasonable ground for hope ; grim winter will not ratify the obstinate proceedings of the western ice for nearly four weeks. Last evening's amusement was most exciting, nor was it without its peculiar perils. With cunning and activity worthy of her name, our little craft warily avoided a tilting-match with the stout blue masses which Avhirled about, as if with v/ilful im- petuosity, through the narrow channel ; some of them were so large as to ground even in 6 or 7 fathoms water. Many were drawn into the eddies, and, acquiring considerable velocity in a contrary direction, suddenly broke bounds, charging out 15 170 PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES. Chap. X. into the stream and entering into mighty conflict with their fellows. After such a frolic the massses would revolve peaceably or unite with the pack, and await quietly their certain dissolution; may the day of that wished-for dissolution be near at liand ! Nothing but strong hope of success in- duced me to encounter such dangerous opposition. I not only hoped, but ahnost felt, that we deserved to succeed. Two plans were now occupying my thoughts, both of them resulting from the conviction that we should probably be compelled to winter to the eastward of Bellot Strait : the most important of these plans is that of finding some series of valleys, chain of lakes, or continuous low land, practicable as an overland sledge-route to the western coast, along which we may transport depots of provis- ions this autumn ; for it is certain that the strong tides will prevent Bellot Strait being frozen over till winter is far advanced, and its surface will afford us no means of passing westward with our sledges. The other plan, and that which we are now about to execute, is to land a small depot of pro- visions 60 or 70 miles to the southward, and down Prince Regent's Inlet, in order to facilitate com- munication with the Esquimaux either this autumn or in early spring. This precautionary step became so necessary in the event of the west coast presenting unusual Aug. 1858. STILLWELL BAY. 171 difficulties, that I determined to carry it at once into execution. Quitting the "Fox's Hole/' and resting for one night in Depot Bay, we sailed thence on the 26th; a fine breeze carried us rapidly southward along the coast of Regent Inlet ; there was but little obstruction; occasionally it was necessary to pass through a stream of loose ice ; but we saw little of any kind, compared to the ex- periences of Sir John Ross in 1829. About dusk (nine o'clock) much loose ice to the southward prevented our making any attempt at further progress; we therefore anchored off the coast — in Stillwell Bay, I think — about 45 miles from the Depot Bay. Here the depot, consisting of 120 rations, was landed. I observe that it has only been on penetrating into Brentford Bay that we have found the primary rocks washed by the sea ; the coast-hne both north and south, as far as, and beyond our present position, is a low shore of pale limestone, destitute of fossils ; we can, how- ever, see granitic hill-ranges far in the interior. On the 27th we commenced beating back to the northward, tacking between the land and the ice which lay about 15 miles off shore. Towards night the wind greatly increased, and the ship, under reefed sail plunged violently into the short, swift, high seas ; we also felt quite as uneasy and restless as the ship, in our great anxiety to get back and ascertain what changes were likely to be effected by the gale. 172 EOSS'S CAIRN. Chap. X. 2^th. — To-night the weather is more pleasant; the keen and contrary wind has given place to a gentle, fair breeze, the swell has almost subsided, no ice has been seen to-day, and the night is dark and unusually mild. I can hardly fancy that the sea which gently rocks us is not the ocean, and the soft air the breath of our own temperate re- gion ! The delusion is charming. 30t7^. — Yesterday after anchoring in Depot Bay I walked over to Possession Point, to visit Ross's cairn. I found a few stones piled up on two large boulders, and under each a halfpenny, one of Avhich I pocketed. Upon the ground lay the fragments of a bottle which once contained the record, and near it a staff about 4 feet long. Having calcu- lated upon finding the bottle sound, I was obliged to make an imi:)romptu record-case of its long neck, into which I thrust my brief document, and consigned it to the safe custody of a small heap of stones, the staff being erected over it. It was dark before I got on board again. The strait had been reconnoitred from the hills, and was reported to be perfectly clear of ice ! This morning we made a fourth attempt to pass through; but Bellot Strait was by no means clear; the same obstruction existed which de- feated our last attempt,, and in precisely the same place. Returning eastward, we entered a narrow arm of the sea, nearly a couple of miles to the Aug. 1858, MT. WALKEE. 173 west of Depot Bay, and anchored in a small creek perfectly sheltered and land-locked, at the foot of a sugarloaf hill.* The temperature is falling ; last night it stood at 24.° * Subsequently named Mount Walker. 15* 174 PROCEED WESTWARD IN A BOAT. Chap. XI. CHAPTER XI. Proceed westward in a boat — Cheerless state of the western sea — Strug- gles in Bcllot Strait — Falcons, good Arctic fare — Tlic resources of Boothia Felix — Future sledge travelling — Heavy gales — Ilobson's party start — Winter quarters — Bellot's Strait — Advanced depot es- tablished — Observatories — Intense cold — Autumn travellers — Nar- row escape. Most anxious to know the real state of the ice in the western sea — upon which our hopes so en- tirely depend — I intend starting this evening by boat, as far through Bellot Strait as the ice will permit, then land and ascend the western coast- hills. 1st Sept. — My boat party consisted of four men and the doctor, who came with me for the novel- ty of the cruise, bringing his camera to fasten upon any thing picturesque. We landed near Half-way Island, and pitched our tent for the night. Early next morning I commenced the rather formidable undertaking of ascending the hills, for it is not possible to pass under the cliffs, and at last I gained the summit of the loftiest, overlooking Cape Bird at a distance of 3 or 4 miles, and affording a spendid view to the west- ward, as well as glimpses between the hills of the il'CIintoek in his boat sailing tlirougli Bellot Strait Sept. 1858. FOUR RIVER POINT. 175 blue eastern sea. Long and anxiously did I sur- A^ey the western sea, ice, and lands, and could not but feel that in all jirobability we should not be permitted to pass beyond our present position. To the northward Four River Point — Sir James Ross' farthest in 1849 — was at once rec- ognized ; rather more than nine years ago I stood upon it with him, and gazed almost as anxiously in this direction ! My present view confirmed the impression then received, of a wide channel leadino; southward. The outline of the western land is very distant ; it is of considerable but uni- form elevation, and slopes gradually down to the strait, which is between 30 and 40 miles wide. This western land appears to be limestone, and without offlying islands. Our side of the strait or sea, on the contrary, is primary rock, and fringed with islets and rocks ; its southern extreme bears S.S.W., and is probably 30 miles distant. Now for the ice. Although broken up, it lies asrainst this shore in immense fields : there is but o little water or room for ice-movement. Along the west shore I can distinguish long faint streaks of water. There is no appearance of disruption about Four River Point or in the contracted part of Peel Strait — we have nothing to hope for in that quarter ; neither is there any evidence of current or pressure ; the ice appears much de- cayed, but, as I am surveying it from a height of about 1600 feet, I may be deceived. 176 CHEERLESS STATE OF WESTERN SEA. Chap. XI. The strong contrast between the eastern and western seas and lands is very unfavorable to the latter. Apart from the ice, I was fortunate, however, in discovering a long narrow lake, occupying a val- ley which lies between a small inlet near Cape Bird and Hazard Inlet — in fact, a sort of echo of Bcllot Strait — and I look upon it as our sledge route for the autumn, since it appears probable we shall winter in our present position. This is a tvonde?vus rough country to scramble over ; one never ceases to wonder how such huge blocks of rock can have got into such strange po- sitions. I noticed two masses in particidar, each of them perched upon three small stones. The rock is gneiss ; there is also much granite. Even upon the hill-tops pieces of limestone are occa- sionally met with. My walk occupied eleven hours, and, although I everywhere saw traces of animals, the only liv- ing thing seen was a grey falcon. During my absence from the tent the men rambled all over the hills, but saw no game, our encampment was therefore shifted to a better position near the eastern termination of the table-land. This morn- ing we explored the neighboring valleys; saw three deer, and sliot one, returning on board the '■ Fox ' in time for dinner. Many deer had been seen not far from the ship, and Hobson had shot a bearded seal. I have Sept. 1858. STRUGGLES IN BELLOT STEAIT. 177 organized another boat party j Young will start with it to-morrow morning to seek a sledge route from the southern angle of Brentford Bay to the western sea. Wi. — Young returned this morning ; he reports the south-west angle of the bay not to run in so far as we expected^ and to be environed by very liigh Iptud, impracticable for sledges. Our Esquimaux, Samuel, shot a fawn to-day. Strong northerly winds have latterly prevailed; Bellot Strait is quite clear of ice ; to-morrow morn- ing, therefore, we shall make our ffth attempt to get the 'Fox' through, Wi. — Steamed through the clear waters of Bel- lot Strait this morning, and made fast to the ice across its western outlet at a distance of two miles from the shore, and close to a small islet which we have already dubbed Pemmican RocJc, having . landed upon it a large supply of that substantial traveller's fare, with other provisions for our fu- ture sledging-parties. This ice is in large stout fields, of more than one winter's growth, apjDar- ently immovable in consequence of the numerous islets and rocks which rise through and hold it fast. If the weather permits, we shall remain here for a few days and watch the effect of winds and tides upon it ; that the ship will get any fur- ther seems improbable. IWi. — I have explored a small inlet near Cape Bird, which we have named False Strait, from its M 178 C.U'E BIRD. Chap. XI. striking resemblance to the true one, and find it is only separated from the long lake by half a mile of low land; the lake we have ascertained to be about 12 miles long, and from it valleys ex- tend eastward and southward, so that we are sure of a good sledge-route, — an important matter, as the hills rise to 1600 feet above the sea. Cape Bird is 500 feet high; from its summit we carefully observe the ice. This granite coast presents a jagged appearance ; it is deeply in- dented and studded with islets. The ice in the western sea (or Peel's Strait) is much more broken up than it was upon the 31st ultimo; there is no longer any fixed ice except within the grasp of the islets. Birds and animals have become very scarce; three seals have been shot, and a bear seen. To-morrow we shall return to our harbor, and endeavor to procure a few more reindeer be- fore they migrate southward. 12lh. — Yesterday we anchored within the en- trance of our creek, being a more convenient position than up at its head. We are already in our wintering position, and, being without occu- ' pation, one day seems most remarkably like another! Although the fondly cherished hope of pushing farther in our shij) can no longer be entertained, yet as long as the season continues navigable it is our duty to be in readiness to avail ourselves of any opportunity, however improba- ble, of being able to do so. Sept. 1858. FALCONS GOOD ARCTIC FARE. 179 Once firmly frozen in, our autumn travelling will commence, and afford welcome occupation. Almost all on board have guns ; ammunition is supplied, and a sailor with a musket is a very con- tented and zealous sportsman, if not always a successful one ; it is a powerful incentive to ex- ercise. To-day the ramblers saw only two hares, an ermine, and an owl. Some peregrine falcons have lately been shot ; Petersen declares they are " the best heef in the country, and the young Urds tender and white as chicJcen ! " A few days ago a large cask of biscuit was opened, and a living mouse discovered therein! it was small, but mature in years. The cask, a strong watertight one, was packed on shore at Aberdeen, in June, 1857, and remained ever after- wards unopened; there Avas no hole by which the mouse could have got in or out, besides it is the only one ever seen on board. Ship's biscuit is certainly dry feeding, but who dares assert, after the experience of our mouse, that it is not won- derfully nutritious ? Ihth. — Two nights ago a comet was observed just beneath the constellation of the Great Bear ; a series of measurements were commenced for de- termining its path.^ Yesterday I walked through the most promising valleys for eight hours, but did not see a living creature ; yet there is a very fair show of vegetation, much more than at Mel- ville Island, where the game is abundant. To the 180 PORT KENNEDY. Chat. XI. east there is not a speck of ice, excepting only a huge iceberg, probably the same we saw off Fury Point, a very unusual visitor from Bafhn's Bay, whence it must have been driven by those long- continued east winds (of painful memory) in June and July. Hobson and two men encamped out for three days in order to scour the country ; they have only seen one hare and one lemming! Walker geologizes ; amongst other things he finds much iron pyrites. The dredge has been used, but with very little success. The thermometer ranges be- tween 20° and 30°. Fresh water pools are frozen over, sea-ice forms in every sheltered angle of the creeks. There is no snow upon the land, and this is one cause of the difficulty of finding game. I have determined upon naming this beautiful little anchorage Port Kennedy ^ after my prede- cessor, the discoverer of Bellot Strait, of which it is decidedly the port. This is not a compli- ment to him, but an agreeable duty to me, and nowhere could Mr. Kennedy's name be more appropriately affixed than in close proximity with his interesting discovery. And now hav- ing made this acknowledgment, I may venture to confer our little vessel's name upon the islets which protect its entrance. The island upon which Mr. Kennedy and Lieutenant Bellot encamped was Long Island, about three miles fm-ther to the south-east. Sept. 1858. FUTUEE SLEDGE TRAVELLING. 181 Ylth. — Of late we have been preparing pro- visions and equipments for our travelling parties. My scheme of sledge search comprehends three separate routes and parties of four men ; to each party a dog-sledge and driver will be attached ; Hobson, Young, and I will lead them. My journey will be to the Great Fish River, examining the shores of King William's Land in going and returning; Petersen will be with me. Hobson will explore the western coast of Boothia as far as the magnetic pole, this au- tumn, I hope, and from Gateshead Island west- ward next spring. Young will trace the shore of Prince of Wales' Land from Lieutenant Browne's farthest, to the south-westward to Osborn's farthest, if possible, and also examine between Four River Point and Cape Bird. Our probable absence will be sixty or seventy days, commencing from about the 20th March. In this way I trust we shall complete the Franklin search and the geographical discovery of Arctic America, both left unfinished by the former expeditions; and in so doing we can hardly fail to obtain some trace, some relic, or, it may be, important records of those whose mysterious fate it is the great object of our labors to discover. But previous to setting forth upon these important journeys, I must communi- 16 182 STEAM THROUGH BELLOT STRAIT. Ciiai-. XI. cate with the Boothians, if possible, cither upon the west or east coast, in November or Februarj^ Sir John Ross' ' Narrative ' informs ns that they sometimes winter as fiir north upon the east coast as the Agnew River ; and we know tliat upon the west, at the magnetic pole, their abandoned snow huts were occupied in June by Sir James Ross. 19//^. — Yesterday we steamed once more through Bellot Strait, and took up our former position at the ice-edge, off its western entrance ; the ice, hemmed in by islets has not moved. From the summit of Cape Bird I had a very extensive view this morning : there is now much water in the offing, only separated from us by the belt of islet-girt ice scarcely four miles in tvitUh! My conviction is that a strong east wind would remove this remaining barrier ; it is not yet too late. The water runs parallel to this coast, and is four or five miles broad ; beyond it there is ice, but it appears to be all broken up. Yesterday Young went upon • a dog-sledge to the nearest south-western island, distant 7 or 8 miles. He reports the intervening ice cracked and weak in some places, but practicable for loaded sledges; the far side of the island is washed by a clear sea, and a bear which he shot plunged into it, and, drifting away, was lost. Young is in favor of carrj'ing out the depot pro- visions to or beyond this island by boat ; but as the temperature fell to 18° last night, and new Dog sledge or scout party. Sept. 1858. HOBSON'S PAETY STAET. 183 ice forms wherever it is calm, I prefer the safer, although more laborious m.ode of sledging ; ac- cordingly to-day our dogs carried out two sledge- loads of the provisions intended for the use of our parties hereafter. 1%%d. — All the provisions have now been car- ried out to the nearest island, which I shall tem- porarily name Separation, * as there our spring parties will divide ; and a portion intended for Hobson's party and my own has been carried on to the next island 7 or 8 miles further. Our travelling boat and a small reserve depot have been placed upon Pemmican Eock, so already something has been done. Animal life is very scarce ; a few seals, an occasional gull, and three brown falcons, are the only creatures we have seen for several days past. Last evening at eight o'clock a very vivid jQash of lightning was ob- served ; its appearance in these latitudes is very rare ; once only have I seen it before — in Sep- tember, 1850. 25//^. — Saturday night. Furious gales from N. and S.W., but our barrier of coast-ice remains undiminished. This morning Hobson set off upon a journey of fourteen or fifteen days' duration, with seven men and fourteen dogs ; he is to ad- vance the depots along shore to the south, and if successful will reach latitude 71°. * Subsequently named after my excellent friend A. Arcedeckne, Esq., Comr^odore of the Eoyal London Yacht Club. 184 WINTER QUARTERS. Cnxp. XL The temperature is mild (-|- 17), but it is snowy and disagreeable weather ; there is already enough snow upon the old ice to make walking laborious, and the land has also assumed its wintry com- plexion. 28///. — The ship was kept available for prose- cuting her voyage up to the laic.'vas quite a child at the time. They both told us it was in the fall of the year — that is, August or September — when the frhips were destroyed ; that all the white people went away to the " large river," taking a boat or boats with them, and that in the following winter their bones were found there. These two Esquimaux flimilies had been up as far north as the Tasmania Group'-' in latitude 711^ N., and were returning to Neitchillee, hunt- ing seals by the way; those Ave met at Cape Victoria had alreadj^ gone there. The nearest natives to us at present, ihey said, were resid- ing at the island of Amitoke, ten days' journey distant from here. Can this Amitoke be Matty Island ? We purchased some seal's blubber and flesh, as well as their two only dogs ; but next morning Oo-na-lee repented his bargain, or feigned to do so, but as he came without the knife to exchange back we retained his dog ; he tried to steal a tin vessel off one of the sledges, and perhaps it was for the purpose of regaining our favor that he made known to us, just as we were starting, that his countrymen had followed ray homeward * These islands were so named by me, nt the request of Lady Franklin, in grateful acknowledgment of many proofs of afloctionatc sympatliy re- ceived from tlic colony over which lier husband presided for several years, and, in particular, of the large contributions raised there in aid of her expeditions of search. Apk. 1859. DEPOT HOBBED. 229 track in March, discovering my dep6t of blub- ber, articles for barter, and two revolvers, and carried them all off to Neitchillee, — by no means pleasant intelligence ; their dogs must have enabled them to find the blubber by scenting it, for it was buried under 4 feet of snow, and strong winds obliterated all traces upon the surface. I was now glad we had purchased both the dogs of the men, as it would probably prevent their seeking for our depots to the northward ; the knowledge of the insecurity of all depots amongst these people will keep us on our guard for the future. I regretted the loss of the pistols, as it left my party with no other arms than two guns. Oo-na-lee told us when we first met him that one of his countr^^men was very sick ; not seeing a sick man in their huts, we forgot all about it until after starting, when Petersen interpreted to me Oo-na-lee's parting information, and told me how he described that the breech of the revolver turned round ; it then occurred to me that one of the men might have been wounded, — they had discovered how to cock the locks, and the pistols were loaded and capped. Oo-na-lee was well acquainted with the coast- line up to Bellot Strait, and had names for the different headlands, although he had never been so far north \ he made many inquiries about the 20 230 PART COMPANY FROM HOBSON. Chap. XIII. position of our .ship, her size, and the number of men. Had he been able to travel so far with hip wife and several j^oung children, and without sledge or dogs, I think he certainly would have gone up to Port Kennedy ; we did not give him any encouragement to do so. Ilis wife was one of the most importunate of the many women we saw at Cape Victoria in March. She was the woman who plucked out an infant by its arm from inside her dress, and exposed it regardless of -30° and a fresh wind, as I have previously told. The information respecting hotli the missing ships was most important, and it remained for us to discover, if possible, the stranded ship. Continuing our journey, we crossed a wide bay upon level ice, and the most perfectly smooth hard snow I ever saw ; there must have been much open water here late last autumn. Seven or eight snow huts, recently abandoned, were found near the magnetic pole. During the 25th, 26th, and 27th, we were confined to our tents by a very heavy south-east gale, with severe cold. Early on the 28th we reached Cape Victoria; here Hobson and I separated. He marched di- rect for Cape Felix, King Vv^illiara's Land, whilst I kept a more southerly course. Not daring to leave depots upon this coast, we carried on our whole supply, intending to deposit a small portion upon the Clarence Islands. Apk. 1S59. MISS THE CLARENCE ISLANDS. 231 Hobson was unwell 'when we parted, complain- ing of stitmess and pain in his legs ; neither of us then suspected the cause. I gave him direc- tions to search the west coast of King William's Island for the stranded ship and for records, and to act upon such information as he might obtain in this way, or from the natives ; but should that shore prove destitute of traces, to carry out if possible our original plan for the completion of discovery and search upon Victoria Land, com- prising the blank space between the extremes visited by Captain Collinson and Mr. Wynniatt. I soon found that m}^ party had to labor across a rough pack ; nor was it until the third day that we completed the traverse of the strait, and en- camped near to the entrance of Port Parry, in King William's Island. Although the weather was clear, and that by our reckoning we passed di- rectly over the assigned position of the two south- ern of the Clarence Islands, yet we saw nothing of them. A day was devoted to securing a depot in a huge mass of grounded ice, and in repairing and drying equipment, or, to speak more correctly, in getting rid of the ice which encumbered our sleeping bags and gear; this we effected by beat- ing them well and exposing them to the direct rays of the sun.. Magnetic and other observations gave me ample emploj^ment, the only immediate 232 MATTY ISLAND. CuAr. XIIL result of ^vhicll was my being almost snow-blind for the two following days. On May 2ncl we set off again briskly; our load being diminished to thirty days' provisions, and the sledge sail set, we soon reached the land, and travelled along it for Cape Sabine ; it was vei y thick weather, and we were unable to see any distance in consequence of the mist and snow- drift. The following day was no better, and the shore, which we dared not leave to cross the bays, was extremely low. We soon discovered that we had strayed in- land ; but, guided by the wind, continued our course. Upon May 4th we descended into Wel- lington Strait, and the weather being tolerably clear, crossed over to the south-west extreme of Matty Island, in the hope of meeting with natives, no traces of them havinsr been met with since leaving Cape Victoria. Off tliis south-west point we found a deserted village of nearly twenty snow huts, besides several others, within a few miles upon either side of it; in all of them I found shavings or chips of different kinds of wood from the lost expedition ; they appeared to have been abandoned onh^ within a fortnight or three weeks. Abundance of blubber was gathered up to increase our stock of fuel, and had we en- camped here, the dogs would have feasted sump- tuously off the scraps and bones of seals strewed about. Mat, 1859. NATIVE SLEDGES. 233 The runners (or sides) of some old sledges left here were very ingeniously formed out of rolls of seal-skin, about 31 feet long, and flattened so as to be 2 or 3 inches wide and 5 inches high ; the seal- skins appeared to have been well soaked and then rolled up, flattened into the required form and al- lowed to freeze. The underneath part was coated with a mixture of moss and ice laid smoothly on by hand before being allowed to freeze, the moss, I suppose, answering the purpose of hair in mortar, to make the compound adhere more firmly. From this spot the shore-line of Matty Island turned sharply to the N.N.E. ; there were some considerable islands to the east, but thinking the most southerly of this group, named "Owut-ta" by the Esquimaux, the most likely place to find the natives, I pushed on in that direction until we encamped. Thick fog enveloped us for the next two days ; we could not find the island, but found a very small islet near it, ofl" which was another snow-village very recently abandoned, the sledge tracks plainly showing that the inhab- itants had gone to the E.N.E., which is straight for Neitchillee. It was now evident that these places of winter resort were deserted, and that here at least we should not find any natives ; I was the 20* 234 NATIVE HUTS. Caxp. XIII. more sorry at having missed them, as, from the quantit}' of wood chips about the huts, they prob- ably had visited the stranded ship alluded to by the last Esquimaux we had met, and the route to which lies up an inlet visible from here, and then overland three or four days' journey to the west- ward, until the opposite coast of King Wilham's Land is reached. The largest huts measured 12 feet in diameter, by 6 or 7 feet high ; the greater part were con- structed in pairs, having a passage 20 or 25 feet long, serving as the common entrance ; where the passage divides into two branches, there was a small hut, which served as a sort of ante-chamber for the reception of such articles as were intended to remain frozen. :Mat, 1859. MEET ESQUIMAUX. 235 CHAPTER Xiy. Meet Esquimaux — News of Franklin's people — Frighten a solitary party — Eeach the Great Fish.Eiver — On Montreal Island — Total absence of all relics — Examine Ogle Peninsula — Discover a skeleton — Vagueness of Esquimaux information — Cape Herschel — Cairn. 7M May. — To avoid snow-blindness, we com- menced night-marching. Crossing over from Matty Island towards the King William Island shore, we continued our march southward until midnight, when we had the good fortune to arrive at an inhabited snow-villao'e. We found here ten o or twelve huts and thirty or forty natives of King William's Island ; I do not think any of them had ever seen white people alive before, but they evidently knew us to be friends. We halted at a little distance, and pitched our tent, the better to secure small articles from being stolen whilst we bartered with them. I purchased from them six pieces of silver plate, bearing the crests or initials of Franklin, Crozier, Fairholme, and McDonald ; they also sold us bows and arrows of English woods, uniform and other buttons, and offered us a heavy sledge made of two short stout pieces of curved wood, which no mere boat could have furnished them with; but 23 G rURCriASE OF EELICS. Chap. XIV. this of course wo could not take away ; the silver spoons and forks were readily sold for four needles each. They were most obliging and peaceably dis- posed, but could not resist the temptation to steal, and were importunate to barter everything they possessed; there was not a trace of fear, every countenance was lighted up with joy ; even the children were not shy, nor backward either, in crowding about us, and poking in everywhere. One man got hold of our saw, and tried to retain it, holding it behind his back, and presenting his knife in exchange; we might have had some trou- ble in getting it from him, had not one of my men mistaken his object in presenting the knife towards me, and run out of the tent with a gun in his hand ; the saw was instantly returned, and these poor people seemed to think they never could do enoui2:li to convince us of their fricndli- ness ; they rej^eatedly tapped me gently on the breast, repeating the words "Kammik toomee" (We are friends). Having obtained all the relics they possessed, I purchased some seal's flesh, blubber, fi-ozen venison, dried and frozen salmon, and sold some of m.y puppies. They told us it was five days' journey to the wreck, — one day up the inlet still in sight, and four days overland ; this would carry them to the western coast of King William Land ; they added that but little now remained Mav, 1859. NEV/S or FRANKLIN'S PEOPLE. 207 of the wreck which v>^as accessible, their coimtry- men having carried ahiiost everything away. In answer to an inquiry, they said she was without masts; the question gave rise to some laughter amongst them, and they spoke to each other about fire^ from which Petersen thought they had burnt the masts through close to the deck in order to get them down. There had been many hooJcs they said, but all have long ago been destroyed by the weather ; the ship was forced on shore in the fall of the year by the ice. She had not been visited during this past winter, and an old woman and a boy were shown to us who were the last to visit the wi'eck ; they said they had been at it during the winter of 1857-8. Petersen questioned the woman closely, and she seemed anxious to give all the information in her power. She said many of the white men dropped by the way as they went to the Great River ; that some were buried and some were not ; they did not themselves witness this, but discov- ered their bodies durino- the winter followinii;. We could not arrive at any approximation to the numbers of the white men nor of the years elapsed since they were lost. This was all the information we could obtain, and it was with great difficulty so much could be gleaned, the dialect being strange to Petersen, and the natives far more inclined to ask questions 238 JOURNEY CONTINUED. Cuap. XIV. than to answer them. They as.sured us we should find natives upon the south shore of King V/il- liani's Island only three days' journey from here, and also at Montreal Island ; moreover they said we miorht lind some at the wreck. For these reasons I did not prolong my stay with them Ije- yond a couple of hours. They seemed to have but little intercourse with other communities, not having heard of our visit to the Boothians two months before ; one man even asked Petersen if he had seen his brother, who lived in Boothia, not having; heard of him since last summer. It was quite a relief to get away from these good-humored, no'i^y thieves, and rather difficult too, as some of them accompanied us for miles. They had abundance of food, were well clothed, and are a finer race than those Avho inhabit North Greenland, or Pond's Inlet: the men had their hair cropped short, with the exception of one long, straggling lock hanging down on each side of the face ; like the Boothians, the women had lines tattooed upon their cheeks and chins. We now proceeded round a bay which I named Latrobe in honor of the late Governor of Victo- ria, and of his brother, the head of the Moravian Church in London, both esteemed friends of Franklin. Finding the "Mathison Island" of Eae to be a flat-topped hill, we crossed over low land to the west of it, and upon the morning of the 10th May Mat, 1859. FRIGHTEN A SOLITARY PARTY. 239 reached a single snow liut oiF Point Booth. I was quite astonished at the number of poles and various articles of wood lying about it, also at the huge pile of walrus' and reindeer's flesh, seal's blubber, and skins of various sorts. We had abundance of leisure to examine these exterior articles before the inmates would venture out; they were evidently much alarmed by our sudden appearance. A remarkably fine old dog was tied at the en- trance — the line being made fast within the long passage — and although he wagged his tail, and received us as old acquaintances, we did not like to attempt an entrance. At length an old man and an old woman appeared ; they trem- bled with fear, and could not, or would not, say anything except " Kammik toomee :" we tried every means of allaying their fears, but their wits seemed paralyzed, and we could get no infor- mation. We asked where they got the wood ? They purchased it from their countrymen. Did they know the Great River ? Yes, but it was a long way off. Were there natives there now? Yes. They even denied all knowledge of white people having died upon their shores. A fine young man came out of the hut, but we could learn nothing of him ; they said they had noth- ing to barter, except what we saw, although we tempted them by displaying our store of knives and needles. 240 GREAT FISH lUVER. Cnxy. XIV. The wind was strong and fair, and the morning intensely cold, and as I could not hope to over- come the fears of these poor people without en- camping, and staying perhaps a day with them, I determined to push on, and presented the old lady with a needle as a parting gift. The principal articles which caught my atten- tion here were eight or ten fir poles, varying in length from 5 to 10 feet, and up to 2h inches in diameter (these were converted into spear handles and tent poles), a kayak paddle constructed out of the blade of two ash oars, and two large snow shovels 4 feet long, made of thin plank, painted white or pale yellow ; these might have been the bottom boards of a boat. There were many smaller articles of wood. Half a mile further on we found seven or eight deserted snow huts. Bad weather had now fairly set in, accompanied b}^ a most unseasonable de- gree of cold. On the morning of the 12th May we crossed Point Ogle, and encamped upon the ice in the Great Fish River the same evening : the cold and the darkness of our more southern latitude, having obliged us to return to daj-t ravel- ling. All the 13th we were imprisoned in our tent by a most furious gale, nor was it until late on tlie morning of the ,14th that we could pro- ceed ; that evening we encamped 2 miles from some small islands which lie off the north end of Montreal Island. Mat, 1859. MONTEEAL ISLAND, 241 On the morning of the 15th we made only a short march of 6 miles, as one of the men suffered severely from snow-blindness, and I was anxious to recommence night-travelling; encamped in a little bay upon the N.E. side of Montreal Island. The same evening we again set out, although it was blowing very strongly, and " snowing for a wager," as the men expressed it, but it was only necessary for us to keep close along the shore of the island : we discovered, however, a narrow and crooked channel which led us through to the west side of the island, and, one of the men appearing seriously ill, we encamped about midnight. Whilst encamped this day, explorations were made about the N.E. quarter of the island ; islets and rocks were seen to abound in all directions ; eventually it proved to be a separate island upon which we had encamped. The only traces or relics of Europeans found were the following ar- ticles, discovered by Petersen, beside a native mark (one large stone set upright on the top of another), at the east side of the Main- — or Montreal — island : — A piece of preserved meat tin, two pieces of iron hoop, some scraps of cop- per, and an iron-hoop bolt. These probably are part of the plunder obtained from the boat, and were left here until a more favorable opportunity should offer, or perhaps necessity should compel the depositor to return for them. All the 16th ive were unable to move, not only 21 Q 242 SKA UCJI I'OU IIF. Lies. Cu.v. .XIV. because Hampton was ill, but the weather was extremely bad, and snow thickly falling with tem- perature at zero; certainly strange weather for the middle of May ! We have not had a single clear day since the 1st of the month. On the 17th the weather, though dull, was clear, so Mr. Petersen, Thompson, and I, set off with the dog-sledge to complete the examination of Montreal Island, leaving the other three men with the tent : we hoped also to find natives, but had not seen any recent traces of them since passing Point Booth. Petersen drove the dog- sled ^e close alons^ shore round the island to the south, and as far up the east side as to meet our previously explored portion of it, whilst Thomp- son and I walked along on the land, the one close down to the beach, and the other higher up, ex- amining the more conspicuous parts: in this order we traversed the remaining portion of the i.'^land. Although the snow served to conceal from us any traces which might exist in hollows or shel- tered situations, yet it rendered all objects in- tended to serve as marks proportionably con- spicuous ; and we may remember that it was in its winter garb that the retreating crews saw Montreal Island, precisely as we ourselves saw it. The island was almost covered with native marks, usually of one stone standing upright upon an- other, sometimes consisting of three stones, but ypry rarely of a greater number. Mat, 1859. TOTAL ABSENCE OF KELICS. 2^3 No trace of a cairn could be found. In examining, with pickaxe and shovel, a col- lection of stones which appeared to be arranged artificially, we found a quantity of seal's blubber buried beneath ; this old Esquimaux cache was near the S.E. point of the island. The interior of the island and the principal islets adjacent were also examined without success, nor was there the slightest evidence of natives having been here durino; the winter : it is not to be wondered at that we returned in the evening to our tent some- what dispirited. The total absence of natives was a bitter disappointment; circles of stones, indicating the sites of their tenting places in sum- mer, were common enough, Montreal Island is of primary rock, chiefly grey gneiss, traversed with whitish vertical bands in a N. and S. direction (by them I often directed my route when crossing the island). It is of con- siderable elevation, and extremely rugged. The low beaches and grassy hollows were covered with a foot or two of hard snow, whilst all the level, the elevated, or exposed parts were swept perfectly bare ; had a cairn, or even a grave ex- isted (raised as it must be, the earth being frozen hard as rock), we must at once have seen it. If any were constructed they must have been lev- elled by the natives ; every doubtful appearance was examined with the pickaxe. A remark made by my men struck me as being 244 SHOOTING GAME. CuAr. XIV. shrewd ; they judgecl from the washed appear- ance of the rock upon the east side of Montreal Island that it must be often exposed to a con- siderable sea, such as would effectually remove everything not placed far above its reach ; when looking over the smooth and frozen expanse one is apt to forget this. Since our first landing upon King William's Island we have not met with any heavy ice ; all along its eastern and southern shore, together with the estuary of this great river, is one vast unbroken sheet formed in the early part of last winter where no ice previoiisli/ existed ; this I fancy (from the accounts of Back and Anderson) is unusual, and may have caused the Esquimaux to vary their seal-hunting localities. Mr. Petersen suggested that they might have retired into the various inlets after the seals ; and therefore I determined to cross over into Barrow's Inlet as soon as we had examined the Point Ogle Penin- sula. Upon Montreal Island I shot a hare and a brace of willow'-grouse. Up to this date we had shot during our journey only one bear and a couple of ptarmigan. The first recent traces of reindeer were met with here. On the 18th May crossed over to the mainland near Point Duncan, but Hampton again complain- ing, I was obliged to encamp. When away from my party, and exploring along the shore towards Mat, 1859. RETURN JOURNEY COMMENCED. 245 Elliot Bt).y, I saw a herd of eight reindeer and succeeded in shooting one of them. In the evenino; Petersen saw another. Some willow- grouse also were seen. Here we found much more vegetation than upon King William's Isl- and, or any other Arctic land I have yet seen. On the evening of the 19th we commenced our return journey, but for the three following weeks our route led us over new ground. Hampton being unable to drag, I made over my puppy-team to him, and was thus left free to explore and fully examine every doubtful object along our route. I shall not easily for- get the trial my patience underwent during the six weeks that I drove that doer-sled i]!;e. The leader of my team, named " Omar Pasha," v/as very Avilling, but very lame; little "Rose" was coquettish, and fonder of being caressed than whipped ; from some cause or other she ceased growing when only a few n:onths old ; she was therefore far too small for heavy work ; " Darky" and "Missy" were mere pups; and last of all came the two wretched starvelings, reared in the winter, "Foxey" and " Dolly." Each dog had its own harness, formed of strips of canvas, and was attached to the sledge by a single trace 12 feet long. None of them had ever been yoked before, and the amount of cunning and perversity they displayed to avoid both the whip and the work, was quite astonishing. They bit through 21* 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE DOGS. Cnxr. XIV. their traces, and hid away under the sledge, or leaped over one another's backs, so as to get into the middle of the team out of the way of my whip, until the traces became plaited up, and the dogs were almost knotted together ; the conse- quence was I had to halt every few minutes, pull off my mitts, and, at the risk of frozen fingers, disentangle the lines. I persevered, however, and, without breaking any of their bones, succeeded in getting a surprising amount of work out of them. Hobson drove his own do^jr-sledG-e like- wise, and as long as we were together we helped each other out of difficulties, and they were fre- quently occurring, for, apart from those I have above mentioned, directly a dog-sledge is stopped by hummock, or sticks flist in deep snow, the dogs, instead of exerting themselves, lie down, looking perfectly delighted at the circumstance, and the driver has to extricate the sledge with a hearty one, two, three haul ! and apply a little gentle persuasion to set his canine team in motion again. Having searched the east shore of this land for 7 or 8 miles farther north, we crossed over into Barrow's Inlet, and spent a day in its ex- amination, but not a trace of natives was met with. Eegaining the shore of Dease and Simpson's Strait, some miles to the west of Point Kichard- son, we crossed over to King William's Island Mat, 1859. EXAMINE OGLE PENINSULA. 247 upon the morning of the 24th, striking in upon it a short distance west of the Peffer River. The south coast was closely examined as we marched along towards Cape Herschel. Upon a conspicuous point, to the westward of Point Gladman, a cairn nearly five feet high was seen, which, although it did not appear to be a recent construction, was taken down, stone by stone, and carefully examined, the ground beneath being broken up with the pickaxe, but nothing was covered. The ground about it was much exposed to the winds, and consequently devoid of snow, so that no trace could have escaped us. Simpson does not mention having landed here, or anywhere upon the island except at Cape Herschel, yet it seemed to me strange that natives should con- struct such a mark here, since a huge boulder, which would equally serve their purpose, stood upon the same elevation, and within a couple of hundred yards. We had previously examined a similar but smaller cairn, a few miles to the east- ward. We were now upon the shore along which the retreating crews must have marched. My sledges of course travelled upon the sea-ice close along the shore ; and, although the depth of snow which covered the beach deprived us of almost every hope, yet we kept a very sharp look-out for traces, nor were we unsuccessful. 248 A SKELETON DlSCOVEREb. Cii-vr. XIV. Sliorlly ufler inidniglil. of the 24th May, when bIowI)' ^v;^lkillti; alon,!!; a gravel ridge near the beach, ^vhi(•h the Avinds kei)t partially hare of snow, 1 came upon a human skeleton, partly exposed, with here :ind there a lew fragments of clothing appearing through the snow. The skeleton — now perfectly bleached — was l3'ing upon its face, the limljs and smaller bones either disseveied or gnawed mnviiv by small animals. A most careful examination of the spot was of course made, the snow I'cmoved, and every scrap of clothing gatiiered np. A pocket-book aflbrded strong grounds of hope that some information might be suhscMjueully obtained respecting the nnfortunate owner and the calamitous march of the lost ci'cws, Init at the time it was frozen hard. The substance of that which we gleaned upon the spot may thus be sumuied up : — This victim was a young man, slightly built, and perhaps above the connnon height; the dress appeared to be that of a steward or otlicer's ser- vant, the lt)Ose bow-knot In which liis ncck-hnnd- kerchief was tied not being used by seamen or oHiccrs. In every particular the dress confirmed our conjectures as to his rank or ollice in the late expedition, — the blue jacket with slashed sleeves and hraided edging, and the pilot-cloth great-coat with ])lain covered buttons. We found, also, a clothes-brush near, and a horn pocket-comb. Tliis poor man seems to have selected the bare ridge May. 1859. VAGUENESS OF INFORMATION. 249 top, as affording the least tiresome walking, and to have fallen upon his face in the position in which we found him. It was a melancholy truth that the old woman spoke when she said, " they fell down and died as they walked along." I do not think the Esquimaux had discovered this skeleton, or they would have carried off the brush and comb : superstition prevents them from disturbing their own dead, but would not keep them from appropriating the property of the white man if in any way useful to them. Dr, Rae obtained a piece of flannel, marked "F. D. Y., 1845," from the Esquimaux of Boothia or Repulse Bay : it had doubtless been a part of poor Des Voeux's garments. At the time of our interview with the natives of King William's Island, Petersen was inclined to think that the retreat of the crews took place in the fall of the year, some of the men in boats, and others walking along the shore ; and as only five bodies are said to have been found upon Montreal Island with the boat, this fact favored his opinion, because so small a number could not have dragged her there over the ice, although they could very easily have taken her there by water. Subse- quently this opinion proved erroneous. I mention it because it shows how vague our information was — indeed all Esquimaux accounts are natu- rally so — and how entirely we were dependent 250 CAPE IIERSCIIEL. Citap. XIV. upon our own exertions for bringing to light the mystery of their fate. The information obtained by Dr. Piae was mainl}'^ derived second-hand from the Fit .184) Lat. > () ° .5- AT Long. G±lj^^^_Jf^ 9 f^ k. "gOu '- '^—t^f /t^<. &^&fe'!--<-M« — ^ lo-_ £4/- ^A^^>S^ _, w — eC^^J . — YT^^. \ ^ /^ /fcc iH^-«'^t:^ ^ 6Lr..^^......t>^i^ JU^. "^ yV "" ^^ ^ — ^ 'W^c^ j WH0EV2R nnas this paper is requested to forward it to tlie Secretary ofj y'^ '^ the Admiraicy, London, with a note of the time and place at which it nvar^^S^ O found: or, if more convenient, to dehver it for that purpose to the BritisfTS ^\\ 1 Consul at the nearest Port. i ^ ■ J ^ QuiNcoNQUE trouvera ce papier est prie d'y mai'quer le terns et lieu ouo ^^ il I'aura trouvd, et de le faire parvenir au plutot au Secretaire de TAmira Britannique a Londres. t i chel, those on board the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror ' were " all well/' and the gallant Franklin still com- manded. But, alas ! round the margin of the paper upon which Lieutenant Gore in 1847 wrote tho.'^e words of hope and promise, another hand had subse- quently written the following words: — " April 25, 1848. — II. M. sliips ' Terror' and ' Erebus' ■were de- serted on ihc 22nd April, 5 leaoues N.N.W. of tlii.s, having been beset since 12th September, 184C. The officers and crews, consisting of 105 souls, under the command of Captain F. K. M. Crozicr, landed herein lat. G9° 37' 42" N., long. 98° 41' W. Sir John Franklin died on the 11th June, 1847; and the total loss by deaths in the ex- pedition has been to this date oiRcers and 15 men. (Signed) (Signed) " F. R. M. Croziek, " James Fitzjames, " Captain and Senior Officer. " Captain II. ^I. S. Erebus. " and start (on) to-morrow, 2Gth, for Back's Fish Kiver." This marginal infonnation was evidently writ- Mat, 1859. ACCOUNT OF THE EXPEDITION. . 959 ten by Captain Fitzjames, excepting only the note stating when and where they were going, which was added by Caj)tain Crozier. There is some additional marginal information relative to the transfer of the document to its present position (viz., the site of Sir James Eoss's pillar) from a spot four miles to the northward, near Point Victory, where it had been originally deposited by the late Commander Gore. This little word late shows us that he too, within the twelvemonth had passed away. In the short space of tvv^elve months how mournful had become the history of Franklin's expedition; how changed from the cheerful " All well " of Graham Gore ! The spring of 1847 found them within 90 miles of the known sea off the coast of America; and to men who had already in two seasons sailed over 500 miles of previously unexplored waters, how confident must they have felt that that forthcoming navi- gable season of 1847 would see their ships pass over so short an intervening space ! It was ruled otherwise. Within a month after Lieutenant Gore placed the record on Point Victory, the much-loved leader of the expedition, Sir John Franklin, was dead ; and the following spring found Captain Crozier, upon whom the command had devolved at King William's Land, endeavor- ing to save his starving men, 105 souls in all, 2G0 DISCREPAN'CYIN THE RECOKD. Chap. XV. from a terrible death by retreating to the Hudson Bay territories up the Back or Great Fish River. A sad tale was nevev told in fewer words. There is something deeply touching in their ex- treme simplicity, and they show in the strongest manner that both the leaders of this retreating party were actuated by the loftiest sense of duty, and met with calmness and decision the fear- ful alternative of a last bold struggle for life, rather than perish without effort on board their ships ; for we well know that the ' Erebus ' and '■ Terror ' were only provisioned up to Jul\% 1848. Another discrepancy exists in the second part of the record written by Fitzjames. The original number composing the expedition was 138 souLv' and the record states the total loss by deaths to have been 9 officers and 15 men, consequently that 114 officers and men remained ; but it also states that 105 only landed under Captain Cro- zier's command, so that 9 individuals are unac- counted for. Lieutenant Hobson's note told me that he found quantities of clothing and articles of all kinds lying about the cairn, as if these men, aware that they were retreating for their lives, had there abandoned everything which they con- sidered superfluous. Hobson had experienced extremely bad weather * Sec Conclusion, p. 317. May, 1859. CAPE CROZIER. 261 — constant gales and fogs — and tliought he miglit have passed the wreck without seemg herj he hoped to be more successful upon his return journey. Encouraged by this important news, we ex- erted our utmost vigilance in order that no trace should escape us. Our provisions were running very short, there- fore the three remaining puppies were of necessity shot, and their sledge used for fuel. We were also enabled to lengthen our journeys, as we had very smooth ice to travel over, the off-lying islets keep- ing the rough pack from pressing in upon the shore. Upon the 29th of May we reached the western extreme of King William's Island, in lat. 69° 08' N., and long. 100° 08' W. I named it after Cap- tain Crozier of the ' Terror,' the gallant leader of that " Forlorn Hope " of which we now just ob- tained tidings. The coast we marched along was extremely low — a mere series of ridges of lime- stone shingle, almost destitute of fossils. The only tracks of animals seen were those of a bear and a few foxes — the only living creatures a few willow grouse. Traces even of the w^andering Esquimaux became much less frequent after leav- ing Cape Herschel. Here were found only a few circles of stones, the sites of tenting-places, but so moss-grown as to be of great age. The prospect to seaward was not less forbidding — a rugged 262 DESERTED BOAT. Ciixr. XV. surface of crushed-iip pack, including much heavy ice. In these shallow ice-covered sea?;, seals are but seldom found : and it is highly probable that all animal life in them is as scarce as upon the land. From Cape Crozier the coast-line was found to turn sharpl}^ away to the eastward ; and early in the morning of the 3 0th May we encamped along- side a large boat — another melancholy relic which Hobson had found and examined a few days be- fore, as his note left here informed me ; but he had failed to discover record, journal, pocketbook, or memorandum of any description. A vast quantity of tattered clothing was lying in her, and this we first examined. Not a single article bore the name of its former owner. The boat was cleared out and carefully swept that nothing might escape us. The snow was then removed from about her, but nothing whatever was found. This boat measured 28 feet long, and 7 feet 3 inches wide ; she was JDuilt with a view to light- ness and light draught of water, and evidently equipped with the utmost care for the ascent of the Great Fish River; she had neither oars nor rudder, paddles supplying their place, and as a large remnant of light canvas, commonly known as No. 8, was found, and also a small block for reeving a sheet through, I suppose she had been provided with a sail. A sloping canvas roof or May, 1859. ARTICLES FOUND NEAR HER. 2G3 rain-awning had also formed part of her equip- ment. She was fitted with a weather-cloth 9 inches high, battened down all round the gunwale, and supported by 24 iron stanchions, so placed as to serve likewise for rowing thowells. There were 50 fathoms of deep-sea sounding-line near her, as well as an ice grapnel. She appeared to have been originally " carvel " built ; but for the purpose of reducing weight, very thin fir planks had been substituted for her seven upper strakes, and put on " clincher " fashion. The weight of the boat alone was about 700 or 800 lbs. only, but she was mounted upon a sledge of unusual weight and strength. It was con- structed of two oak planks 23 feet 4 inches in length, 8 inches in width, and with an average thickness of 21 inches. These planks formed the sides or runners of the sledge ; they were con- nected by five cross-bars of oak, each 4 feet long, and 4 inches by 83 inches thick, and bolted down to the runners ; the underneath parts of the latter were shod with iron. Upon the cross-bars five saddles or supporting chocks for the boat were lashed, and the drag-ropes by which the crew moved this massive- sledge, and the weights upon it, consisted of 2| inch whaleline. I have calculated the weight of this sledge to be 650 lbs. ; it could not have been less, and may have been considerably more. The total v/eight of boat and sledge may be taken at 1400 lbs.. 2G4 DESCRIPTION OF THE BOAT. Cii.vi-. XV. which amounts to a heavy load for seven strong health}^ men. The only markings about the boat were those upon her stem, by which Ave learned that she was built by contract, was received into "Woolwich Dockyard in April, 184 ,'•' and was numbered 61. There may have been a fourth figure to the right hand, as the stem had been reduced in order to lio-hten the boat. The around the sledoje rested upon was the usual limestone shingle, per- fectly flat, and probably overfloAved at times every summer, as the stones were embedded in ice. The boat was partially out of her cradle upon the sledge, and lying in such a position as to lead me to suppose it the effect of a violent north- west gale. She was barely, if at all, above the reach of occasional tides. One hundred yards from her, upon the land side, lay the stump of a fir-tree 12 feet long, and * Only the first three figures of the date upon Iier stem remained, thus — 184 . Mat, 1859. SKELETONS AND RELICS. 265 16 inches in diameter at 3 feet above the roots. Although the ice had used it roughly during its drift to this shore, and rubbed off every vestige of bark, yet the wood was perfectly sound. It may have been and probably has been lying there for twenty or thirty years, and during such a pe- riod would suffer less decay in this region of frost than in one-sixth of the time at home. Within two yards of it I noticed a few scanty tufts of grass. But all these were after observations; there was that in the boat which transfixed us with awe. It was portions of two human skeletons. One was that of a slight young person ; the other of a large, strongly-made, middle-aged man. The former was found in the bow of the boat, but in too much disturbed a state to enable Hobson to judge whether the sufferer had died there ; large and powerful animals, probably wolves, had de- stroyed much of this skeleton, which may have been that of an officer. Near it we found the fragment of a pair of worked slippers, ^^ of which I give the pattern, as they ^^^^ may possibly be identified. The lines were white, with a black margin ; the spaces white, red, and yellow. They had origin- ally been 11 inches long, lined with calf-skin with the hair left on, and the edges bound with red silk ribbon. Besides these slippers there were a pair of small strong shooting half-boots. The other 23 266 RELICS ABOUT THE BOAT. Chap. XV. skeleton was in a somewhat more perfect state,* and was enveloped with clothes and furs ; it lay across the l)oat, under the after-thwart. Close beside it were found five watches; and there were two double-barrelled guns — one barrel in each loaded and cocked — standing muzzle up- wards against the boat's side. It may be imagined with what deep interest these sad relics were scrutinised, and how anxiously every fragment of clothing was turned over in search of pockets and pocketbooks, journals, or even names. Five or six small books were found, all of them scrip- tural or devotional works, except the ' Yicar of Wakefield.' One little book, ' Christian Melodies,' bore an inscription upon the titlepage from the donor to G. G. (Graham Gore ?) A small Bible contained numerous marginal notes, and whole passages underlined. Besides these books, the covers of a New Testament and Prayerbook were found. Amongst an amazing quantity of clothing there were seven or eight pairs of boots of various kinds — cloth winter boots, sea boots, heavy ankle boots, and strong shoes. I noted that there were silk handkerchiefs — black, white, and figured — towels, soap, sponge, tooth-brush, and hair-combs ; mackintosh gun-cover, morked outside with paint A 12, and lined with black cloth. Besides these *No part of tlie skull of cither skeleton was found, witli tlio exception only of the lower jaw of each. Mat, 1859. RELICS ABOUT THE BOAT. 267 articles we found twine, nails, saws, files, bristles, wax-ends, sailro.akers' palms, powder, bullets, shot, cartridges, wads, leather cartridge-case, knives — clasp and dinner ones — needle and thread cases, slow-match, several bayonet-scabbards cut down into knife-sheaths, two rolls of sheet-lead, and, in short, a quantity of articles of one description and another truly astonishing in variety, and such as, for the most part, modern sledge-travellers in these rea;ions would consider a mere accumulation of dead weight, but slightly useful, and very likely to break down the strength of the sledge-crews. The only provisions we could find were tea and chocolate; of the former very little remained, but there were nearly 40 pounds of the latter. These articles alone could never support life in such a climate, and we found neither biscuit nor meat of any kind. A portion of tobacco and an empty pemmican-tin, capable of containing 22 pounds weight, were discovered. The tin was marked Vv^ith an E -, it had probably belonged to the ' Ere- bus.' None of the fuel originally brought from the ships remained in or about the boat, but there was no lack of it, for a drift-tree was lying on the beach close at hand, and had the party been in need of fuel they would have used the paddles and bottom-boards of the boat. In the after part of the boat we discovered eleven large spoons, eleven forks, and four tea- spoons, all of silver; of these twenty-six pieces 268 RELICS ABOUT THE BOAT. Ciiah. XV. of plate, eight bore Sir John Franklin's crest, the remainder had the crests or initials of nine difler- ent olTicers, with the exception of a single fork which was not marked; of these nine oflficers, five belonged to the ' Erebus/ — Gore, Le Yes- conte, Fairholme, Couch, and Goodsir. Three others belonged to the ' Terror,' — Crozier, (a teaspoon only), Hornby, and Thomas, I do not know to whom the three articles with an owl en- graved on them belonged, nor who was the owner of the unmarked fork, but of the owners of those we can identif)^, the majority belonged to the ^ Erebus.' One of the watches bore the crest of Mr. Couch, of the ' Erebus,' and as the pemmican tin also came from that ship, I am inclined to think the boat did also ; the authorities at Wool- wich could tell (by her number) to which ship she was supplied ; and as one of the pocket chro- nometers found in the boat was marked, " Park- inson and Frodsham 980," and the other *•' Arnold 2020," it could also be ascertained to which ship they had been issued."-^ Sir John Franklin's plate perhaps was issued to the men for their use, as the only means of saving it; and it seems probable that the officers gen- erally did the same, as not a single iron spoon, such as sailors always use, has been found. Of * These chronometers, according to the receipts in office, were suj)- plicd one to each ship in 1845 ; hut it is impossible to tell to which ship the hoat belonged, as tlic namber is imperfect. May, 1859. CONJECTURES. 269 the many men, probably twenty or thirty, who were attached to this boat, it seemed most strange that the remains of only two individuals were found, nor were there any graves upon the neigh- boring flat land; indeed, bearing in mind the season at which these poor fellows left their ships, it should be remembered that the soil was then frozen hard, and the labor of cutting a grave very great indeed. I was astonished to find that the sledge was directed to the N.E., exactly for the next point of land for which we ourselves were travelling ! The position of this abandoned boat is about 50 miles — as a sledge would travel — from Point Victory, and therefore 65 miles from the position of the ships ; also it is 70 miles from the skeleton of the steward, and 150 miles from Montreal Isl- and ; it is moreover in the depth of a wide bay, where, b}^ crossing over 10 or 12 miles of very low land, a great saving of distance would be effected, the route by the coast-line being about 40 miles. A little reflection led me to satisfy my own mind at least, that the boat was returning to the ships : and in no other way can I account for two men having been left in her, than by supposing the party were unable to drag the boat fur- ther, and that these two men, not being able to keep pace with their shipmates, were therefore left by them supplied with such provisions as 23* 270 CONJECTURES. Ciui-. XV. could be spared to last until the return of the others from the ship Avith a fresh stock. Whether it was the intention of the retroced- ing party to await the result of another season in the ships, or to follow the track of the main body to the Great Fish River, is now a matter of conjecture. It seems highly probable that they had purposed revisiting the boat, not only on ac- count of the two men left in charge of it, but also to obtain the chocolate, the live watches, and many other articles wliich would otherwise scarce!}' have been left in her. The same reasons which may be assigned for the return of this detachment from the main body, will also serve to account for their not hav- ing come back to their boat. In both instances 'they appear to have greatly overrated their strength, and the distance they could travel in a given time. Taking this view of the case, we can under- ' stand why their provisions would not last them for anything like the distance thc}^ required to travel ; and why they would be obliged to send back to the ships for more, first taking from the detached party all provisions they could possibly spare. Whether all or any of the remainder of this detached party ever reached their ships is uncertain ; all we know is, that they did not re- visit the boat, and which accounts for the absence of more skeletons in its neighborhood ; and the Mat, 1859. - POINT FRANKLm. 271 Esquimaux report that tliere was no one alive in the ship when she drifted on shore, and that but one human body was found by them on board of her. After leaving the boat we followed an irregular coast-line to the N. and N.W., up to a very prom- inent cape, which is probably the extreme of land seen from Point Victory by Sir James Ross, and named by him Point Franklin, which name, as a cape, it still retains. I need hardly say that throughout the whole of my journey along the shores of King Wilham's Land I caused a most vigilant look-out to be kept to seaward for any appearance of the stranded ship spoken of by the natives; our search was however fruitless in that respect. 272 POmT VICTORY, " Chat. XVI. CHAPTER XVI. Errors in Franklin's records — Relics found at the cairn — Reflections on the retreat — Returning homeward — Geological remarks — Difiicul- lics of summer sledging — Arrive on board the 'Fox' — Navigaljlo N.W. passage — Death from scurvy — Anxiety for Captain Young — Young returns safely. On the mornino: of 2ncl June we reached Point Victory. Here Hobson's note left for me in the cairn informed me that he had not found the shghtest trace either of a wreck anywhere upon the coast, or of natives to the north of Cape Cro- zier. Although somewhat short of provisions, I de- termined to remain a day here in order to exam- ine an opening at the Bottom of Back Ba}', called so after Sir George Back, b}^ his friend Sir James Ross, and which had not been explored. This proved to be an inlet nearly 13 miles deep, with an average width of 1^ or 2 miles ; I drove round it upon the dog sledge, but found no trace of hu- man beings ; it was filled Avith heavy old ice, and was therefore unfavorable for the resort of seals, and consequently of natives also. The direction of the inlet is to the E.S.E. ; we found the land on either side rose as we advanced up it, and attained a considerable elevation, ex- June, 1859. EEEORS IN ERANKLIN'S EECOEDS. 273 cept immediately across its head, where alone it was very low ; I have conferred upon it the name of Collinson, after one who will ever be distin- guished in connection with the Franklin search, and w^ho kindly relieved Lady Franklin of much trouble by taking upon himself the financial busi- ness of this expedition. An extensive bay, westward of Cape Herschel, I have named after Captain Washington, the hy- drographer, a steadfast supporter of this final search. All the intermediate coast-line along which the retreating crews performed their fearful march is sacred to their names alone. Hobson's note informed me of his having found a second record, deposited also by Lieut. Gore in May, 1847, upon the south side of Back Bay, but it afforded no additional information. It is strange that both these papers state the ships to have wintered in 1846-7 at Beechey Island ! So obvious a mistake would hardly have been made had any importance been attached to these documents. They were soldered up in thin tin cylinders, having been filled up on board prior to the departure of the travellers; consequently the day upon which they were deposited was not filled in ; but already the papers were much dam- aged by rust, — a very few more years would have rendered them wholly illegible. When the record left at Point Victory was opened to add 274 RELICS AT THE CAIRN. Chap. XVI. thereto the supplemental information which gives it its chief value, Captain Fitzjames, as may be concluded by the color of the ink, fdled in the date — 28th — in May, "when the record -was origi- nally deposited. Tlie cylinder containing this record had not been soldered up again ; I suppose they had not the means of doing so ; it was found on the ground amongst a few loose stones which had evidently fallen along with it from the top of the cairn. Ilobson removed every stone of this cairn down to the ground and rebuilt it. Brief as these records are, we must needs be contented vfith them ; they are perfect models of official brevity. No log-book could be more provokingl}^ laconic. Yet, that an?/ record at all should be deposited after the abandonment of the ships, does not seem to have been intended ; and we should feel the more thankful to Captains Cro- zier and Fitzjames, to Avhom we are indebted for the invaluable supplement ; and our gratitude ought to be all the greater when we remember that the ink had to be thawed, and that writing in a tent during an April day in the Arctic re- gions is by no means an easy task. Besides plachig a copy of the record taken away by Hobson from the cairn, we both put rec- ords of our own in it ; and I also buried one under a large stone ten feet true north from it, stating the explorations and discoveries we had made. June, 1859. EELICS AT THE CAIRN. 275 A great quantity and variety of things lay strewed about the cairn, such as even in their three days' march from the ships the retreat- ing crews found it impossible to carry further. Amongst these were four heavy sets of boat's cooking stoves, pickaxes, shovels, iron hoops, old canvas, a large single block, about four feet of a copper lightnmg conductor, long pieces of hol- low brass curtain rods, a small case of selected medicines containing about twenty-four phials, the contents in a wonderful state of preservation ; a deep circle by Robinson, with two needles, bar magnets, and light horizontal needle all complete, the whole weighing only nine pounds ; and even a small sextant engraved with the name of " Frederick Hornby " lying beside the cairn with- out its case. The colored eye-shades of the sex- tant had been taken out, otherwise it was perfect ; the movable screws and such parts as come in contact with the observer's hand were neatly cov- ered with thin leather to prevent frost-bite in severe weather. The clothing left by the retreating crcAVS of the ^ Erebus ' and ' Terror ' formed a huge heap four feet high; every article was searched, but the pockets were empty, and not one of all these ai ti- des were marked, — indeed sailors' warm clothing seldom is. Two canteens, the property of marines, were found, one marked "88 C°. Wm. Hedges," and the other « 89 C°. Wm. Hether." A small 276 EELICS AT THE CAIUN. Chap. XVI. panniken made out of a two-pound pre^erved-mcat tin had scratched on it " W. Mark." When continuing my homeward march, and, as nearl}- as I could judge, 22 or 2f miles to the north of Point Victory, I saw a few stones placed in line, as if across the head of a tenting place to afford some shelter ; here it was I think that Lieutenant Gore deposited the record in May, 1847, which was found in 1848 by Lieutenant Irving, and finally deposited at Point Victory. Some scraps of tin vessels were Ij^ing about, but whether they had been left by Sir James Ross' party in May, 1830, or hy the Franklin Expedition in 1847 or 1848, is uncertain.'-'- Here ended m}^ own search for traces of the lost ones. Hobson found two other cairns, and many relics, between this position and Cape Felix. From each place where any trace was discovered the most interesting of the relics were taken away, so that the collection we have made is very con- siderable. Of these northern cairns I will write a descrip- tion when I have received Hobson's account of his journey; but here it is as well to state his opinion, as well as my own, that no part of the coast between Cape Felix and Cape Crozier has been visited by Esquimaux since the fatal march * It is a remaikablo circumstance that wlien, in 1830, Sir James Ross discovered Point Victory, he named two points of land, then in sight. Cape Franklin and Cape Jane Franklin respectively. Eighteen years afterwards Franklin's ships perished within sight of tliose headlands. June, 1859. REFLECTIONS AT THE RETEEAT. 277 of the lost crews in April, 1848 ; none of the cairns or numerous articles strewed about — which would be invaluable to the natives — or even the drift- wood we noticed, had been touched by them. From this very significant fact it seems quite cer- tain that they had not been discovered by the Esquimaux, whose knowledge of the " white men falling down and dying as they walked along" must be limited to the shore-line southward and eastward of Cape Crozier, and where, of course, no traces were permitted to remain for us to find. It is not j)robable that such fearful mortality would have overtaken them so early in their march as within 80 miles by sledge-route from the aban- doned ships — such being their distance from Cape Crozier ; nor is it probable that we could have passed the wreck had she existed there, as there are no ofi-lying islands to prevent a ship drifting in upon the beach ; whilst to the southward they are very numerous ; so much so that a drifting ship could hardly run the gauntlet between them so as to reach the shore. The coast from Point Victory northward is con- siderably higher than that upon which we have been so many days ; the sea also is not so shallow, and the ice comes close in ; to seaward all was heavy close pack, consisting of all descriptions of ice, but for the most part old and heavy. From Walls' Bay I crossed overland to the eastern shore, and reached my depot near the 24 278 RETURNING HOMEWARD. Chap. XVI. entrance of Port Parry on the 5th June, after an absence of thirtj^-four days. Hence I purposed travelling alongshore to Cape Sabine, in order to avoid the rough ice which we encountered when crossing direct from Cape Victoria in April, and also hoping to obtain a few more observations for the magnetic inclination. The weather became foggy as we approached Prince George's Bay, therefore we were obliged to go well into it before attempting to cross. We gained the laud — upon the opposite side, as I supposed — and which would lead us direct to Cape Sabine ; but when the weather cleared up we saw a long low island to seaward of us, which puzzled me much. Eventually I found we had discovered a strait leadiufj; from Prince Georsre's Bay into Wellington Strait, about 8 miles south of Cape Sabine. This discovery cost us a day's delay, and was therefore unwelcome, as we were then in daily expectation and dread of the thaw, which renders all travelling so very difficult ; and we were still 230 long miles from our ship. In this strait we found a deserted snow village of seventeen huts ; one of them was unusually large, its internal diameter being 14 feet. The men soon scraped together enough blubber to suppl}^ us with fuel for our homeward march. Strewed about on the ice or in every snow hut were shavings and chips of fresh wood ; in one of them I found a child's Isolated Iceberf;. June, 1859. GEOLOGICAL EEMAEKS. 279 toy — a miniature sledge — made of wood. No traces of natives were found upon either shore at this place, nor had I met with any since leaving the western coast of the island to the southward of Cape Crozier. Having passed through nearly to the eastern end of the strait, we cut off some distance by crossing overland, so as to reach the sea-coast 3 or 4 miles southward of Cape Sabine. A few willow grouse, two foxes, and a young reindeer were seen. There was some vegetation upon the land, and animals appeared to resort to this locality in tol- erable abundance ; the contrast between it and the low, barren shore we had so recently come from was striking indeed ! Nothing can exceed the gloom and desolation of the western coast of King William's Island : Hobson and myself had some considerable expe- rience of it ; his sojourn there exceeded a month ; its climate seems different from that of the eastern coast; it is more exposed to north-west winds, and the air was almost constantly loaded with chilling fogs. Everywhere upon the shores of the island I noticed boulders of dark gneiss ; upon the west coast they were generally small, and of a dark gray color. About the north part of the island Hobson found a good deal of sandstone, the prob- able result of ice-drift from Melville Island or Banks Land. This land gives one the idea of its having risen 280 BOOTUIA FELIX. Chap. XVI. •within a recent geological period from the sea — • not suddenly, but at regular intervals; the numer- ous terraces or beach-marks form long horizontal lines, rising very gradually, and in due proportion as their distance increases from the sea ; near the shore they are, of course, most distinct. Upon the west coast some fossils were picked up, chiefly impressions of shells. King William's Island is for the most part ex- tremely barren, and its surface dotted over with innumerable ponds and lakes. It is not by any means the " land abounding with reindeer and musk oxen " which we expected to find : the na- tives told us there were none of the latter and very few of the former upon it. On the 8th June the first ducks and brent geese were seen flying northward. Passing over the extreme point of Cape Victoria, Boothia Land, near which we saw the deserted snow huts of our March acquaintances, and shortly afterwards cross- ing the mouth of the deep bay to the north of it, in wdiich, sheltered by the island, a ship would find security from ice pressure, and very tolerable winter quarters, we again reached the straight low limestone coast of Boothia Felix. I was unable to make any delay at the Mag- netic Pole, nor could I find a trace of Ross' cairn ;=•= but at each of our encampments along • Tliis cairn, as well as the one built on Point Victory in 1S30, was removed by the natives ; fortunately they had not visited Point Victory June, 1859. THE MAGNETIC INCLINATION. 281 the coast the magnetic inclination was carefully observed. Throughout my whole journey I availed myself of every opportunity of obtaining these most interesting observations, often remaining up, after we had encamped for rest, six or seven hours in order to do so ; but the instruments supplied for this purpose were not well adapted, and occa- sioned me a vast deal of labor and loss of time, so as to diminish to almost one-third the results I should otherwise have obtained. Much snow has disappeared off the land ; and the ridges or ancient beaches, being the parts most free from snow, showed out strongly in long, dark, horizontal lines, rising above each other until lost to view in the interior. Here and there a few fossil shells and corals were picked up, and four or five willow grouse shot. loth June. — We passed from limestone to gran- ite in lat. 71°10' N. Here the land attains to con- siderable elevation. In the hollows of the dai'k granite rocks we found abundance of water, and also in a few places upon the sea-ice ; it was quite evident that in another day or two the snow would altogether yield to the warmth of summer ; birds were now frequently seen. We discovered a narrow channel to the east- ward of the one between the Tasmania Group, through which we had passed with so much dif- whilst the Franklin cairn and record remained there, otherwise neither cairn nor record would have remained for us to discover. 24* 282 ILLNESS OF HOBSON. Chap. XVI. ficulty in April ; our new channel was covered with smooth ice, and was also much shorter. At one of our depots lately visited, a note left by Hobson informed me of his being six days in advance of me, and also of his own serious illness ; for many days past he had been unable to walk, and was consequently conveyed upon the sledge ; his men were hastening home with all their strength and speed, in order to get him under the Doctor's care. We also were doino; our best to push on, lest the bursting out of melting snow from the various ravines should render the ice impassable. On the 15th the snow upon the ice everjrwhere yielded to the effects of increased temperature ; I was, indeed, most thankful at its having remained firm so long. To make any progress at all after this date was of course a very great labor, requir- ing the utmost efforts of both the men and the dogs i nor was the freezing mixture through which we trudged by any means agreeable ; we were often more than knee-deep in it. We succeeded in reachins; False Strait on the morning of the 18th June, and pitched our tent just as heavy rain began to descend ; it lasted throughout the greater part of the day. After travelling a few miles upon the Long Lake, fur- ther progress was found to be quite impossible, and we were obliged to haul our sledges up off the flooded ice, and commence a march of 16 or .Ji:nb/1859. NAVIGABLE N.W. PASSAGE. 283 17 miles overland for the ship. The poor dogs were so tired and sore-footed, that we could not induce them to follow us j they remained about the sledges. After a very fatiguing scramble across the hills and through the snow valleys we were refreshed with a sight of our poor dear lonely little ^ Fox/ and arrived on board in time for a late breakfast on the 19th June. With respect to a navigable North-West Passage, and to the probability of our having been able last season to make any considerable advance to the southward, had the barrier of ice across the western outlet of Bellot Strait permitted us to, reach the open water beyond, I think, judging from what I have since seen of the ice in the Franklin Strait, that the chances were greatly in fiivor of our reaching Cape Herschel, on the S. side of King William's Land, by passing (as I in- tended to do) eastward of that island. From Bellot Strait to Cape Victoria we found a mixture of old and new ice, showing the exact proportion of pack and of clear water at the setting in of winter. Once to the southward of the Tasmania Group, I think our chief diffi- culty would have been overcome ; and south of Capt Victoria I doubt whether any further obstruction would have been experienced, as but little, if any, ice remained. The natives told us the ice went away, and left a clear sea every year. As our discoveries sliow the 284 NAVIGABLE N.W. PASSAGE. CnAr. XVI. Victoria Strait to be but little more than 20 miles wide, the ice pressed southward through so narrow a space could hardly have prevented our crossing to Victoria Land, and Cambridge Bay, the wintering place reached ]>y ColHnson, from the v.'cst. No one avIio sees that portion of ^'ictoria Strait which lies between Kino; William's Isl- land and Victoria Land, as wc saw it, could doubt of there being but one way of getting a ship through it, that way being the extremely hazardous one of drift through in the pack. The wide channel between Prince of AVales' Land and Victoria Land admits a vast and con- tinuous stream of very heavy ocean formed ice from the N.W., which presses upon the western face of King William's Island, and chokes up Victoria Strait in the manner I have just de- scribed. I do not think the North- West Passage could ever be sailed through by passing west- ward — that is, to windward — of King William's Island. If the season was so favorable for navio-ation ^as to open the northern part of this western sea'^ (as, for instance, in 1846, when Sir J. Franklin sailed down it), I think but comparatively little difficulty would be experienced in the more southern portion of it until Victoria Strait was * This clinnncl is now named after the illustrious navigator, Admiral Sir John Franklin. JuNJE, 1859. NAVIGABLE N.W. PASSAGE. 285 reached. Had Sir John Franklin known that a channel existed eastward of King William's Land (so named by Sir John Eoss), I do not think he would have risked the besetment of his ships in such very heavy ice to the west- ward of it; but had he attempted the north- west passage by the eastern route, he would probably have carried his ships safely through to Behring's Straits. But Franklin was fur- nished with charts which indicated no passage to the eastward of King William's Land, and made that land (since discovered by Rae to be an island) a peninsula attached to the continent of North America ; and he consequently had but one course open to him, and that the one he adopted. My own preference for the route by the east side of the island is founded upon the observa- tions and experience of Eae and Collinson in 1851-2-4. I am of opinion that the barrier of ice ojBf Bellot Strait, some 3 or 4 miles wide, was the only obstacle to our carrying the '^ Fox,' according to my original intention, southward to the Great Fish River, passing east of King William's Island, and from thence to a winter- ing position on Victoria Land. Perhaps some future voyager, profiting by the experience so fearfully and fatally acquired by the Franldin expedition, and the observations of Eae, Collin- son, and myself, may succeed in carrying his 28C DEATH FROM SCURVY. Chai-. XVI. ship through from sea to sea : at least he Tvill be enabled to direct all his efforts in the true and only direction. In the mean time to Frank- lin must be assigned the earliest discovery of the North-West Passage, though not the actual ac- complishment of it in his ships/=' Scdurdai/, 2ncl Juhj. — Upon my arrival on board on the morning of the lOtli June, my first inqui- ries were about Hobson ; I found him in a worse state than I expected. He reached the ship on the 14th, unable to walk, or even stand without assistance ; but already he was beginning to amend, and was in excellent spirits. Christian had shot several ducks, which, with preserved po- tato, milk, strong ale, and lemon-juice, completed a very respectable dietary for a scurvy-stricken patient. All the rest Avere tolerably well ; slight traces only of scurvy in two or three of the men. The ship w^as as clean and trim as I could expect, and all had well and cheerfully performed their duties during my absence ; liardlj' any game had been shot, except one bear. The Doctor now acquainted me with the death of Thomas Blackwell, ship's steward, which oc- * This will be understood wlscn it is recollected tliat W. of Siinpsun's Straits or Victoria Land, a navijjablc jiassagc to Bclnin;^'s Straits is known to exist along the coast of North America. Franklin himself, with his companion Richardson, surveyed by far the greater jtartion of that dis- tance. Franklin's and Parry's discoveries overlap each other in longi- tude, and for the last thirty years or more the discovery of the Nonli- Wcst Passage has been reduced to the discovery of a link uniting tlio two. July, 1859. ANXIETY FOR CAPTAIN YOUNG. 287 curred only five days previously, and was occa- sioned by scurvy. This man had scurvy when I left the ship in April, and no means were left untried by the Doctor to promote the recovery and rally his desponding energies ; but his mind, unsustained by hope, lost all energy, and at last he had to be forcibly taken upon deck for fresh ai/ . For months past the ship's spirits had been of necessit}^ removed from under his control. When too late his shipmates made it known that he had a dislike to preserved meats, and had lived the whole winter upon salt pork ! He also disliked preserved potato, and would not eat it unless watched, nor would he put on clean clothes which others in charity prepared for him. Yet his death was somewhat unexpected ; he went on deck as usual to walk in the middle of the day, and, when found there, was quite dead. His re- mains were buried beside those of our late shin- mate Mr. Brand. The news of our success to the southward in tracing the footsteps of the lost expedition great- ly revived the spirits of my small crew; we wished only for the safe and speedy return of Young and his party. Captain Young commenced his spring explora- tions on the 7th April, with a sledge party of four men, and a second sledge drawn by six dogs under the management of our Greenlander, Sam- uel ; finding in his progress that a channel exist- 288 ANXIETY FOR CAPTAIN YOUNG. Ciiai-. XVL ed between Prince of Wales' Land and Victoria Land whereby his discovery and search would be lengthened, he sent back one sledge, the tent, and four men to the ship, in order to economise provisions, and for forty days journeyed with one man (George Hobday) and the dogs, encamp- ing in such snow lodges as they were able to build. This great exposure and fatigue, together with extremely bad weather, and a most difficult coast- line to trace, greatly injured his health ; he was compelled to return to the ship on 7th June for medical aid, but proposing at all hazards to renew his explorations almost immediately. Dr. Walker met this determination by a strong protest in writing against his leaving the ship again, his health being quite unequal to it; but after three days Young felt himself somewhat better, and, with a zeal which knew no bounds, set off to com- plete his branch of the search, taking with him both his sledge parties. From the Doctor's account I felt most anxious for his return, lest his health, or that of his com- panions, should receive permanent injury ; in fact this was now my only cause of anxiety. The season was rather forward here, and advancing with imusual rapidity, rain and wind dissolving the snow and ice ; there was much water in Bellot Strait, extending from Half-way Island eastward to the table-land, and thence in a narrow lane to JPLT, 1859. TREATMENT OE DOGS. 289 Long Island. After a day or two I could per- ceive a vast improvement in Hobson ; and my own four men, with the exception of Hampton, who re- quired rest, were in sound health ; so also was my companion Petersen. On 24th June Christian shot two small reindeer, which gave us 170 lbs. of meat; a few days before that he shot a seal, which afforded two sumptuous meals for all on board. The time having elapsed during which Young expected to remain absent, and the difficulties of the transit from the western sea having become greatly increased, I set off early on the 25th June with my four men, intending to visit Pemmican Rock ; but failing to come across him there, I re- solved to carry on provisions as far as Four Eiver Point, in the hope of meeting with him, and of fa- cilitating his return. To our surprise the water had all drained off the frozen surface of the Long Lake, and it therefore afforded excellent travel- ling. We found the poor dogs lying quietly be- side our sledges ; they had attacked the pemmican, and devoured a small quantity which was not secured in tin, also some blubber, some leather straps, and a gull that I had shot for a specimen ; but they had not apparently relished the biscuit. Poor dogs ! they have a hard Hfe of it in these re- gions. Even Petersen, who is generally kind and humane, seems to fancy they must have little or no feeling : one of his theories is, that you may 25 1' 290 TREATMENT OF DOGS. Cuw. XVI. knock an Esquimaux dog about the head with any article, however heavy, witli perfect impunily to the brutes. One of us upbraided him the other day because he broke his whip-handle over the head of a dog. '-lYicd ?uas nolldnf) at all" he as- sured us: some friend of his in Greenland found he could beat his dogs over the head with a heavy hammer, — it stunned them certainly, — but b}' laying them with their mouths open to the wind, they soon revived, got up and ran about "«// We lost no time in giving them a good feed, the first for seven days, yet they did not seem unusually hungrj', and soon coiled themselves up to sleep again. Whilst the men and dogs were employed next da}^ in conveying a sledge to the east end of the lake, I walked to Cape Bird to look out for the absent party, l^ut they had not yet returned to Pemmican Eock. When vainly endeavoring, with felonious in- tentions, to climb up a steep cliff to the breeding- places of some silvery gulls, I saw and shot a brent goose, seated upon an accessible ledge, and made a prize of four eggs ; it seems strange that this bird should have selected so unusual a breed- ing-place. Many seals were basking on the ice, and the watercourse by which our sledges as- cended a week before to the Long Lake was now a strong and rapid stream. A few reindeer were seen. July, 1859. YOUNG RETURNS SAFELY. 291 On the 27th I sent three of the men back to the ship, and with Thompson and the dogs went on to Pemmican Rock, where, to our great joy, we happily met Young and his party, who had but just returned there, after a long and success- ful journey the particulars of which I will give hereafter. Young was greatly reduced m flesh and strength, so much Aveakened indeed that for the last few days he had travelled on the dog sledge ; Harvey — also far from well — could just manage to keep pace with the sledge; his malady was scurvy. Their journeys had been very depressing ; most dismal weather, low, dreary limestone shores de- void of game, and no traces of the lost expedition. The news of our success in the southern journeys greatly cheered them. On the following day we were all once more on board, a,nd indulging in such rapid consumption of eatables as only those can do who have been much reduced by long- continued fatigue and exposure to cold. Venison, ducks, beer and lemon-juice, daily; preserved apples and cranberries three times a week ; and pickled whaleskin — a famous antiscorbutic — ad libitum for all who liked it. The weather, which for the last week had been wet, windy, and miser- able, now set in fair. The carpenter's hammer, and the men's voices at their work, were new and animating sounds. 202 SIGNS OF RELEASE. Chap. XVII. CHAPTER XVII. Signs of release — Dearth of animal life — Owl is pood beef — Beat out of winter quarters — Our painc-list — TJoacli Fury Beacli — Escape from Regent's Inlet — In Baffin's Bay — Captain Alien youn<:'8 journey — Diseo ; sad di.sappoinimcnt — Bart from our Esquimaux friends — Adieu to Greenhuul — Arrive home. To-day {2nd Jul//) I took a long and delightful walk, but shot only two ducks; Petersen went in another dhection, and got nothhig ; Christian, after toiling all day in his kayak, returned with only two divers and a duck. Lately he has ob- tained for us several king and long-tailed ducks (no eider ducks have been seen), two red-throated divers, and two brent geese, and caught an er- mine in its summer coat. Yesterday one of tlie men brought on board a trout weighing 2 lbs. ; he saw a glaucous gull and a fox disputing for it ; the former seems to have killed and brouQ-ht it to land. The water now washes the south side of the Fox Islands, and extends to the south point of Long Island. The month of June has been some- what warmer than usual, its mean temperature being +351°. 9ih. — The ship has been thoroughly cleaned and July, 1859. SIGNS OF RELEASE. 293 restowedj remaining provisions examined, tanks filled with fresh water, 12 tons of stone ballast taken in, and everything brought on board that was landed last autumn. Hobson is the only one upon the sick list ; but he is able to walk about and does duty. Very few birds, and only one small seal, have been obtained during the week ; an occasional great northern diver is seen, and a rare land bird has been shot. We cannot dis- cover the nests of either ducks or geese, and the breeding cliffs of the gulls being inaccessible, we have not got any eggs. I am a close prisoner at the corner of my table, poring over my observa- tion and angle book, and have at length laid down upon paper the west coast of King Wil- liam's Land to my satisfaction. Tidal observa- tions are commenced ; and the aneroid and mer- curial barometers are again being compared in order to verify the former. 16//^. Saturday/ night. — We are now almost ready for sea. There is a much larger space of water in Bellot Strait, reaching within 300 or 400 yards of us. Long cracks or lanes of water have been seen in Prince Eegent's Inlet. The decay of the ice continues, though not with equal rapidity, yet with very satisfactory despatch. Westerly winds and clear weather prevail. Christian has seen two reindeer this week, and has shot a very few birds, and seven seals. As these creatures lie basking upon the ice, he crawls up to them 25* 294 SHOOTING SEALS. Chap. XVIL behind a small calico screen, fitted npon a minia- ture sledo'c about a foot lono- on which there is a rest for the muzzle of his rifle, and a sht in the calico through which he fires it. The seals aflbrd an average weight of thirty pounds of excellent fresh meat, which we relish greatly, and consider much better suited to our present condition than such poor venison as reindeer would furnish at this season. A single hare has been shot ; the white fur has nearly all disappeared, and left ex- posed the summer coat of dull lead color. Sev- eral small birds not common to the northward are found here. Insects abound ; the Doctor is perpetually in chase, unless busily occupied in grubbing up plants. Young is survej-ing the harbor. Hobson fully occupied in preparing the ship for sea. I have been giving some attention to the engines and boiler, and hope, with the help of the two stokers, to be able to make use of our steam power. The men have received my hearty thanks for their great exertions during the travelling period. I told them I considered ever}^ part of our search to have been fully and efficiently performed. Our labors have determined the exact position of the extreme northern promontory of the conti- nent of America ; I have affixed to it the name of Murchison, after the distinguished President of the Royal Geographical Society — the strenuous advocate for this " further search " — and the able Walruses — A family partv July, 1859. DEARTH OF ANIMAL LIFE. 295 cliampion of Lady Franklin when she needed all the support which private friendship and public spirit could bestow. 23}xl — The ice in Prince Regent's Inlet is broken up into pack^ but the prevalence of east- erly winds keeps it in close upon the shore. The ice about us is very much decayed, holes through it in many places. No reindeer seen this week, and only two seals procured ; one of them shot by Christian, the other was killed hy a bear, which ran off before Samuel could come within shot of him. A fox, a gull, a couple of ducks, and one or two lemmings, complete our game list for the week, yet our two Esquimaux are indefatigable in the pursuit. We eat all the birds and seeJs we can shoot, as well as mustard and cress as fast as we can grow it, but the quantity is very small. We sometimes refresh ourselves with a salad of sorrel-leaves, or roots of the little plant with lilac flower of snapdragon shape, named Pedicidaris hirsida. The seine has been hauled in the narrow lake at the head of the harbor, but, as it was not vv^ell managed, only a dozen small trout were taken, though several were seen. We have tried for rock- cod, but without success. The relics of the lost expedition have been aired, exhibited to the crew, labelled, and packed away. The Doctor has been dredging lately. A record detailing our proceed- 290 DEARTH OF ANIMAL LIFE. Chap. XVIL ings lias been placed in a cairn upon the west point of Depot Bay. 16/ liuf/ust. — A long continuance of imu.sually calm, bright, and warm weather has been favor- able to our painting and cleaning the ship, scrap- ing masts, and so forth. The result is that she looks unusually smart and gay, and our impa- tience to exhibit her, and ourselves at home is much increased. With the exception of a few gulls, and a duck, our hunters have shot noth- ing lately, although constantly out, either darting about in their kayaks or ranging over the hills ; in fact there is nothing which they can shoot ; the ducks are tolerably numerous, but extremely wild ; the valleys are respectably clothed with vegetation, yet only one animal — a hare — has been seen. I was so fortunate as to shoot a snowy owl, the flesh of Avhicli was white and ten- der, but, to my palate, tasteless, although Peter- sen considers that " owl is the best beef in the country." On Thursday night we found the harbor-ice to be quietly drifting out, of course taking us with it. The night was calm, the current in Bellot Strait very strong ; we were almost helpless under the circumstances, and therefore felt the danger of our position. To warp the ship along the ice-edge, out of the way of the shore and rocks as it turned round and drifted alonfj; the Aug. 1859. OUT OF WINTEE QUARTERS. 297 cliffs to the westward, gave us some hours' occu- pation. At length it stuck fast between Fox Isl- and and the main. At turn of tide on Friday, morning it began to drift eastward, and by this time being much broken up, and a breeze coming to our aid, we managed to extricate ourselves and reach a secure anchorage in Point Kenedy. On Saturday night some ice that was left came drifting out of the inner harbor, and obliged us to slip our cable ; but after a few hours we regained our berth in safety, and have since been un- disturbed. There is no immediate prospect of escape, but we expect a prodigious smashing up of the ice whenever a strong wind springs up to set it in motion. To-day the steam was got up, and with the help of our two stokers I worked the engines for a short time. It is very cheering to know that we still have steam power at our command, although, by the deaths of poor Mr. Brand and Robert Scott, we were deprived of our engineer and engine-driver. The mean temperature for July has been 40°'14, which is above the averas!:e for this regrion ; the July temperatures have usually varied from 36° to 42^ All are now in good health, but Hobson still a little lame. The issue of lemon-juice has been re- duced to the ordinary allowance of half an ounce daily (as we have but little that is really good), 298 WAITING TO ESCAPE. Chap. XVII. lest another winter should become inevitable, ■which, I can devoutly say, ma}^ God forbid ! Monday iiir/ht, Slh. — Very anxiously awaiting an opportunity to escape. AVe have constantly watched the ice from the neiixliborini!; hills, includ- ing the lofty summit of Mount Walker — named after the Doctor, who was the first to ascend it (1123 feet) — from which Fury Point can be dis- tinguished, but nothing very cheering has been seen. "We had a N.E. gale, accompanied by rain and a considerable fall of the barometer, a few days ago ; and as it blew freshly from the westward this morning, I went to a hill-top and saw that much ice had been broken np in Brentford Bay, and that there were streaks of water alon. Hooker, J. Arrowsmith, P. La Trobe, W. A. B. Hamilton, R. Stephenson, J. E. PORTLOCK, C. PiAzzi Smyth, C. W. Pasley, G. Rennie, J. P. Gassiot, G. B. Airy, J. F. BURGOYNE. The following officers of the Royal Navy, who have been employed in the search after Franklin, and who are now absent from London, have previously expressed themselves to be favorable to the final expedition above recommended: — Captains Sir James C. Ross, and Sir Edvtard Belcher ; Commodore Kellett ; Captains Austin, Bird, Ommanney, Sir Robert M'Clure, Sherard Osborn, Inglefield, Captains Maguire, M'Clintock, and Richards ; Commanders Aldrich, Me CHAM, Trollope, and Cresswell ; Lieutenants Hamilton and PiM. 334 APPENDIX. Ko. m. No. III. LIST OF RELICS OF THE FRANKLIN EXPEDITION, Brought to England in the ' Fox,' by Captain M'CujrrocK. Relics brought from the boat found in lat. G9^ 08' 43" N., long. 99° 24' 42" W., upon the West Coast of King William Island, May 30, 1859:— Two double-barrelled guns, one barrel in each is loaded. Found standing up against the side in the after part of the boat. A small Prayer Book ; cover of a small book of ' Family Prayers ; ' ' Christian Melodies,' an inscription Avitliin the cover to " G. G." (Graham Gore V) ; ' Vicar of Wakefield ; ' a small Bible, interlined in many places, and with numerous references wi-itlen in the margin; a New Testament in the French language. Two table knives with white handles — one is marked "W. R. ; " a gimlet; an awl; two iron stanchions, inches long, for supporting a weather cloth, wliich was round the boat. 2G pieces of silver plate — 11 spoons, 11 forks, and 4 teaspoons; 3 pieces of thin elmboard (tingles) for repairing the boat, and meas- uring 11 inches by G inches, and 3-lOths inch thick. Piece of canvas : — Bristles for shoemaker's use, bullets, short clay pipe, roll of waxed twine, a wooden button, small piece of a port-fire, two charges of shot tied up in the finger of a kid glove, fragment of a seaman's blue serge frock. Covers of a small Testament and Prayer Book, part of a grass cigar-case, fragment of a silk hanilkcrchief, thread-case, piece of scented soap, three shot charges in kiil glove fingers, a belted bullet, a piece of silk pocket handkerchief. Two pairs of goggles, made of stout leather and wire gauze, instead of glass ; a sailmaker's palm, two small brass pocket compasses, a snood- ing line rolled up on a piece of leather, a needle and thread case, a bayonet scabbard altered into a sheath for a knife, tin water bottle for the pocket, two shot pouches (full of shot). Three spring hooks of sword belts, a gold lace band, a piece of thin gold twist or cord, a pair of leather goggles with crape instead of glass ; a small green crape veil. Two small packets of blank cartridge in green paper, part of a cherry-stick pipe stem, piece of a port-fire, a few copper nails, a No. III. APPENDIX. 335 leather bootlace, a seaman's clasp-knife, two small glass, stoppered bottles (full), three glasses of spectacles, part of a broken pair of silver spectacles, German silver pencil-case, a pair of silver (?) forceps, such as a naturalist might use for holding or seizing small insects, etc. ; a small pair of scissors rolled up in blank paper, and to which adheres a printed government paper, such as an officer's warrant or appointment ; a spring hook of a sword belt, a brass charger for holding two charges of shot. A small bead purse, piece of red sealing-wax, stopper of a pocket flask, German silver top and ring, brass matchbox, one of the glasses of a telescope, a small tin cylinder, probably made to hold lucifer matches ; a linen bag of percussion caps of three sizes, a very large and old-fashioned kind, stamped " Smith's patent ; " a cap with a flange similar to the present musket caps used by Government, but smaller ; and ordinary sporting caps of the smallest size. Five watches. A pair of blue glass spectacles, or goggles, with steel fraine, and wire gauze encircling the glasses, in a tin case. A pemmican tin, painted lead color, and marked " E." (Erebus) in black. From its size it must have contained 20lb. or 22lb. Two yellow glass beads, a glass seal with symbol of Freemasonry. A 4-inch block, strapped, with copper hook and thimble, probably for the boat's sheet. Relics seen in lat. 69° 09' N., long. 99° 24' W., not brought away, 80th of May, 1859: — A large boat, measuring 28 ft. in extreme length, 7 ft. 3 in. in breadth, 2 fl;. 4 in. in depth. The markings on her stem were — " XXI. W. Con. N61., APr. 184." It appears that the fore part of the stem has been cut away, probably to reduce weight, and part of the letters and figures removed. An oak sledge under the boat, 23 ft. 4 in. long, and 2 ft. wide ; 6 paddles, about 60 fathoms of deep- sea lead line, aiimiunition, 4 cakes of navy chocolate, shoemaker's box with implements complete, small quantities of tobacco, a small pair of very stout shooting boots, a pair of very heavy iron-shod knee boots, carpet boots, sea boots and shoes — in all seven or eight pairs 5 two rolls of sheet lead, elm tingles for repairing the boat, nails of various sizes for boat, and sledge irons, three small axes, a broken saw, leather cover of a sextant case, a chain-cable punch, silk hand- 33G APPENDIX. No. III. kerchiefs (black, white, and colored), towels, sponge, tooth-brush, hair comb, a mackintosh, gun cover (mai-ked in paint "A. 12"), twine, files, knives; a small worsted-work slipper, lined with calf- Bkin, bound with red riband; a great quantity of clothing, and a wolf-skin robe ; part of a boat's sail of Xo. 8 canvas, whale-line rope with yellow mark, and white line with red mark ; 24 iron stanchions, 9 1-2 inches high, for supporting a weather cloth round the boat; a stanchion for supporting a ridge pole at a height of 3 i\. 9 in. above the gunwale. Relics found about Ross Cairn, on Point Victory, May and June, 1859, brought away : — A G-inch dip circle by Robinson, marked I 22. A case of medi- cines, consisting of 25 small bottles, canister of pills, ointinent, plas- ter, oiled silk, etc. A 2-foot rule, two joints of the cleaning i-od of a gun, and two small copper spindles, probably for dog-vanes of boats. The circular brass plate broken out of a wooden gun-case, and en- graved *' C. II. Osmcr, R.N." The field glass and German silver top of a 2-foot telescope, a coffee canister, a piece of a brass curtain rod. The record tin and the record, dated 25th of April, 1848. A 6-inch double frame sextant, on which the owner's name is engraved, " Frederick Hornby, R.N." Found in a small cairn on the south side of Back Bay: — A tin record case and record. Seen about Ross Cairn, Point Victory, not brought away : — Four sets of boat's cooking apparatus complete, iron hoops, 4 feet of a copper lightning conductor, hollow brass curtain-rod three quar- ters of an inch in diameter, 3 pickaxes, 1 shovel, old canvas, a pile of warm clothing and blankets 4 feet high, 2 tin canteens stamped " 89 Co., Wm. Hedges," " 88 Co., Wm. Heather," and a third one not marked. A small pannikin, made on board out of a 2lb. prescrved- meat tin, and marked " W. Mark ; " a small deal box for gtm wadding, the heavy iron work of a large boat, part of a canvas tent, part of an oar sawed longitudinally and a blanket nailed to its flat Bide, three boat-hook staves, strips of copper, a 9-inch single block No. III. APPENDIX. 337 strapped, a piece of rope and spunyarn. Among the clothing was found a stocking marked "W," green, and a fragment of one marked " W. S." Kelics obtained at the Northern Cairn, near Cape Felix, May, 1859: — Fragments of a boat's ensign, metal lid of a powder-case, two eye pieces of sextant tubes, brass button ; worsted gloA'e, colors red, white and blue ; bung-stave of a marine's water keg or bottle, brass orna- ments to a marine's shako ; brass screw for screwing down lid, also a copper hinge of the lid of powder-case ; a few patent wire cartridges containing large shot ; part of a pair of steel spectacles, glass being replaced by wood, having a narrow slit in it ; two small rib bones, probably out of salt pork ; six. or eight packets of needles ; small flannel cartridge containing an ounce of damaged powder ; a small, roughly made cojoper apparatus for cooking ; some brimstone matches. Piece of white paper folded up found in the North Cairn, two pike- heads, narrow strip of white paper, found under one of the tent places ; their tent places were within a few yards of the cairn. Beside a small cairn, about three miles north of Point Victory, was a pickaxe, with broken handle ; brought away an empty tea or coffee canister. Articles noticed about the North Cann, not brought away : — Fragments of two broken bottles, several pieces of broken basins or cups, blue and white delfware, hoops of marine's water keg, small iron hoops, fragments of white line, spun yarn, canvas, and twine ; three small canvas tents, under which lay a bearskin and fragments of blankets ; two blanket frocks, several old mitts, stockings, gloves, pilot cloth and box cloth jackets and trousers, large shot, piece of tobacco and broken pipe, metal part of powder-case, top of tin can- ister, marked " cheese," preserved-potato tin, feathers of ptarmigan, and salt-meat bones. Seen near Cape Maria Louisa: — Pa"t of a drift tree, white spruce fir, 18 feet long, 10 inches in diameter ; it appeared to have but recently ( i.e. since thrown on the coast) been sawed longitudinally down the centre, and one-half of it removed. 29 W 338 APPENDIX. No. III. Relics obtained from the Boolhian Esquimaux, near tlie Magnetic Pole, in March and April, 1859: — Seven knives made by the natives out of materials obtalncil from the last expedition, one knife without a handle, one spear-head and staff (the latter has broken off), two files; a large spoon or geoop, the handle of pine or bone, the bowl of musk-ox horn; six silver spoons and forks, the property of Sir John Franklin, Lieutenants II. D. Yescomtoand Fairholme, A. M'Donald, Assistant-Surgeon, and ]>ieutenant E. Coucli (sii])poscd from the initial letter T and crest a lion's head) ; a small portion of a gold watch-chain, a broken piece of ornamental work apparently silver gilt, a few small naval and other metal buttons, a silver medal obtained by "Mr. M'Donald as a prize for superior attainments at a medical examination in Edinburgh April, 18;]8 : some bows and arrows, in which wood, iron, or copper has been used in the construction — of no other interest. Remarlcs upon these Articles. The spear-staff measures G feet 3 inches in length, and appears to have been part of a light boat's gunwale: it measured (before being partially rounded to adapt it to its present use) about 1 1-2 by 1 3-8 inches, is made of English oak, and upon the side has been painted white over green. The spear-head is of steel, riveted to two pieces of hoop, with bone between, and lashed on to the staff. The rivets are of copper nails. The native who sold it said he himself got it from the boat in the Fish Eivcr. Another spear of the same kind was seen. Tlie knives are made either of iron or steel, riveted to two strips of lioop, between which the handle of wood is inserted, and rivets passed through, securing them together. The rivets are almost all made out of copper nails, such as would bo found in a copper-fastened boat, but those which have been exam- ined do not bear the Government mark. It is probable that most of the boats of the 'Erebus' and 'Terror' were, built by contract, and therefore would not have tlie broad arrow stamped upon their iron and copper work. One small knife appears to have been a surgical instrument. A large knife obtained in AprU bears some marking, such as a sword or a cutlass might have. The man who sold it said he bought it from another, who picked it up on the land where the ship was driven ashore by the ice, and where the white people had thrown it away ; it was then about as long as his aim No. III. APPENDIX. 339 This was the first information he received of one of the ships having drifted on shore. One knife and one file are stamped with the broad arrow. The handles are variously composed of oak, ash, pine, mahogany, elm, and bone. The spoons and forks were readily sold for a few needles each, also the buttons, which they wore as orna- ments on their dresses. Bows and arrows were readily exchanged for knives. Previously to the stranding on the neighboring shore of the last expedition these people must have been almost destitute of wood or iron. Some of them had even got only bone knives and spear-points. Some of their sledges were seen, consisting of two rolls of seal-skin, flattened and frozen, to serve as runners, and con- nected together by cross bars of bones. Many more knives, bows and buttons, similar to those brought away, might have been ob- tained, but no personal or important relics. Seen in a Snow Hut in lat. 70^° deg. N., 20th of April, 1859, not brought away : — Two wooden shovels, one of them made of mahogany board, some spear-handles and a bow of English wood, a deal case which might have served for a telescope or barometer. Its external dimensions were : — length, 3 ft. 1 in. ; depth, 3 1-2 in. ; width, 9 in. ; two brass hinges remained attached to it. Relics obtained from the Esquimaux near Cape Nor- ton, upon the East Coast of King William Island, in May, 1859 : — Two tablespoons; upon one is scratched "W. W.," on the other " W. G. ; " these bear the Franklin crest ; two table forks, one bear- ing the Franklin crest; the other is also crested, probably Captain Crozier's ; silversmith's name is " I. West ; " two teaspoons, one en- graved "A. M. D." (A. M'Donald), the other bears the Fairholme crest and motto; handle of a dessert knife, into which had been inserted a razor (since broken off) by Milliken, Strand ; buttons, wood and iron, were here in abundance, but as enough of these had already been obtained no more were purchased. Taken out of some deserted snow-huts near here, some scraps of different kinds of wood, such as could not be obtained from a boat — teak or African oak. Found lying about the skeleton, 9 miles eastward of Cape Her- 340 APPENDIX. No. III. schcl, May, 1859: — The tie of black silk neckerchief; fragments of a double-breasted blue cloth waistcoat, with covered silk buttons, and edged with braid ; a scrap of a coloreil cotton shirt, silk covered buttons of blue cloth great-coat, a small clothes-brush, a horn pocket- comb, a leathern pocket-book, which fell to pieces when thawed and dried; it contained 9 or 10 letters, a few leaves apparently blank ; a sixpence, date 1831 ; and a half-sovereign, dated 1841. Articles seen among the natives at Cape Norton, not purchased, — Bows made of wood, knives, uniform and plain buttons, a slcd'^e made of two long pieces of hard wood. From beside an Esquimau.x stone-mark, on the east side of Montreal Island: — Part of a prcscrvcd-mcat tin, painted red; part of the rim of some strong copper case or vessel ; pieces of iron hoop, two pieces of flat iron, an iron hook bolt, a piece of sheet copper. Articles seen about a snow-hut near Point Booth, not purchased : —Eight or 10 fir poles, varying from 5 feet to 10 feet in length, the stoutest being 2 1-2 inches in diameter. Two wooden snow s^hovels about 3 1-2 feet long, and made of pieces of plank painted white or pale yellow; it occurred to me that the pieces of plank might have been the bottoua boards of a boat. There was abundance of wood fashioned into smaller articles. Contents of Boat's Medicine Chest : — One bottle labelled as zinzib. E. pulv., full; ditto, spirit, rect., empty; ditto, mur. hydrarg. seven-eigliths full; ditto, ol. carj-phyll., one-fifth full; ditto, ipce. P. co., full ; ditto, ol. menth. pip., empty; ditto, llq. ammon. fort., three-quarters full ; ditto, ol. olivac., full ; ditto, tinct. opii. camph., three-quarters full ; ditto, vin. scm. colch., full; ditto, quarter full; ditto, calomel, full (broken) ; ditto, hydrarg. hit. o.xyd., full; ditto, pulv. gregor, full (broken); ditto, magnes. carb., full; ditto, camplior, full; two bottles line, tolut., each quarter full; one bottle ipec. R. pulv., full; ditto, jalap R. pulv., full; ditto, scammon. pulv., full; ditto, quinac bisulph. empty; ditto (not la- belled), tinct. opii., three-quarters full ; one box (apparently) purga- tive pills, full; ditto, ointment, shrunk; ditto, emp. adhesiv., full; one probang, one pen wrapped up in lint, one lead pencil, one pewter syringe, two small tubes (test) wrapped up in lint, ono farthing, bandages, oil silk, Hut, thread. /:.,l(u^H.«^^:.-^'Jl. ST 11 A IT -s.^paP^.'l«««. ^ 1^:^M«-"'- No. IV, APPENDIX. 341 No. IV. GEOLOGICAL ACCOUNT OF THE AECTIC AECHIPELAGO, DEAWN DP PEDfCIPALLT FROM THE SPECIMENS COLLECIED BY Captain E. L. M'Clintock, E.N., Erom 1849 to 1859. BY THE REV. SAMUEL HAUGHTON, F.E.S., Fellow of Trinity College, Professor of Geology in the University of Dublin, and President of the Geological Society of Dublin, The map which accompanies this geological descrip- tion is arranged from the specimens brought home by- Captain F. L. M'Clintock, R.N., from the four Arctic Expeditions in which he served from 1848 to 1859. These specimens are all deposited in the Museum of the Royal Dublin Society, and form a more extensive and better collection of Arctic rocks and fossils than is to be found in any other museum in Europe. It will be most convenient to describe the geology of the Arctic Islands by the formations which are to be found there, which are the following : — 1. The Granitic and Granitoid Rocks. 2. The Upper Silurian Rocks. 3. The Carboniferous Rocks. 4. The Lias Rocks. 5. The Superficial Deposits. I shall describe these successive formations briefly, and add a few remarks of a theoretical character, to indicate the important inferences which may be drawn fi-om the facts respecting them made known to us by M'Clintock's discoveries. 29* 342 APPENDIX. No. IV. I. — TJie Granitic and Granitoid Rocks. These rocks form a considerable part of North Greenland, on the east side of Baffin's Bay, and con- stitute the rock of the country at the east side of the island of North Devon, which forms a portion of the coast-line of the west of Baffin's Bay, and the north side of the entrance into Lancaster Sound. 1. Whale Fish Islands, lat. 69° N., are composed of a very fine-grained, flaggy, black mica schist, composed of black mica in very small plates, occasionally putting on a hornblendic lustre, and minute grains of quartz interstratified with the mica. The softer varieties are cut by the natives into grissets and cooking utensils of various shapes, some of which resemble the cambstones found in Ireland, which are made from a kind of pot- stone, abundant in parts of the County Donegal. 2. Upernavik, lat. 72° N., Greenland. — This district is famous for the occurrence of large quantities of plumbago, which is found in a metamorphic rock of the following character. Fine-grained, amorphous, grani- toid rock, composed of minute particles of grey quartz ; a honey-colored felspar of waxy lustre, of unknown composition ; minute particles of red semitransparent garnet, of conchoidal fracture ; and small particles, with occasional large nests, of plumbago. The plumbago occurs both amorphous, and in long acicular crystals. Sometimes the rock becomes of coarser texture and more crystalline, and the yellow color of the felspar gives place to a greenish tinge ; and it sometimes also becomes a felspar of perfect cleavage, semitransparent, and white. The dodecahedral crystals of garnet reach the diameter of one inch. The general character of the rocks near Upernavik No. IV. APPENDIX. 343 is different from that of the rock in v/hich the plum- bago is fomid; they consist of a fine-grained black mica schist, with very little felspar or quartz, and intersected by thin veins of elvan composed of quartz and white felspar. The cooking utensils of the natives are made from this fine schist, in preference to any other descrip- tion of rock. 3. Wo7nan''s Islands. — These islands, off the west coast of Greenland, are composed of a garnetiferous mica slate, formed of black mica in layers, with alter- nating plates composed of white felspar and quartz, and filled with fine garnets, rose-colored, vitreous in frac- ture, and transparent. 4. Cape YorA;, lat. 76° N., Greenland. — This cape is composed of a fine-grained granite, consisting of quartz, white felspar, with minute specks of a black mineral, of pitchy lustre, composition not yet deter- mined. 5. Wolstenholme and Wliale Sounds, lat. 11° N., Greenland. — At Wolstenholme Sound the granitoid rocks of Greenland become converted into mica slate and actinolite slate of a remarkable character. The mica slate is composed of large plates of an intimate mixture of black and white mica, the chemical ex- amination of which will doubtless prove of interest. These plates of mica are separated b}^ bands of pure white felspar. The actinolite slate is dark green, and formed by an almost insensible gradation from the mica slate. In the low ground between Wolstenholme and Whale Sounds, the granitic rocks cease, and are covered by deposits of fine red gritty sandstone, of a banded structure, and a remarkable coarse white con- glomerate. The boundary between these formations 344 APPENDIX. No. IV. is also marked by the development of massc3 of doler- ite and clayey basalt. 6. Carey's Islands, 7G° 40' N., Greenland, lie to the westward of Wolstenholme Sound, and are composed of a remarkable gneissose mica schist, formed of suc- cessive thin layers of quartz granules, containing scarcely any felspar, and layers of jet black mica, with <;ccasional facets of white mica. This mica schist passes into a white gneiss, composed of quartz, white felspar, and black mica, penetrated by veins, coarsely crystalised, of the same minerals. Yellow and white sandstones are also found in small quantity on the islands, reposing upon the granitoid rocks. 7. Capes Osborn and Warrender, lat. 74° 30' N., North Devon. — The granitoid rocks between these two capes are composed of graphic granite, consisting of quartz (gi*ey) and white felspar; this graphic granite passes into a laminated gneiss, consisting of layers of black mica and white translucent felspar, sparingly mixed with quartz : with the gneiss arc interstratified beds of garnetiferous mica slate, consisting of quartz, pale greenish white felspar, black and white mica in minute spangles, and crystals of garnet, rose-colored, disseminated regularly through the mass. Quartzifer- ous bands of epidotic hornstone occur with the forego- ing beds; and the whole series is overlaid by red sand- stones, of banded structure, which bear a striking re- semblance to those that overlie the granitoid beds of Wolstenholme Sound. 8. North Somerset. — The granitoid rocks are found again on the west side of the island of North Somerset, where they form the eastern boundary of Peel Sound. Boulders of granite are found at a considerable dis- tance (100 miles) to the north-eastward of the rock in I No. IV. APPENDIX. 345 situ, as at Port Leopold, Cape Rennell, etc. The gen- eral character of the granitic rocks in the north and west of North Somerset are thus described by Captain M'Clintock: — " Near Cape Rennell we passed a very remarkable rounded boulder of gneiss or granite ; it was 6 yards in circumference, and stood near the beach, and some 15 or 20 yards above it ; one or two masses of rounded gneiss, although very much smaller, had arrested our attention at Port Leopold, as then we knew of no such formation nearer than Cape Warrender, 130 miles to the north-east ; subsequently we found it to commence in situ at Cape Granite, nearly 100 miles to the south- west of Port Leopold. " The granite of Cape Warrender differs considera- bly from that of North Somerset ; the former being a graphic granite, composed of grey quartz and white felspar, the quartz predominating ; while the latter, or North Somerset granite, is composed of grey quartz, red felspar, and green chloritic mica, the latter in large flakes ; both the granite and gneiss of North Somerset are remarkable for their soapy feel." * To the east of Cape Bunny, where the Silurian Kmestone ceases, and south of which the granite com- mences, is a remarkable valley called Transition Val- ley, from the junction of sandstone and limestone that takes place there. The sandstone is red, and of the same general character as that which rests upon the granitoid rocks at Cape Warrender and at Wolsten- holme Sound. Owing to the mode of travelling, by sledge on the ice, round the coast, no information was obtained of the geology of the interior of the country, * Journal of the Koyal Dubliu Society, 1857. 346 APPENDIX. No. IV. m but it appears highly probable that the granite of North Somerset, as well as that of the oihcr localities mentioned, is overlaid by a group of sandstones and conglomerates, on which the Upper Silurian lime- stones repose directly. A low, sandy beach marks the termination of the valley northwards, and on this beach were found numerous pebbles, washed from the hills of the interi- or, composed of quartzose sandstone, carnelian, and Silurian limestone. The accompanying sketch was made by Captain INl'Clintock, on the spot, in 1849, and afterwards finished by Lieutenant Browne. It represents the island called Cape Bunny, which forms the eastern headland of the entrance of the now famous Peel Sound, down which the ' Erebus ' and ' Terror ' sailed, three years be- fore it was visited by Sir James C. Eoss and Lieutenant M'Clintock, in their first sledge journey on the ice. Cape Granite is the northern bound- ary of the granite, which retains the same character as far as Howe Har- bor. It is composed of quartz, red felspar, and dark green chlorite ; and is accompanied with gneiss of the same composition. I have in my possession a specimen of this gran- No. IV. . APPENDIX. 347 ite, found as a pebble at Graham -Moore Bay, Bath- iirst Island, S.W., a locality 135 knots distant from Cape Granite, to the N.W. 9. Bellofs Straits, lat. 72° N., separate North Somer- set from Boothia Felix. The ' Fox ' Expedition win- tered here in 1858, and had abundant means of ascer- taining the geological structure of the neighborhood. The junction of the granitoid and Silurian rocks occurs in these straits, the low ground to the east being hori- zontal beds of Silurian limestone, while on the west the granite hills of West Somerset rise to a height of 1600 feet above the narrow straits. The granite here is of three varieties. a. Blackish grey, fine grained, gneissose granite, com- posed of quartz, white felspar, and large quantities of fine grains and flakes of hornblende, passing into black mica. The gneissose beds of this granite dip 13° S.E. jS. A red granite, graphic texture, composed of quartz and red felspar, coarse grained. y. Syenite, composed of honey-yellow felspar and hornblende, in very large crystals, the felspar passing into red and pink, and the whole rock mass penetrated by veins of the same material, but fine grained. This variety of igneous rock was met with principally at Pemmican Rock, western inlet of Bellot's Straits. Large quantities of hornblende are also met with at Leveque Harbor, Bellot's Straits, composed of facetted crystals agglutinated together into large masses, form- ing a crystalline hornblendic gneiss. 10. Pond's Bay, Baffin's Bay, lat. 72° 40' N. — In this locality a quartziferous black mica schist underlies the Silurian limestone, and is interstratified with gneiss and garnetiferous quartz rock, all in beds, inclined 38° "W.S.W. (true). 348 APPENDIX. . No. IV. 11. Montreal Island, mouth of the Fish Rivor, lat. 67° 45' N. — The granitoid rocks, which everywhere, in the Arctic Arcliipelago, underlie the Silurian lime- stone, appear at Montreal lifland as a gneiss, composed of bands of felspar (pink) and quartz (^ inch thick), separated by thin plates composed altogether of black mica; the whole rock exhibiting the phenomena of foliation in a marked degree. The east side of King William's Island, though composed of Silurian limestone like the rest of the island, is strewed with boulders of black and red micaceous gneiss, like that of Montreal Island, and black metamorphic clay slate, in which the crystals of mica (qu. Ottrelite) are just commencing to be developed. It is probable that the granitoid rocks appear at the surface somewhat to the eastward of this locality. 12. Prince of Wales' Island, west of Peel Sound. — The granitoid rocks extend across Peel Sound into Prince of Wales' Island, in the form of a dark syenite composed of quartz, greenish white felspar passing into yellow, and hornblende. This rock is massive and eruptive at Cape M'Clure, lat. 72° 52' N., and occasionally gneissose, as at lat. 72° 13' N. Between these two points, at lat. 72° 37' N., a limestone blulF occurs containing the characteristic Silurian fossils, and is succeeded at 72° 40' by a ferruginous limestone, (bright red, and a few beds of line red sandstone, like those observed by M'Clintock at Transition Valley, North Somerset. The entire western portion of Prince of Wales' Land is composed of Silurian limestone, which in the extreme west, at Cape Acworth, becomes chalky in character and non-fossiliferous, resembling No. IV. APPENDIX. 349 the peculiar Silurian limestone found on the vest side of Boothia Felix. II. — The Silurian Rocks. The Silurian rocks of the Arctic Archipelago rest everywhere directly on the granitoid rocks, with a remarkable red sandstone, passing into coarse grit, for their base. This sandstone is succeeded by fer- ruginous limestone, containing rounded particles of quartz, which rapidly pass into a fine greyish green earthy limestone, abounding in fossils, and occasion- ally into a chalky limestone, of a cream color, for the most part devoid of fossils. The average dip of the Silurian limestone varies from 0° to 5° N.N.W., and it forms occasionally high cliffs, and occasionally low flat plains, terraced by the action of the ice as the ground rose from beneath the sea. The general ap- pearance of the rocks is similar to the Dudley lime- stone, and would strike even an observer who was not a geologist. This resemblance to the Upper Silurian beds extends to the structure of the rocks on the large scale. Alternations of hard limestone and soft shale, so characteristic of the Upper Silurian beds of Eng- land and America, arranged in horizontal layers, give to the cliffs around Port Leopold the peculiar appear- ance which has been described by different Polar navi- gators as " buttress-like," " castellated ; " this appear- ance is produced by the unequal weathering of the cliff, which causes the hard limestone to stand out in bands. Excellent sketches of this remarkable appear- ance, drawn by Lieutenant Beechey, are figured at page 35 of Parry's First Voyage, ' Hecla ' and ' Gri- per,' 1819-20. The Western side of King William's 30 350 APPENDIX. No. IV. Island (now, alas ! invested with so sad an interest) is a good example of the low terraced form which the limestone rocks assume at times. The following lists contain the names of the princi- pal fossils brought home by Captain M'Clintock : — No. I. GARNIER BAY (Lat. 74° N. ; Long. 92° W.) 1. Cyatliophyllum Itelianllioides, several specimens. 2. Helioliles porosa. Gamier Bay. Another specimen from near " Cape Bunny. 3. Specimens of carnelian, gneiss, chalcedony, etc., etc., from the shingle near Cape Bunny. 4. Cromus Arclicus, several specimens. 5. Atnjpa phoca (Salter). 6. Atrypa reticularis. 7. Brachiopoda on slab (various). 8. Cyathophyllum. 9. Columnaria Sutherlandi (Salter). Several specimens. No. n. PORT LEOPOLD (Lat. 73° 50' N.; Long. 90° 15' W.). 1. Limestone containing numerous fossils of the Upper Silurian type : Calamopora Golhlandica, Goldf. PJiyncliondla cuneata t Dalm. Cyathophylban, sp. 2. Dark earthy limestone, containing multitudes of the Loxonema M^Clintocki, as casts — 1100 feet above sea-level on North- east Cape. 3. Fine specimens of selcnitc from shaly beds in cliff. 4. Fibrous gj-psum from same. No. in. GRIFFITH'S ISLAND (Lat. 74° 35' N. ; Long. 95° 30' W.). 1. Beautiful specimens of the Cromus Arclicus. PI. VI. Fi"-. 5, Journ. R.D.S.,Vol. I 2. Ortlioceras GriffuM. PI. V. Fig. 1, Journ. R.D.S., Vol. L 3. An Orthoceras with lateral siphuncle, and simple circular out- line of septa. 4. Loxonema Rossi. PI. V. Figs. 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, Journ. R. D. S., Vol.1 5. Numerous specimens of crinoidal limestone. 6. Sirophomena Donnetti (Salter). Sutherland's Voyage; PI. V. Figs. 11, 12. No. IV. APPENDIX. 351 7. Atrypa pJioca (Salter). PL V. Figs. 3, 4, 7, Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. ; and a ribbed Atrypa, not identified with European species, and undescribed. 8. An undescribed bryozoan Zoophyte. PI. VTI. Fig. 6, Journ. E. D. S., Vol. I. 9 . Calophyllum Pliragmoceras (Salter) . Sutherland ; PI. VI. Fig. 4. 10. Syringopora geniculata. 11. An undescribed species of MacrocJieilus. No. IV. BEECHEY ISLAND. (Lat. 74° 40' N. ; Long. 92° W.). 1. Orthoceras (species). 2. Great multitudes of Atrypa pJioca, forming, in fact, a dark- colored earthly Atrypa limestone. 3. With these -were associated many species of Loxoncma, some- times so abundant as to form a pale pink and whitish Loxon- ema limestone. 4. A species of ribbed Atrj'pa. 5. Crinoidal limestone in abundance. 6. Syringopora reticulata. 7. Calophyllum pliragmoceras (Salter). Sutherland; PI. VI. Fig. 4. 8. Cyathophyllwn ccBspitosum, 9. CyatliopTiyllum articulatum (Edwardes and Haime). 10. Calamopora Gothlandica. 11. Calamopora alveolaris. 12. Favistella FranUini (Salter). Sutherland ; PI. VI. Fig. 8. 13. ClisiopJiyllum Salteri. Sutherland; PI. VI. Fig. 7. 14. Cyathopliyllum (species). 15. Loxonema Salteri, described by Mr. Slater in Sutherland's ' Voyage to Wellington Channel; ' PI. V. Fig. 19. Tills Is a fine slab of hmestone, almost together composed of the remains o? Loxonema Salteri and Atrypa phoca. It appears to have been quietly deposited at the bottom of a deep sub- marine depression, swarming with Pyramidellidse and deep- water Brachiopoda. The physical conditions indicated by the fossils are also rendered probable by the rock itself, which consists of fine grey limestone, subcrystalline, and intimately blended with the finest and most delicate description of mud, such as could only be found where the water was deep, and all currents far remoTed. 352 APPENDLv. No. IV. No. V. CORNWALLIS ISL A^^D, Assistance Bay (Lat 74° 40' N. ; Long. 94° W.). 1. Orihoceras Ommaneyi (Salter). Sutherland ; PI. V. Figs. 16, 17. 2. Penlamerus conclddium (Dalman). Sutherland ; PI. Y. Figs. 9, 10. 3. Pcntamerus limestone. 4. Cromus Arcticus. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. VI. 5. Cardlola Saltcri. PI. VII. Fig. 5. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. 6. Syringopora rjeniculala. No. VL CAPE YORK, Lancaster Sound (Lat. 73° SO' N. ; Long. 87° W.). A specimen of the same fossil coral which I have named, doubtfully, from Beechey Island, as Favositcs or Calamopora Goihlandica ; it is not impossible, however, that it is not a Calam- opora at all, but a species of Chastctes. No. Vn. POSSESSION BAY, South entrance into Lancaster Sound (Lat. 73° 30' N. ; Long. 77° 20' W.). Specimens of brown earthy limestone, with a fetid smell •when sti'uck with a hammer ; resembles closely the limestone of Cape York, Lancaster Sound. No. Vni. DEPOT BAY, BeUof s Straits (Lat.72'' N.; Long. 94° W.). 1. Maclurea sp. 2. CyatliophyUum helianihoides (Goldfuss). The limestone at this locality is white and saccharoid, with large rhombohedral crystals of calcspar. *No. rS. CAPE FARRAND, East side of Boothia (Lat. 71° 38' ; Long. 93° 35' W.). 1. Atrypa plioca (Salter). Sutherland; PL V. Fig. 3. 2. Loxonema Rossi. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. V. 3. Atrypa (ribbed sp.) 4. Calamopora Goihlandica (Goldfuss). 5. Cyrloceras sp. The rock at this locality is a grey mud limestone. * Collected by Dr. Walker, surgeon to the ' Fcx ' E.'tpedilion. No. IV. APPENDIX. 853 No. X. WEST SHORE OF BOOTHIA (Lat. 70° to 71° N.), containing the Magnetic Pole. 1. AtrypapTioca (Salter). 2. Loxonema Rossi. Joiirn. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. V. 3. Favistella FranUini (Salter). Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. XI. 4. Loxonema Salicri. Sutherland; PI. V. Fig. 18. The cream-colored chalky limestone found on the west side of Prince of Wales' Island here occurs, and is generally destitute of fossils, like that of Prince of Wales' Land. *No. XI. FURY POINT (Lat. 72° 50' N; Long. 92° W.). 1. Cromus Arcticus. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. VI. 2. Maclurea sp. 3. Mya rotundata (?). 4. Stromatopora concentrica. 5. Cyatliophyllura helianthoides (Goldfuss). 6. Petraia hina. 7. Calamopora Goihlandica (Goldfuss). 8. Favosites megastoma (?). 9. Cyatliopliyllum ccespitosum. 10. Favistella FranUini (Salter). Sutherland ; PI. VI. Fig. 3. 11. Strepliodes Austini (Salter). Sutherland; PI. VI. Fig. 6. 12. Atrypaphoca (Salter). The limestone here is of the same grey earthy aspect as at Beechey Island and Port Leopold. t No. XII PRINCE OF WALES' LAND (Lat. 72° 38' N. ; Long. 97° 15' W.). 1. CyatliopTiyllum sp. 2. Calamopora Gothlandica (Goldfuss). 3. Stromatopora concentrica. These fossils occur in grey earthy limestone, near its junction with the red arenaceous limestone already described. No. Xm. WEST COAST OF KING WILLIAM'S ISLAND. 1. Loxonema Rossi. Journ. R. D. S., Vol I. PI. V. 2. Catenipora escliaroides. 3. Orihoceras sp. * Collected by Dr. Walker, surgeon to the ' Fox ' Expedition. t Collected by Captain Allen Young. 30* X 354 APPENDIX. No. IV. 4. Maclurea sp. 5. Atn/pa sp. G. Syringnpora geniculata.- 7. Clkiophjllum sp. 8. Orlhis elegantula. III. — T/ie Carboniferous Rocks. The Upper Silurian limestones already described are sncceeded by a most remarkable scries of close-grained w^hite sandstones, containing numerous beds of highly bituminous coal, and but few marine fossils. In fact, the only fossil shell found in these beds, so far as I know, in any part of the Arctic Archipelago, is a spe- cies of ribbed Atnjpa, which I believe to be identical with the Atrj/pa fallax of the carboniferous slate of Ireland. These sandstone beds are succeeded by a series of blue limestone beds, containing an abundance of the marine shells commonly found in all parts of the world where the carboniferous deposits are at all developed. The line of junction of these deposits with the Silurians on which they rest is N.E. to E.N.E. (true). Like the former they occur in low flat beds, sometimes rising into cliffs, but never reaching the elevation attained by the Silurian rocks in Lancaster Sound. The following lists contain the principal fossils and specimens presented to the Royal Dublin Society by Captain M'Clintock and by Captain Sir Robert M^Clure. Coal, sandstone, clay ironstone, and brown hematite, were found along a line stretching E.N.E. from Baring Island, through the south of Melville Island, Byam jNIartin's Island, and the ■whole of Bathurst Island. Carboniferous limestone, with char- acteristic fossils, was found along the north coast of Bathurst Island, and at Hillock Point, Melville Island. No. IV. APPENDIX. 355 I have marked on the map the coal-beds of the Pany Islands, which appear to be prolonged into Baring Island, as observed by Captain M'Clm-e. The discovery of coal in these islands is due to Parry, but the evidence of the extent and quantity in which it may be found was obtained during the expeditions of Austin and Belcher. In addition to the localities sur- veyed by himself, Captain M'Clintock has given me specimens of the coal found at other places by other explorers; and it is from a comparison of all these specimens that I have ventured to lay down the out- crop of the coal-beds, which agrees remarkably well with the boundary of the formations laid down from totally different data. No. I. HILLOCK POINT, MelTllle Island (Lat. 76° N.; Long. 111° 45' W.). Productussulcatus. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. VII. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4,7. Spirifer Arcticus. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. Pi. IX. No. n. BATHURST ISLAND, North Coast, Cape Lady Franklin (?) (Lat. 76° 40' N.; Long. 98° 45' W.). Spirifer Arcticus. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. IX. Fig. 1. Litliostrotion basaltiforme. *No. m. BALLAST BEACH, Baring Island (Lat. 74° 30' N.; Long. 121° W.). 1. "Wood fossilized by brown hematite ; structure quite distinct. 2. Cone of the spruce fir, fossilized by brown hematite. No. IV. PRINCESS ROYAL ISLANDS, Prince of Wales' Strait, Baring Island (Lat. 72° 45' N.; Long. 117° 30' W.). 1. Nodules of clay ironstone, converted partially into brown hema- tite. * These specimens are "Drift," but are mentioned here- as they were founi on the carboniferous sandstone area. 356 APPENDIX. No. IV. 2. Native copper in large masses, procured from the Esquimaux in Prince of Wales' Strait. 3. Brown hematite, pisolitlc. 4. Greyish yellow sandstone, same as Cape Hamilton and Byam Martin's Island. 5. Terehratula aspera (Sehlotheim). Joum. E. D. S., Vol. I. PI. IX. Fig- 4. This interesting brachiopod was found in the lime- stone by Captain M'Clurc, at the Princess Royal Isl- ands, in the Prince of Wales' Strait, between Baring Island and Prince Albert Land. I have no hesitation in pronouncing it to be identical with Schlothcim's fossil, which is found in the greatest abundance at Gerolstein, in the Eifel. Banks' Land, or Baring Isl- and, is composed of sandstone, similar to that at Byarri Martin's Island, and at the Bay of Mercy. This sand- stone contains beds of coal, apparently the continuation of the well-known coal-beds of INIelville Island. It is a remarkable fact, that these carboniferous sandstones underlie beds of undoubtedly the carboniferous lime- stone type, and that at Byam Martin's Island, where fossils are found in this sandstone, they are allied to Atrypa fallax and other forms characteristic of the lower sandstones of the carboniferous epoch. It is, therefore, highly probable that the coal-beds of Mel- ville Island are very low down in the series, and do not correspond in geological position with the coal-beds of Europe, which rest on the summit of the carbonif- erous beds. It is interesting to find at Princess Royal Island, where, from the general strike of the beds, we should expect to find the Silurian limestone underlying the coal-bearing sandstones, that this limestone does occur, and contains a fossil, T. aspera.) eminently char- acteristic of the Eifelian beds of Germany, which form, in that country, the Upper Silurian Strata. No. IV. APPENDIX. 357 No. V. CAPE HAMILTON, Baring Island (Lat. 74° 15' N. ; Long. 117° 30' W.). 1. Greyisli-ycUow sandstone, like that found in situ in Byam Mar- tin's Island. 2. Coal. — The coal found in the Arctic regions, excepting that brought from Disco Island, West Greenland, which is of ter- tiary origin, presents everywhere the sanae characters, which are somewhat remarkable. It is of a brownish color and lig- naceous textm-e, in fine layers of brown coal and jet-black glossy coal intcrstratified in delicate bands not thicker than paper. It has a woody ring under the hammer, recalling the peculiar clink of some of the valuable gas coals of Scotland. It burns with a dense smoke and brilKaut flame, and would make an excellent gas coal; and, in fact. It resembles in many respects some varieties of the coal which has acquired such celebrity in the Scotch and Prussian law-courts, under the title of the Torbane Hill mineral. No. VI. CAPE DUNDAS, Melville Island (Lat. 74° 30' N. ; Long. 113° 45' W.). Fine specimens of coal. No. VH. CAPE SIR JAMES EOSS, Melville Island (Lat- 74° 45' N. ; Long. 114° 30' W.). Sandstone passing into blue quartzite. No. VIH. CAPE PROVIDENCE, Melville Island (Lat. 74° 20' N. ; Long. 112° 30' W.). A specimen of ci-lnoldal limestone, apparently similar to that oc- curring In Griffith's Island, from which, however, it could not have been brought by the present drift of the floating ice, as the set of the currents Is constant from the west. If brought to Its present position by Ice, it must have been under circum- stances differing considerably from those now prevallbg in Barrow's Strait. Yellowish-grey sandstone. Clay ironstone passing into pisolitic hematite. No. IX. "WINTER HARBOR, Melville Island (Lat. 74° 35' N. ; Long. 110° 45' W.). Fine yellow and grey sandstone. 358 APPENDIX. No. IV. No. X. BPtroPORT mLET, :Mc1v111c Island (Lat. 75'' N. ; Long. 109° ^V.). Coal, with impressions of Sphenopteris. Ferruginous spotted white sandstone. Clay ironstone, passing into brown hematite. No. XL SKENE BAY, Melville Island (Lat. 75° N.; Long. 108° W.). Bituminous coal, with finely divided laminae, associated with brown crystalline limestone, with cherty beds, and grey- yellowish sandstone, passing into brownish-red sandstone. No. Xn. HOOPER ISLAND, Liddon's Gulf, Melville Island (Lat. 75° 5' N.; Long. 112° W.). Nodules of clay ironstone, very pure and heavy, associated with ferruginous fine sandstone and coal of the usual description. The hill-tops and sides along the south shore of Lid- don's Gulf, and as far as Cape Dundas, are generally- bare, composed of frozen mud, arising from the disin- tegration of shale, the annual dissolving snows wash- ing them down and giving them a rounded form. The southern slopes generally support vegetation. Frag- ments of coal are very frequently met with, and at Ihc mouth of a ravine on the south shore of Liddon's Gulf there is abundance, of very good quality ; it contains a considerable quantity of pyrites or bisulphuret of iron. No. Xm. BYAM MAPvTIN'S ISLAND (Lat. 75° 10' N. ; Long. 104° 15' W.). Yellowish-grey sandstone, in sku, containing a ribbed Atn/pa, allied to the A. primipilaris of V. Buch, and the A.fallax of the carboniferous rocks of Ireland. Reddish limestone, with broken fragments of shells, of the same . description of braehiopod as the last. Coal of the usual description. Fine-grained red sandstone, passing into red slate. Scoriaceous hornblcndic trap (boulders). No. IV. APPENDIX. 359 The sandstone of Byam Martin's Island is of two kinds — one red, finely stratified, passing into purple slate, and very like the red sandstone of Cape Bunny, North Somerset, and some varieties of the red sand- stone and slate found between Wolstenholme Sound and Whale Sound, West Greenland, lat. 77° N. The other sandstone of Byam Martin's Island is fine, pale- greenish, or rather greyish-yellow, and not distinguish- able in hand specimens from the sandstone of Cape Hamilton, Baring Island. It contains numerous shells and casts of a terebratuliform brachiopod, closely allied to the Terebratula primipilaris of Von Buch, found abundantly at Gerolstein in the Eifel. On the whole, I incline to the opinion that the sandstones, limestone, and coal of Byam Martin's Island, are the correspond- ing rocks of Melville Island, Baring Island, and Bath- urst Island, are low down in the Carboniferous System, and that there is in these northern coal-fields no subdi- vision into red sandstone, limestone, and coal-measures, such as prevails in the west of Europe. If the different points where coal was found be laid down on a map, we have in order, proceeding from the south-west — Cape Hamilton, Baring Island ; Cape Dundas, Mel- ville Island, south ; Bridport Inlet and Skene Bay, Melville Island ; Schomberg Point, Graham Moore Bay, Bathurst Island ; a line joining all these points is the outcrop of the coal-beds of the south of MelviUe Island, and runs E.N.E. At all the localities above mentioned, and, indeed, in every place where coal was found, it was accompanied by the greyish-yellow and yellow sandstone already described, and by nodules of clay ironstone, passing into brown hematite, sometimes nodular and sometimes pisolitic in structure. 360 APPENDIX. No. IV. No. XIY. GRAHAI\I MOORE'S BAY, Bathurst Mand (Lat. 75" 30' N. ; Long. 102° W.). Coal of the usual quality. At Cape Lady Franklin, and at many other locali- ties along the north shore of Bathur.st Island, carbonif- erous fossils in limestone, clay ironstone balls passing into brown hematite, cherty limestone, and earthy fos- siliferous limestone, with the same species of Atrypa as at Byam Martin's Island, Nvere found in abundance by Sherard Osborn, Esq., Commander of H.M.S. * Pio- neer,' in whose journal the following note respecting them may be found : — " The above collection was delivered over to Captain Sir Edward Belcher, C.B., by Commander Richards, at 2 P.M., on 7th Nov. 1853." * It is to be hoped that they may soon be made avail- able for the elucidation of the geology of this most interesting portion of the Arctic discoveries. No. XV. BATHURST ISLAND, Bedford Bay (Lat. 75° N.; Long. 95° 50' W.). In this locality abundance of vesicular scoriaceous trap rocks •were found by Captain M'ClIntock ; they appear to nic to be the representatives of the volcanic rocks found everywhere at the commencement of the carboniferous period. No. XVI. CORNWALLIS ISLAND, ]\rDougall Bay. 1. Syringopora geniculala. Joui-n. R D. S., Vol. I. PI. XL Fig. 2. 2. Cardiola Salterl Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. ATI. Fig. 5. The Syringopore found at CornwalUs Island appears to be identical with the variety of the Irish carbonifer- ous S. g-eniculata, in which the corallites are at a dis- tance from each other somewhat exceeding their diani- * Fi'de Arctic Expeditions, 1854-55, p. 254. No. IV. APPENDIX. 361 etersj and in which the connecting tubes are about two diameters apart. A question of very considerable geological interest is raised by the occurrence together of corals, in the same locality, of silurian and carboniferous forms. I entertain no doubt of their being in situ, and oc- curring in the same beds, for the following reasons : — 1st. The Syringopores of Griffith's Island were found at an elevation of 400 feet above the sea, and, therefore, could not be brought by drifting ice. 2nd. The specimens were apparently of the same texture and composition as the native rock, whenever the latter was visible from under the snow. 3rd. I do not believe in the lapse of a long interval of time between the silurian and carboniferous depos- its, — in fact, in a Devonian period. 4th. The same blending of corals has been found in Ireland, the Bas Boulonnais, and in Devonshire, where silurian and carboniferous forms are of common occur- rence in the same localities. 5th. In the carboniferous beds proper of Melville Island and Bathurst Island, there were not found, so far as I am aware, any corals of the same character as those at Griffith's Island, Cornwallis Island, andBeechey Island, which could give a supply to be drifted to the latter localities in a Pleistocene sea. It is plain, from the height at which the corals were found that, if they were brought to their present localities by ice, it must have been during the period known as Post-tertiary, as the present conditions of drift-ice in Barrow's Straits do not permit us to suppose them to have been placed where we now find them by existing causes. The occurrence of coal-beds in such high latitudes has been speculated on by many geologists — in my 31 3G2 APPENDIX. No. IV. opinion, not very satisfactorily; as it is very difficult to conceive how, even if the question of temperature was settled, plants even of the fern and lycopodium type could exist during tiie darkness of the long win- ter's night at Melville Island. This difficulty is in- creased by the facts made known to us by the dis- covery of ammonites and lias fossils in Prince Patrick's Island by Captain M'Clintock. IV. — The Lias Rocks. Many years ago it was asserted by Lieutenant An- jou, of the Russian navy, that ammonites had been found by him in the cliffs on the south shore of the island of New Siberia, off the north coast of Asia, in lat. 74'' N. This statement, which was published in Admiral Von Wrangcl's journal, attracted but little attention, until it was confirmed, as far as probability of such fossils occurring at so high a latitude is con- cerned, by the remarkable discovery of similar fossils by Captain M'Clintock, in lat. 76° 20' N., at Point Wilkie, in Prince Patrick's Island. In a paper, published by the Royal Dublin Society, in the first volume of their journal, p. 223, Captain M'Clintock thus describes the finding of these fossils : — " After returning to Cape de Bray, we took up flic provisions that the officer after whom it is called had left for us, and crossed the strait to Point Wilkie ; reached it on the 14th May. This traverse was the more difficult from the great load upon our sledge, and the unfavorable state of the ice and snow. The freshly fallen snow was soft and deep, and beneath it the older snow lay in furrows across our route, hardened and polished by the winter gales and drifts, so that it re- sembled marble. No. IV. APPENDIX. ' 863 " On landing I found the beach low, composed of mud, with the foot-prints of animals frozen in it. A few hundred yards from the beach there are steep hills, about 150 feet in height, and upon the sides of these, in reddish-colored limestone, casts of fossil shells abound. Inland of these, the ordinary pale carbonif- erous sandstone and cherty limestone re-appeared. The fossils are all small, and of only a few varieties, some being ammonites, but the greater part bivalves. They differed from any I had met with before, and the rock was almost brick-red ; I picked up what appeared to be fossil bone [Ichthyosaurus ?)^ only part of it appear- ing out of the fragment of the rock. " Point Wilkie appears to be an isolated patch of liassic age, resting upon carboniferous sandstones and limestones, with bands of chert, of the same age as the limestones and sandstones of MelviUe Island. The eastern shores of Intrepid Inlet is composed of this formation; while the western, rising into hills and ter- races, is of the underlying carboniferous epoch. At the western side of Intrepid Inlet I found upon the ice a considerable quantity of white asbestos, but did not ascertain from whence it had been brought." The fossils thus found in situ, I have no doubt, belong to the liassic period; and as their geological interest is indubitable, I offer no apology for inserting here the following description, written by me on Cap- tain M'Clintock's return to Dublin.from his third Arctic expedition. No. 1. WILKIE POINT, Prince Patrick's Land (Lat. 76° 20' N. ; Long. 117° 20' W.). LIAS FOSSILS. (a) Ammonites M^Clintocki. Joum. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. IX. Figs. 2, 3, 4. 364 APPENDIX. No. IV. Monotis septentrionalis. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. IX. Figa. 6, 7. Pleurotomaria, sp. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. IX. Fig. 8. Cast of some Univalve. Journ. R. D. S., Vol. I. PI. IX. Fig. 7, Nucula, sp. (a) Ammonites M'Clintocki (Haughton). — Testa compressa, carin- ata, anfraclibus latis, lateribus, complanatis, (ransversim undato-costatis ; cosiis simplicibus, juxla marginem interiorem levigatis ; dorso carinato acuto ; aperturCi sagUtatu, compressu, andce carinata; seplis lateribus 4-lobaiis. This fine ammonite resembles several species com- mon in the upper lias of the Plateau de Larzac, Sev- ennes, in France. It approaches A. concavus of the lower Oolite, but is distinguished by having only four lobes on the lateral margins of the septa, and by its showing no tendency to a tricarinated keel. The fol- lowing measurements give an exact idea of its form, as compared with that of the species mentioned : — Diameter, Inches. Width of last Spire. Diam.=100. 1 1 Thickness Overlapping Width of last of last of Spire. Spire. Umbilic. A. M' Clintocki, A. concavus, . 1-83 2-95 T0% ^0% The principal difference here observable is in the so-mewhat greater size of A. concavus, and the larger umbilic of A. M^ Clintocki. It certainly resembles this well-known ammonite very closely ; and it appears to me difficult to imagine the possibility of such a fossil living in a frozen, or even a temperate sea. The discovery of such fossils in situ, in 76° north latitude, is calculated to throw considerable doubt upon the theories of climate which would account for all past changes of temperature by changes in the rela- No. IV. APPENDIX. 365 tive position of land and water on the earth's surface. No attempt, that I am aware of, has ever been made to calculate the number of degrees of change possible in consequence of changes of position of land and water ; and from some incomplete calculations I have myself made on the subject, I think it highly improb- able that such causes could have ever produced a tem- perature in the sea at 76° north latitude which would allow of the existence of ammonites, especially ammo- nites so like those that lived at the same time in the tropical warm seas of the south of England and France, at the close of the Liassic, and commence- ment of the lower Oolitic period. During the course of the same Arctic expedition in which these organic remains were found, Captain Sir Edward Belcher discovered in some loose rubble, of which a cairn was built on Exmouth Island (lat. 77° 12' N., long. 96° W.), vertebral bones of, apparently, same liassic enaliosaurian. All doubt as to the reality of this discovery, and all idea of accounting for the occurrence of such remains by drift, rnust be aban- doned, as the fossils found by M'Clintock were unques- tionably in situ, and it is impossible to evade the con- sequences that follow to geological theory from their discovery. Captain Sherard Osborn, also, found broken ver- tebrae of an ichthyosaurus, 150 feet up Rendezvous HiU, the north-west extreme of Bathurst Island : of these specimens, one lay among a mass of stone t'lat had slipped from the N. W. face of the hill ; the other was by the side of a ravine or deep watercourse on the southern face of the same elevation. I have no doubt but that they were in situ. I am well aware that the question of light in the 31* 3G6 AITENDIX. No. IV. Arctic seas will be disposed of by some geologists, who will remind us that the saurians, and jirobably the ammonites, were endowed with a complicated optical apparatus, rendering them capable of using their eyes, not only for the distinct vision of objects diflering greatly in distance, but also of using them, under widely differing conditions of light and darkness ; and I readily admit the force of such observations. But what are we to say as to the question of tem- perature ? It was certainly necessary for an ammonite to have a sea free from ice, on which to float and basic in the pale rays of the Arctic sun ; and therefore I claim a temperature for those seas, at least similar to that which now prevails in the British Islands : and I may add that the ammonite, from its habits, was essentially dependent on the temperature of the air, as well as on that of the water. There is at present a difference of 49°'5 F. between the mean annual temperature of Point Wilkie and Dublin; and if this change of temperature be supposed to be caused \>y a change of the relative positions of land and water, the temperature of Dublin, or of some place on the same parallel of latitude, must be sup- posed to be raised to 99^-5 F. ; while the temperature of the thermal equator will exceed 124° — a tempera- ture only a few degrees below that requisite to boil an eggl I reject, without scruple, a theory that requires such a result, which must be considered as a minimum ; as it is probable that the ammonite required a finer cli- mate than that of Britain for the full enjoyment of his existence. The theory of central heat, also, appears to me to be open to the same objection, as a mode of explaining this remarkable geological fact ; for it will simply add No. IV. APPENDIX. 367 a constant to our present climates, leaving the differ- ences to remain, as at present, to be accounted for by latitude and distribution of land and water. The astronomical theory of Herschel, also, which would account for former changes of climate by changes in the radiating power of the sun, would only increase the temperature at each latitude, leaving the differ- ences as at present. The only speculation with which I am acquainted, which is capable of solving this opprobrium geolog- icorum, is the hypothesis of a change in the axis of ro- tation of the earth, the admission of which, as a geo- logical possibility, is mathematically demonstrable, and which has recently had some singular evidence in its favor advanced by geologists. In 1851, I brought for- ward, at the Geological Society of Dublin, a case of angular fragments of granite occurring in the carbonif- erous limestone of the County Dublin ; and explained the phenomena by the supposition of the transporting power of ice. In 1855, Professor Ramsay laid before the Geological Society of London a full and detailed theory of glaciers and ice as agents concerned in the formation of a remarkable breccia, of Permian age, occurring in the central counties of England ; and still more recently the same agent has been employed by the geological surveyors of India to account for the transport of materials at geological periods long ante- cedent to those in, which ice transport is commonly supposed to have commenced. The motion of the earth's axis would reconcile all the facts known, and it must be regarded as a geological desideratum to deter- mine its amount and direction, and to assign the cause of such a movement. The solution of this problem I regard as quite possible. 868 APPENDIX. No. IV. It is well worthy of remark, that the arguments from the occurrence of coal-plants and ammonites strengthen each other; the coal-plants rendering the question of li^ht, and the ammonites that of heat, insuperable ob- jections to the admission of any received geological hypothesis to account for the finding of such remains, in situ, in latitudes so high as those of Melville Island, Prince Patrick's Island, and Exmouth Island. V. — The Superficial Deposits. The surface of the ground, where exposed, through- out the Arctic Archipelago, does not appear to be covered with thick deposits of clay or gravel, such as are found generally in the north of Euorpe, and re- ferred by geologists to what they call " the Glacial Epoch." There are not, however, wanting abundant evidences of the transport of drift materials, and there is some good evidence, collected by Captain M'Clin- tock, of the direction in which the drift was moved. Specimens of granite, which I have no hesitation in referring to the characteristic granite of the west side of North Somerset, were found at Leopold Harbor (North Somerset) and at Graham Moore Bay (Bath- urst Island) ; one of these localities is N.E. and the other N.W. of the granite of North Somerset, from which I infer that there was no constant prevailing direction for the drift ice that carried these boulders, but that they were transported to the northward in various directions, according to the varying motion of the currents that moved the ice. The boulder of gran- ite at Port Leopold is 100 miles N.E. of the granite which gave origin to it ; and the specimens from Gra- ham Moore Bay are 190 miles to the N.W. of their source. No. IV. APPENDIX. 369 At Cape E-ennell (North Somerset), in a direction intermediate between the two former directions, a re- markable boulder of the same granite was found, con- firming the general direction of the transporting force from south to north. Its position and size are thus recorded by Captain M'Clintock : — " Near Cape Ren- nell we passed a very remarkable rounded boulder of gneiss or granite ; it was 6 yards in circumference, and stood near the beach, and some 15 or 20 yards above it; one or two masses of rounded gneiss, although very much smaller, had arrested our attention at Port Leopold." It is well known that Captain Sir Robert M'Clure brought home specimens of pine-trees found in the greatest abundance in the ravines on the west coast of Baring Island ; one of his specimens preserved in the museum of the Royal Dublin Society measures 15 inches by 12 inches, and contains three knots that prove it formed a portion of the stem high above its root. The bark is not found on this specimen, which does not represent the full thickness of the tree ; I have estimated that this fragment contains 70 rings of an- nual growth. Similar remains were found by Captain M'Clintock and Lieutenant Mecham in Prince Patrick's Island, and in Wellington Channel by Sir Edward Belcher. On the coast of New Siberia, Lieutenant Anjou found a clay cliff" containing stems of trees still capable of being used as fuel. The original observers all agree in thinking that these trees grew where they are now found ; and Captain Osborne, in mentioning Sir Rod- erick I. Murchison's opinion that they are drift timber, justly adds the remark, that a sea sufficiently free from ice to allow of their being drifted from the south would Y 37a APPENDIX. No. IV. indicate also a climate sufficiently mild to allow of their having grown upon the land where they now occur. Mr. Hopkins, in his anniversary address as President of the Geological Society of London, has published a remarkable geological speculation, which would account for the facts above mentioned.* So far as the evidence of drift boulders is concerned, 1 have shown that the direction of the currents was from the south; a fact which falls in with the drift theory, so far as it goes. We cannot, however, dissociate these trees from the facts connected with the distribution of the remains of the Siberian Mammoth in Asia and America. It is now known that this elephant was provided with a warm fur, and that his food was of a kind which grows even now in Northern Siberia; so that the drift theory, which was formerly supposed necessary to account for the occurrence of these remains, has now been quietly dropped, suh silentio, by the geologists. Many other drift theories have, in like mannner, lived their short day, and gone the way of all false hypotheses ; among others, the drift theory of the origin of coal. Further investigation may show that the glacial epoch of Europe was one of a very different character in Asia and America, and that, while glaciers clothed the sides of Snowdon and Lugnaquillia, pine forests flourished in the Parry Islands, and the Siberian elephants wan- dered on the shores of a sea washed by the waves of an ocean that carried no drifting ice. There is abundant evidence, however, that the Arctic Archipelago was submerged in very recent geological periods ; for we know that subfossil shells, of species * Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. VIII. p. Ixiv. No. IV. APPENDIX. 371 that now inhabit the waters of the neighboring seas, are found at considerable heights throughout the whole group of islands. M'Clure found shells of the Cijprina Islandica^ at the summit of the Coxcomb range, in Baring Island, at an elevation of 500 feet above the sea-level ; Captain Parry, also, has recorded the occur- rence of Venus (probably Cyprina Islandica) on Byam Martin's Island; and in the recent voyage of the ' Fox,' Dr. Walker, the Surgeon of the expedition, found the following subfossil shells at Port Kenedy, at eleva- tions of from 100 to 500 feet : — 1. Sax'icava rugosa. 2. Tellina proxima. 3. Asiarfe Arctica (Borealis.) 4. Mya Uddevallensis. 6. Mya truncata. 6. Cardium sp. 7. Buccinum undatum. 8. Acmea testudinalis. 9. Balanus Uddevallensis. At the same place a portion of the palate-bone of a whale (Right Whale) was found at an elevation of 150 feet. All these facts indicate the former submergence of the Arctic Archipelago, but this submergence must have been anterior to the period when pine forests clothed the low sandy shores of the slowly emerging islands, the remains of which forests now occupy a position at least 100 feet above high-water mark. The geological map which I am enabled to pub- lish from the data collected by Captains M' Clintock, M'Clure, Osborn, &c., is an enlargement of that which was published in 1857 by the Royal Society of Dublin, to illustrate the fine collection of Arctic fossils and S72 APPENDIX. No. IV minerals deposited in the museum of that body by Captains M'Clintock and M'Clure. In perfecting it for its present purpose I have availed myself of all the other sources of infornriation within my reach, among which I am bound to mention in particular the ex- cellent Appendix to Dr. Sutherland's ' Voyage of the Lady Franklin and Sophia,' written by Mr. Salter, Palaeontologist of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. Many of the mineral specimens from Greenland, and the fossils from Cape Riley, Cape Farrand, Point Fury and Brentford Bay, were collected by Dr. David "Walker, surgeon and naturalist to the ' Fox ' Expedi- tion. 1 No. V. APPENDIX. 373 No. V. LIST OF SUBSCRIBERS TO THE 'FOX' EXPEDITIOK £ s.d. AcLAND, "Sir T. D. Bart 100 Adams. Dr. Walter, Edinburgh. 3 3 Aldricii, Captain, R.N 110 Allan, Rob. M., Esq .- 1 1 Allen, Captain Robert 5 5 Allen, Captain, R.N 2 2 Ames, Mrs 5 Ames, Bliss 10 Anon 6 Armstrong, Mrs 1 1 Armstrong, children of Mrs. ... 089 Arnold, Mrs 110 Arrowsmith, John, Esq 5 Austin, Rear-Adm. Uoratio T. R.N., C.B 5 Babbage, Charles, Esq 10 Baikie, Dr 110 Baker, Mrs 5 Earkworth, Geo., Esq 5 Barras, Miss 110 Barrett, H. J., Ksq 10 Barrow, John, Esq 25 Barstow, Lieutenant, R.N 10 Barth, Dr. Henry 5 5 Bath, W. J. C, Esq 2 6 Batty, Mrs. J. M 110 Beaufort, Rear-Adm. Sir Fran- cis, K.C.B 50 Bell, Thos., Esq., Pres. Lin. Soc. 10 10 Bennett, John S., Esq 5 Birch, J. W. N., Esq 10 Bird, Captain, R.N 5 Birmingham, small sums col- lected at Evans' Library 8 1 Booth, Mrs 5 Eorton. Mrs., collected by 1 10 Boston, collected at, by Mr. Morton 4 4 Eovill, Walter, Esq 5 Eoyer, Lieut. R.N 10 Boyle, the Hon. Carolina C 1 Brigg, collected at 1 1 Brine, Captain, R.E 110 Brooking, J. Holdsworth, Esq. . 10 Brown, Robert, Esq., V.P.L.S.. 20 Brown, John, Esq 5 5 Brown, J. E., Esq., R.N 5 Bruce, the Rev. C 110 Burgoyne, Captain, R.N 1 Burton, Alfred, Esq 1 1 Byron, the Hon. Fred 5 Chesnet, Major-General 2 2 CoUinson, Captain, R.N., C.B. . 20 Coningham, W., Esq., M.P 100 Coote, C. W., Esq 10 Coote, Charles, Esq 10 Courtauld, Samuel, Esq 25 Courtauld, George, Esq 15 Coutts, Messrs. & Co 50 32 £ s. d. Crasp, J., Esq., Surgeon, 63rd Regt 10 Crauford, John, Esq 5 Cress well, S. Gurney, Comman- der, R N 5 Dalgett, F. T., Esq 10 10 DolaRoquette,M., V.P.ofGeog. Soo. of Paris, 1000 fr 40 Dilke, C. W., Esq 5 Dixon. James, Esq 10 Do.xat; Alexis J., E.=q 10 10 Doxat, Miss H., collected by. . . 4 "Dubious" 2 Dufferin, Lord 25 Edgar, Mrs., collected by 5 Ellesmere, the Earl of. 15 Elphinstone, the Hon. Mount- Stewart 10 Elton, Sir Arthur H., Bart 5 5 Emanuel, Ezekiel, Esq 1 Faikholme, the Hon. Mrs 150 FiUiter, George, Esq 10 Fitton, Dr 21 Fortescue, Rev. T. F. G 2 2 Gakling, H., Esq 1 Gassiot, J. P., Esq 25 Gimingham, W., Esq., & Mrs. . 2 Gipps, Lady 5 Gowen, J. R., Esq 5 Graves, Messrs. Pall Mall 1 Griffiths, G. H., Esq 5 Gruneisen, Ch. Lewis, Esq 1 Gruneisen, Mrs 1 Guillemard, the Rev. W. H. . . . 5 Guillemard, Miss 1 Hall, Jas., Esq 5 Hanbury, Mrs 1 Hardiuge, Commander, R.N. . . Hardwicke, Philip, Esq 5 Harney, Julian, Esq., collected by, at Jersey 50 Healcs, Alfred, Esq 5 Herring, Miss 2 Hicks, John, Esq 2 Hill, Col. 63rd Regt 1 Hodgson, Mrs 10 Holland, Commander, R.N .... 5 Tlollingsworth, H., Esq 2 Holland, Rob., Esq 10 Hooker, Dr. J. D 5 Hornby, Miss Georgina 100 Hornby, the Rev. Edward 25 Hornby, >Irs. Edmund. 5 Hornby, Miss Georgina, col- lected by 13 Hovejl, W. H. Esq 6 1 2 9 1 5 1 1 1 10 5 2 2 10 5 4 6 374 APPENDIX. No. V £ s. Hughes, Lieuteuant, R N 2 I.VGUS, Lnflv 10 Irby, T. \V.', Esq 1 1 Jackson, N. Ward, Esq 21 Jansou, .T. C, Ksfj 5 5 JeaiifS, II. W., Esq., U.N 10 Jersey " Times " 2 10 Kellett, Commodore, C.B 10 Kendall, Mrs 1 Kendall, the llev. Professor. ... 10 Key, Lieut., K.N 5 King, William, Esq 5 Laird, MaogreKor, E-q 60 Laird. John, Esq 25 L. and N. W 1 4 Lanford, J., Esq., Quartermas- ter 63rd Kcginient 10 Langhorne, A., Esq 1 1 Larcom. JIrs 1 Leach, William, Esq 5 5 Lo Feuvrc, W. J., Esq 50 Lcfroy. C. E., Esq 2 Leicester, the Uev. F 1 1 Letlibridge, Lieut., R.N 5 " Lochmaben Castle," Owners of the 5 5 Lyall, D. Esq., K.N.,SI.D 5 Mackintosh, Eneas, Esq 10 Maguire, Captain, R.N 3 3 Ilaitlaiid, Capt. SirThos., R.N. 1 Majendie, Ashhurst, Esq., and Mr.s 100 Servants of the above 14 Malhy, Messrs 5 Malby, Messrs., Workmen in their Establishment by a Gd. Subscription 4 11 Mansfield, W. IL S., Esq 10 Mantell, Dr A. A 1 Markhani, Clements, E.sq 1 1 Marlcman, Mrs 1 M-Crea. Captain, R.N 10 M'Kiiil.ay, Miss 1 M-Ki:ilay, Miss Eli7Jibeth 1 I\I' William, Dr. R.N 1 1 Merrv, W. L., Esq 1 1 Morris, Rev. F n 1 Morris. Sir Armine, Bart 5 Murchison, Sir Roderick Iinpev, G.C.St.S., Pre-sident of the Royal Geographical Society. . . 100 Murray, John, Esq 20 Nares, Fras., Esq 2 2 Newall, W. L., Esq 100 Nicholson, Sir Charles 5 N.J 2 2 Norwood, collected at, by a Lady 7 15 OMMANiupcrt'8 I>and, Bishop of 5 Sabine, M-ijor-Cicneral 25 Sadler, W. F., E-iq 10 10 Pefton, the Countess of. 10 Shearlev, W.. Esq 2 Shcil, Sir Justin 6 Shenell, John Tulmin, Esq. .. . 5 6 Simpson, J., Esq., R.N 1 10 Skcv, Dr 2 2 Smith, Eric E.. Esq 2 Smith. John Uenry, Egq 10 10 Smith, O.sborn, Esq 2 2 Smith. Archibald, Esq 5 5 Sparrow, J;i.«.. E^q 5 St. A.«aph, the Bishop of. 10 St. Davids, the Bishop of. 10 St. Selger, A. B 5 Stiinton, J. J., E.sq 3 8 Statham, J. L., E.*'>^ / ■,'~-k -'."'•"""■'JUL.* ' i^ \K. '*\ _, - - ■. \ , _U- ^^^~ '""n" ° ^ >if'"i^_ z*..^.^., r«, - -.-^ , ...x I f/hO '.QCC » LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 029 708 046 5 ! < ♦ !iU; Mi:;i< m ■(.■'•■i.t'; 'liii 4 M mm 'i '.'r'U'i-t'l ■■it, in; mil. mw